Category: GlobeNewswire

  • MIL-OSI: New federal heat pump grant system approves 930 applications in minutes

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Press Release no. 02/2025

    New federal heat pump grant system approves 930 applications in minutes

    Copenhagen, March 6, 2025

    The Danish Energy Agency has successfully launched its new digital grant management approval system for the heat pump subsidy program, delivering fast and efficient results beyond expectations.

    “Yesterday, we at the Danish Energy Agency opened the floodgates for the heat pump subsidy scheme – and it has exceeded all expectations”, says a representative at the Danish Energy Agency.

    “Applications totaling 26.6 million DKK have been submitted across 1,383 applications. The coolest part is that in just a few minutes, our top-tuned approval system has already automatically granted approval to 930 of the applicants. Now that’s what you call mega-fast digital support that just works.”

    The successful launch of this heat pump subsidy system underscores how smart technology can support faster, smarter, and more effective public services, accelerating Denmark’s green transition.

    Build and configured using cBrain (NASDAQ: CBRAIN) F2 COTS for government software platform, the new grant management solution supports fully integrated all steps end-to-end, from self-service to case processing, evaluation, and filing.

    Due to automated case processing steps, combined with automated integrations into multiple national registers, the grant process has been fully automated for the majority of applications. Now only cases that e.g. need more information and special evaluation require manual interaction.

    Best regards

    Per Tejs Knudsen, CEO

    Inquiries regarding this Press Release may be directed to

    Ejvind Jørgensen, CFO & Head of Investor Relations, cBrain A/S, ir@cbrain.com, +45 2594 4973

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Bitwise Launches Bitcoin & Gold ETP with Diaman Partners, Combining Upside Potential and Market Hedge in Next Best-in-Class Offer

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Investors simultaneously benefit from Bitcoin potential, safety of gold: Asset reallocation across Bitcoin & Gold, depending on market direction
    • Sophisticated technology: Market risk is gauged through ULCER indices, sophisticated technical indicators providing finely tuned measures of volatility
    • Strong partnership: Bitwise teams with UCITS Fund Manager specialized in digital assets backed by Italy’s Azimut, a leading European asset manager

    March 6, 2025. Frankfurt, Paris/Amsterdam: Bitwise today announces its latest ETP launch with the listing of the Bitwise Diaman Bitcoin & Gold ETP (ticker BTCG; ISIN DE000A4AKW34), which allows investors to benefit simultaneously from the full transformative potential of Bitcoin as well as the time-tested defensive characteristics of gold. The ETP physically replicates the Diaman Bitcoin & Gold Index, which dynamically reallocates value between Bitcoin and gold, increasing Bitcoin exposure when its risk-adjusted performance improves, and shifting towards gold during Bitcoin downturns. The strategy seeks to take advantage of cyclical trends and relative short-term price dislocations, acting as an efficient contributor to a long-term diversified portfolio for institutional and private investors.

    Bradley Duke, Managing Director, Head of Bitwise Europe, said: “I am excited to see the launch of yet another state-of-the-art product in our European markets. As crypto rapidly enters the mainstream, it is essential that we offer investors the full gamut of options available in traditional markets, including sophisticated hedges such as the ones we have developed in cooperation with Diaman Partners. We’re thrilled to join forces with such an ambitious industry player with the backing of one of the continent’s foremost asset managers, Azimut.”

    BTCG is designed for investors looking for a “store of value” strategy to minimize losses in crypto bear markets, while capitalizing on Bitcoin’s potential during upturns. The ETP rebalances Bitcoin and gold once a month based on ULCER indices, a volatility gauge developed in the late 1980s that measures the downside risk of a given asset. Back-testing shows a clear outperformance of ULCER indices over more static allocation methods, demonstrating the added value of the product. BTCG is fully backed by physical Bitcoin and by Pax Gold (PAXG), a digital token tied to physical gold stored in LBMA vaults in London. Both assets backing the ETP are held securely in cold-storage custody by an institutional custodian, meaning they are not connected to the internet. BTCG is issued and domiciled in Germany and will start trading on Euronext Paris and Amsterdam on March 6th 2025.

    Daniele Bernardi, CEO at Diaman Partners, said: “We are delighted to engage in such a promising partnership with Bitwise. BTCG is an excellent product for the broader investment community, designed to leverage Bitcoin’s strong fundamentals—historically the best-performing asset of the last decade, with minimal correlation to traditional markets—alongside gold’s role as a safe-haven asset in times of economic uncertainty and inflation. Many asset managers are still avoiding Bitcoin due to perceived risk, missing a key opportunity to enhance returns. The Bitwise Diaman Bitcoin & Gold ETP enables confident allocation to both physical bitcoin and digital gold, offering diversification and low correlation to strengthen portfolios in a risk-managed framework.”

    Bitwise has accelerated its activities in Europe since its acquisition of ETC Group last year, rebranding its legacy European Crypto ETP suite last month, and continuing to launch innovative new products regularly, such as the Bitwise Solana or Bitwise Aptos Staking ETPs in November and December of 2024 respectively. Committed to transparency, expert product design, and professional management, Bitwise also publishes a wide variety of market insights to educate and inform investors of the emerging opportunities in the digital assets space.

    Key Product Details

    ETP Name Bitwise Diaman Bitcoin & Gold ETP
    Primary Ticker BTCG
    ISIN DE000A4AKW34
    Primary listing Euronext Paris & Amsterdam
    TER 1.49% p.a.
    Domicile Germany
    Underlying Diaman Bitcoin & Gold Index
    Replication method Physical (full replication)

    More information about the product is provided on the respective product page.

    The full Bitwise product list including all exchange listings and trading information is available at https://etc-group.com/products/.

    About Diaman Partners

    Diaman Partners is an asset management company specializing in UCITS and alternative funds, based in Malta, where it is regulated by MFSA (Malta Financial Services Authority). The company leverages advanced algorithms and human expertise to manage all investment processes effectively. With over 20 years of experience, Diaman Partners began its journey in Northern Italy, where its quantitative models and rigorous processes have consistently delivered tangible results, demonstrating know-how, expertise and professionalism. In July 2022, global asset and wealth manager Azimut, which is listed on the Milan stock exchange, acquired a stake in Diaman Partners to act as Azimut’s digital assets arm of the business.

    About Bitwise

    Bitwise is one of the world’s leading crypto specialist asset managers. Thousands of financial advisors, family offices, and institutional investors across the globe have partnered with us to understand and access the opportunities in crypto. Since 2017, Bitwise has established a track record of excellence managing a broad suite of index and active solutions across ETPs, separately managed accounts, private funds, and hedge fund strategies – spanning both the U.S. and Europe.

    In Europe, for the past four years Bitwise (formerly ETC Group) has developed an extensive and innovative suite of crypto ETPs, including Europe’s most traded bitcoin ETP, or the first diversified Crypto Basket ETP replicating an MSCI digital assets index.

    This family of crypto ETPs is domiciled in Germany and issued under a base prospectus approved by BaFin. We exclusively partner with reputable entities from the traditional financial industry, ensuring that 100% of the assets are securely stored offline (cold storage) through regulated custodians.

    Our European products comprise a collection of carefully designed financial instruments that seamlessly integrate into any professional portfolio, providing comprehensive exposure to crypto as an asset class. Access is straightforward via major European stock exchanges, with primary listings on Xetra, the most liquid exchange for ETF trading in Europe. Retail investors benefit from easy access through numerous DIY/online brokers, coupled with our robust and secure physical ETP structure, which includes a redemption feature. For more information, visit www.bitwiseinvestments.com/eu

    Media contacts:

    JEA Associates
    John McLeod
    00 44 7886 920436
    john@jeaassociates.com

    Important information
    This press release does not constitute investment advice, nor does it constitute an offer or solicitation to buy financial products. This press release is issued by Bitwise Europe GmbH (“BEU”), a limited company domiciled in Germany, for information only and in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. BEU gives no explicit or implicit assurance or guarantee regarding the fairness, accuracy, completeness, or correctness of this article or the opinions contained therein. It is advised not to rely on the fairness, accuracy, completeness, or correctness of this article or the opinions contained therein. Please note that this article is neither investment advice nor an offer or solicitation to acquire financial products or cryptocurrencies.

    Before investing in crypto Exchange Traded Products (“ETPs”), potential investors should consider the following:
    Potential investors should seek independent advice and consider relevant information contained in the base prospectus and the final terms for the ETPs, especially the risk factors. ETPs issued by BEU are suitable only for persons experienced in investing in cryptocurrencies and risks of investing can be found in the prospectus and final terms available on www.bitwiseinvestments.com./eu. The invested capital is at risk, and losses up to the amount invested are possible. ETPs backed by cryptocurrencies are highly volatile assets and performance is unpredictable. Past performance is not a reliable indicator of future performance. The market price of ETPs will vary and they do not offer a fixed income or match precisely the performance of the underlying cryptocurrency. Investing in ETPs involves numerous risks including general market risks relating to underlying, adverse price movements, currency, liquidity, operational, legal and regulatory risks.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Annual Financial Report

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    6 March 2025
    2024 Results Highlights

    Admiral Group reports excellent 2024 performance with strong growth in customers, turnover and profit and good strategic progress

      31 December 2024 31 December 2023 % change vs. 2023
    Group profit before tax £839.2m £442.8m +90%
    Earnings per share 216.6p 111.2p +95%
           
    Dividend per share 192.0p 103.0p +86%
    Return on equity1 56% 36% +20pts
           
    Group turnover¹ £6.15bn £4.81bn +28%
    Insurance revenue £4.78bn £3.49bn +37%
           
    Group customers¹ 11.10m 9.73m +14%
    UK insurance customers¹ 8.80m 7.39m +19%
    International insurance customers1 2.10m 2.17m -3%
    Admiral Money gross loan balances £1.17bn £0.96bn +23%
           
    Solvency ratio (post-dividend)¹ +203% +200% +3pts

    1 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to the end of the report for definition and explanation.

        
    Over 13,000 employees will each receive free share awards worth up to £3,600 under the employee share schemes based on the full year 2024 results.

    Comment from Milena Mondini de Focatiis, Group Chief Executive Officer:

    “2024 was a remarkable year. We delivered an excellent result with a 28 per cent increase in turnover and 90 per cent increase in profit as we welcomed an additional 1.4 million customers to the Group.

    “To remain one of the most competitive insurers for the largest number of people is a priority for us. We have emerged from several rather challenging years so when we saw conditions improve we were quick to respond. We were one of the first to reduce prices in response to easing inflation and cut rates the day after the favourable Ogden rate change announcement.

    “The main driver of our exceptional performance was our UK Motor business. However, it is great to see UK Household, Admiral Money, and our French and US Motor businesses all report a double-digit profit.

    “We are excited to be building on the synergies within our businesses and products. We recognise that there is more that we can do to meet even more of the needs of our growing customer base. We continue to focus on being a great choice for customers by leveraging our expertise in pricing, claims management and underwriting, and making continuous improvements in our service.

    “I was pleased to see our MSCI ESG score upgraded to AAA and to have our science-based targets officially approved. We have published our Net Zero Transition Plan and, as one of the leading insurers of electric vehicles in the UK, we are supporting the transition to greener vehicles.

    “Thanks to our incredible colleagues we have achieved so much this year and rewarded them with an additional bonus for their commitment.

    “As we enter into 2025, the market is softening, and the outlook is uncertain. Our priority is to stay efficient and agile so that we can adapt as needed and deliver long-term growth by building on our strong foundations and talented team.”

    Comment from Mike Rogers, Admiral Group Chair:

    “Admiral has had an excellent year, demonstrating, once again, how its unwavering focus on doing the right thing for customers can deliver growth and long-term value to all its stakeholders.

    “Admiral is now helping even more people to look after their future with its wider range of products. The Group’s commitment to continuous evolution and innovation means that it is using new technologies to better anticipate and meet customers’ needs and achieve greater efficiencies in how it operates.

    “Although inflation has eased, political, regulatory and economic uncertainty remains. Admiral’s prudent and disciplined approach will be key to ensuring that the Group continues to achieve long-term sustainable growth and can be there for its customers, colleagues and communities when they need it the most.”

    Final Dividend

    The Board has proposed a dividend of 121.0 pence per share (2023: 52.0 pence per share) representing a normal dividend (65% of post-tax profits) of 91.4 pence per share and a special dividend of 29.6 pence per share. The final dividend will be paid on 13 June 2025. The ex-dividend date is 15 May 2025, and the record date is 16 May 2025.

    Management presentation

    Analysts and investors will be able to access the Admiral Group management presentation which commences at 10.00 GMT on Thursday 6 March 2025 by registering at the following link to attend the presentation in person, or access the presentation live via webcast or conference call: https://admiralgroup.co.uk/events/event-details/2024-full-year-results. A copy of the presentation slides will be available at the following link: Results, reports and presentations | Admiral Group Plc (www.admiralgroup.co.uk)

    Investors and Analysts: Admiral Group plc
    Diane Michelberger                                Diane.Michelberger@admiralgroup.co.uk

    Media: Admiral Group plc    
    Addy Frederick                                Addy.Frederick@admiralgroup.co.uk
    +44 (0) 7500 171 810                       

    Media: FTI Consulting  
    Edward Berry                                        +44 (0) 7703 330 199
    Tom Blackwell                                        +44 (0) 7747 113 919

    Chair Statement

    Admiral Group performed very strongly in 2024 despite an unfavourable macroeconomic backdrop. The Group has achieved significant customer growth, while increasing customer satisfaction, and delivered an excellent UK Motor performance, supported by changes to the Ogden rate, with strong results in many other business lines. This has translated into profit before tax of £839.2 million and a proposed final dividend of 121.0 pence per share, making a total of 192.0 pence per share for the financial year.

    The Group’s impressive customer growth is a testament to its core value of doing what is right for customers. In the UK, due to better cycle management and in response to improved market conditions, Admiral reduced prices earlier than the market in early 2024.

    Delivering growth, digitisation and sustainability

    Defending and extending the competitive advantages of the UK motor business remains our number one priority, alongside our strategy of developing other franchises with the potential to drive future profitable growth. We have seen positive results across many of our newer franchises, with double-digit profit in the UK’s Household and Money businesses and our French business.

    The Group has made significant strides in enhancing its digital capabilities and unlocking the potential of new technologies to achieve a superior customer experience and greater productivity.

    Admiral continues to navigate a challenging regulatory landscape to ensure its resilience and sustainability in the long term. As one of the UK’s largest motor insurers, the business has been engaging with members of the motor insurance taskforce to identify solutions to tackle the current high costs of insurance.

    Admiral continues to support customers to adopt greener behaviours and is one of the leading UK electric vehicle insurers. The publication of Admiral’s Net Zero Transition Plan and the SBTi’s approval of its science-based targets demonstrates our commitment to responsible and sustainable business practices.

    Powered by our people

    Admiral colleagues’ expertise and dedication to supporting customers, colleagues and local communities is remarkable, so I was pleased that Admiral was, again, named one of the world’s best workplaces. Similarly, it was an honour to be at the London Stock Exchange to celebrate 20 years of Admiral being a listed business and delivering for customers and shareholders with colleagues who are custodians of the business’ incredible culture.

    I was sorry to say goodbye to Cristina Nestares who had successfully led the UK Insurance business since 2016. We all wish her the very best for the future. I’m pleased that, in line with the Group’s strong track record on succession planning, Alistair Hargreaves has been appointed UK Insurance CEO.

    We conducted an evaluation on the performance of the Board and its Committees. This process confirmed that these were operating effectively, that the business is managed for the long-term benefit of all stakeholders and provided a clear focus on areas for improvement for the forthcoming year.

    On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Admiral colleagues for their ongoing commitment, and the management team for their excellent leadership and performance.

    While the external landscape remains uncertain, I believe that the Group’s competitive advantages, disciplined approach, and customer-first mindset will drive continued growth and shareholder value.

    Mike Rogers

    Group Chair

    5 March 2025

    Group Chief Executive Officer’s Review

    Overall, 2024 was a remarkable year for Admiral. It was not only a year of delivering excellent financial results but also one of continuous improvements in serving our customers and making solid progress on our strategy.

    Despite persisting economic, political, and regulatory uncertainty, motor insurance market conditions improved and this – combined with our historical discipline and agility across the insurance market cycle allowed us to achieve a great many successes. We have welcomed 1.4 million new customers, improved customer satisfaction, added £1.3 billion in turnover, and increased profits by 90 per cent.

    Our core business, UK Insurance, was the main driver of this success. It delivered just under £1 billion in profit, supported by the impact of the recent favourable Ogden Rate change, and strong growth across our other products. Our acquisition of the renewal rights for More Than completed in the first half of the year. The integration is progressing well with 7 months of renewals at the end of January and retention is in line with expectations.

    To remain one of the most competitive insurers for the largest number of people is a priority for us so, when we saw conditions improve, we were quick to reflect this in our pricing. We led on reducing rates, doing it earlier than most at the start of the year, as we saw inflation easing. We also cut rates the day after the favourable Ogden rate change announcement.

    Beyond UK motor, we have delivered double-digit profits within our UK Household, French and US Motor businesses and Admiral Money. We now serve over 11 million customers globally, with almost half of customer growth coming from other business lines across the Group.

    We are proud of the pleasing turnaround that the US team has achieved. As previously mentioned, we’re assessing the strategic options for our US business. We have made good progress and are in exclusive talks with a potential acquirer.

    Across our European franchises, we now insure more than half a million French customers and have seen an improved performance in our Spanish business. In Italy, the team is focused on turning the business around following a disappointing financial performance in a tough market in 2024.

    We are conscious that there is more to do to unlock the potential of these businesses. We have ambitious plans to build on our UK customer base, to further improve the customer experience and harness the advantage of automation and AI to achieve even greater efficiency.

    Taking a step back, our story has been one of continuous growth and, to celebrate 20 years as a listed company, colleagues joined Mike Rogers and I at the London Stock Exchange to close the market. This anniversary was a time for reflection on where the business has come from and, of course, where the business is going (and to celebrate Geraint who has been Group CFO for ten years – congratulations Mr Jones!).

    Our success has been underpinned by our pricing, underwriting and claims management expertise, all united by a culture that is truly unique. We put our customers and people first, and are data-driven, agile and entrepreneurial.

    We want to have a positive impact on society. We are one of the leading electric vehicle insurers and are proud of our commitment to improve road safety. In the UK, our Words to Live By campaign video was shown in cinemas nationwide.

    I am proud of how our colleagues have supported customers impacted by flooding and we are working cross-industry to ensure that homes are more flood resistant or resilient. Our colleagues want to play a positive role in the communities in which we live and work, and the number of volunteering hours more than doubled in 2024.

    We have published our Net Zero Transition Plan and are working hard to meet our sustainability goals. I was pleased to see our science-based targets officially approved and our MSCI ESG score upgraded to AAA.

    We know that if our people like what they do, they will do it better, and it is brilliant to be recognised, once again, as one of the World’s Best Workplaces. We focus on being an inclusive employer and maintaining our unique culture to attract and retain the talent we need to execute our strategy.

    I am so proud of everything that we have been able to achieve this year thanks to our incredible colleagues. Ever since we floated, colleagues have been given a stake in the business so that they can benefit from their hard work and customer focus. This year, we have given colleagues an additional bonus to reward their commitment.

    In October, we announced that Cristina Nestares was stepping down as CEO of our UK Insurance business to spend more time in her native Spain. We will miss Cristina’s passion and customer focus, which were key to building on the business’ position as a leading insurer. I was pleased to appoint Alistair Hargreaves as CEO. Alistair has significant leadership experience and extensive knowledge of our customers, colleagues, products and strategy, and I look forward to working even more closely with him as we continue to deliver for our growing customer base.

    We are emerging from four years of challenge from the pandemic and cost-of-living crisis to inflation spikes and regulatory changes. Although, no doubt, further challenges lie ahead, I am optimistic about the opportunities too. Our priority will be to stay agile, lean, and efficient so that we can adapt as needed, leveraging our strong foundations and talented team to deliver long-term growth.

    Milena Mondini de Focatiis

    Group Chief Executive Officer

    5 March 2025

    Group Chief Financial Officer’s Review

    I closed my 2023 statement by saying I looked forward to seeing improved underlying margins feeding into reported results for 2024. These results have duly delivered.

    There are many positives and milestones: customer numbers up by 1.37 million (record number and highest annual gain); turnover up £1.3 billion to £6.1 billion (same records as customers); highest ever investment return at £182 million; very strong solvency position (203%) maintained despite the significant 121.0p final dividend; some of the best results we have delivered in UK Motor (including a material boost from the review of the Personal Injury Discount Rate); and some encouraging results from businesses beyond UK Motor – over £70 million in aggregate from UK Household, Admiral Money, L’olivier Motor and Elephant US – each delivering their own record result.

    In UK Motor Insurance, after the very challenging 2021 and 2022 underwriting years (both of which experienced severe claims inflation), 2023 and 2024 have been more positive – with a notably larger business (5.7 million risks at year-end 2024 v 4.9 million at year-end 2023), much higher revenue and more positive combined ratios for both years (driven by quite large cumulative price increases since the start of 2023). These factors have contributed to materially higher reported profit in 2024.

    In terms of volumes, after very positive conditions in the market at the start of the year (very large new business volumes and very competitive Admiral prices), the environment became tougher from Q2 onwards, with prices drifting down quite steadily. Confidence in our loss ratios meant we were able to reduce prices around the start of 2024 (ahead of the market) and in H2 as well (partly to pass the benefits of the new discount rates to our customers), but inevitably our growth in the second half was lower than in H1.

    Personal Injury Discount Rates

    As we explain more fully later in the report, the Discount Rate for all parts of the UK changed during 2024, resulting in lower projected costs of large open claims. We estimate that in today’s money, the total (positive) impact on profit is around £150 million (emphasis on estimate) of which £100 million has been recognised in 2024.

    Investments

    Much larger balances (£5.2 billion at year-end ’24 v £4.2 billion year-end ’23) due to strong revenue growth combined with a higher yield (4.0% for 2024 v 3.3% for 2023 as the portfolio has been reinvested over the past couple of years) led to investment income for 2024 of £182 million, our highest ever.

    More details on the portfolio are set out later in the report, but there’s been no change in our approach and only small changes in the asset allocation. Obviously very subject to what happens to market interest rates and spreads, we’d expect the yield shown in the income statement to continue to increase but much more gradually in 2025.

    Italy

    In a generally very positive year, it’s fair to call out the ConTe result as a disappointment. ConTe has been steadily profitable since 2014, and the loss for the year (£23 million compared to a profit in 2023 of £7 million) was obviously not in our plan. The disappointing performance came about, partly, because of an update to the Milan Court tables (used to determine the cost of many injury claims), but also because of some adverse experience, notably from some business written in 2023.

    Our management team (along with pretty much the whole business) is very focused on restoring profitability through various actions as soon as possible, and I’m confident they’ll achieve this. It might well come at the cost of some volume in the very short term, though we’re still confident in ConTe’s prospects.

    At the risk of upsetting some of our terrific management teams, let me also call out a few other high points:

    • Partly benefiting from lower than budgeted weather cost in 2024 (but also see an improving attritional loss ratio), UK Household Insurance reported its largest profit of £34 million. The team has also been well focused on the migration of the acquired More Than renewal rights portfolio as well as organic growth as we close in fast on two million policies
    • After some quite bruising years in the US, huge credit goes to our team in Elephant Auto who have very much met their goal of materially improving the bottom line in 2024. The result swung impressively from a loss of £20 million to a profit of £14 million due to a much better loss ratio and a very solid expense outcome. And whilst acknowledging the portfolio has shrunk as a consequence, this is a pleasing turnaround and we’re very proud of the team’s work
    • Veygo (mainly offering short-term car insurance in the UK) is possibly the Group’s fastest growing business, reporting revenue of £64 million in 2024 (with a very healthy three-year CAGR of 45%) and also returned its first (albeit small in the Group context) profit
    • Our French motor insurer L’olivier reported its highest profit of £11 million (2023: £7 million). With turnover above €260 million and a solid combined ratio, we’re positive about the future in France
    • And finally – partly stretching timeframe of the report – I’m very happy that Admiral Money has, in early 2025, signed its first deal to use third-party capital to grow the personal loan business – we think this is an important part of the model for the future

    Internal capital model

    As part of the process to ultimately use our own capital model to calculate our capital requirement, Admiral entered the pre-application phase (focused on UK car insurance) with the two main prudential regulators in mid-2024. We received feedback late in the year and are working to address that as well as finalise the other aspects of the model before submitting our full application. Lots of hard work is continuing on this important but complex project and we’ll update on progress in due course.

    Looking ahead to 2025

    We move into the new year well-placed for continued positive results. There are one or two challenges for sure (a competitive market in UK motor and the need to restore profit in Italy to name two), but particularly noting the prudent claims reserves position in all lines of business at the end of 2024, we expect strong releases and profit to flow into 2025 and beyond. Subject to market conditions, we’re still hoping to grow in pretty much all our operations too.

    Big thanks to all Admiral colleagues for helping to achieve these great results!

    Geraint Jones

    Group Chief Financial Officer

    5 March 2025

    £m 2024 2023 Change vs 2023
    UK Insurance 977 597 +380
    UK Insurance (Ogden -0.25%) 877 597 +280
    Europe Insurance (20) 2 -22
    US Insurance 14 (20) +34
    Admiral Money 13 10 +3
    Share scheme cost (62) (54) -8
    Other costs including Admiral Pioneer (83) (92) +9
    Pre-tax profit 839 443 +396
    Pre-tax profit (Ogden -0.25%) 739 443 +296

    2024 Group overview

    £m 2024 2023 % change vs. 20234
    Group turnover (£bn)1 3 6.15 4.81 +28%
    Net insurance and investment result 798.7 363.1 +120%
    Net interest income from financial services 76.3 68.1 +12%
    Other income and expenses (9.3) 31.7 nm
    Operating profit 865.7 462.9 +87%
    Group profit before tax 839.2 442.8 +90%
           
    Analysis of profit      
    UK Insurance 976.7 596.5 +64%
    UK Insurance (Ogden -0.25%) 876.4 596.5 +47%
    International Insurance (5.3) (18.0) +71%
    International Insurance – European Motor (14.8) 6.1 nm
    International Insurance – US Motor 14.4 (19.6) nm
    International Insurance – Other (4.9) (4.5) -10%
    Admiral Money 13.0 10.2 +28%
    Other (145.2) (145.9) +1%
    Group profit before tax 839.2 442.8 +90%
    Group profit before tax (Ogden -0.25%) 738.9 442.8 +67%
           
    Key metrics      
    Reported Group loss ratio1 2 +55.4% +63.9% -9pts
    Reported Group expense ratio1 2 +22.0% +24.8% -3pts
    Reported Group combined ratio1 2 +77.4% +88.7% -11pts
    Reported Group combined ratio (Ogden -0.25%) +79.7% +88.7% -9pts
    Insurance service margin1 2 +16.2% +10.2% +6pts
    Customer numbers (million)1 11.10 9.73 +14%
           
    Earnings per share 216.6 111.2 +95%
    Earnings per share (Ogden -0.25%) 190.2 111.2 +71%
    Dividend per share 192.0 103.0 +86%
    Return on equity1 56% 36% +20pts
    Solvency ratio1 +203% +200% +3pts

    1 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to the end of the report for definition and explanation.

    2 Reported Group loss and expense ratios are calculated on a basis inclusive of all insurance revenue – this includes insurance premium revenue net of excess of loss reinsurance, plus revenue from underwritten ancillaries and an allocation of instalment and administration fees/related commissions. See glossary for an explanation of the ratios and Appendix 1a for a reconciliation of reported loss and expense ratios, and insurance service margin, to the financial statements.

    3 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to note 14 for explanation and reconciliation to statutory income statement measures.

    4 Definition: nm – not meaningful.

    Group highlights

    Admiral reports strong growth in turnover and customer numbers and significantly higher profits in 2024.

    • Group customer numbers increased by 14% and turnover was 28% higher, driven by UK Motor Insurance
    • Group pre-tax profit was £839 million, 90% higher than 2023 as a result of a significantly improved current year underwriting performance and continued significant prior period releases, notably in the UK Motor Insurance business. Excluding the impact of the change in Personal Injury (‘Ogden’) Discount Rate (see below), pre-tax profit would have been £739 million, 67% higher than 2023
    • Strong growth in UK Household pre-tax profit to £34 million (2023: £8 million). A relatively benign year for weather and an improved attritional loss year resulted in a favourable current year loss ratio
    • Completion of the acquisition of the More Than direct UK Household and Pet Insurance renewal rights; renewals started to transfer to Admiral in the second half of 2024
    • A lower overall loss in International Insurance (£5 million v £18 million), including a profit of £14 million in US motor, which was offset by a loss of £20 million in Europe
    • Continued growth in Admiral Money profit to £13 million (2023: £10 million) and gross loan balances (+23% year-on-year growth).

    Earnings per share

    Earnings per share for 2024 were 216.6 pence (2023: 111.2 pence). The increase from 2023 is higher than the increase in pre-tax profit above due to a slightly lower effective tax rate.

    Return on equity

    Return on equity was 56% for 2024, 20 percentage points higher than the 36% reported for 2023. The increase is the result of the significantly higher post-tax profits, partially offset by higher average equity.

    Dividends

    The Group’s dividend policy is to pay 65% of post-tax profits as a normal dividend and to pay a further special dividend comprising earnings not required to be held in the Group for solvency, buffers or purchasing shares for the Group’s employee share plans. No shares are expected to be purchased for the share plans until 2026.

    The Board has proposed a final dividend of 121.0 pence per share (approximately £366.6 million) splits as follows:

    • 91.4 pence per share normal dividend
    • A special dividend of 29.6 pence per share.

    The 2024 final dividend reflects a pay-out ratio of 87% of second half earnings per share. 121.0 pence per share is 133% higher than the final 2023 dividend (52.0 pence per share), in line with the growth in earnings per share.

    The 2024 final dividend payment date is 13 June 2025, ex-dividend date 15 May 2025, and record date 16 May 2025.

    Economic background

    Whilst remaining higher than its long-term average, the elevated inflation observed over the course of 2022 and 2023 started to reduce in 2024. Price increases implemented to mitigate the impact of the higher inflation in the Group’s main UK business in 2022 and 2023 have resulted in a strong current year underwriting performance compared to the prior year.

    Admiral continues to focus on medium-term profitability and has maintained a disciplined approach to business volumes. The Group’s customer base in UK Motor grew significantly at the start of 2024 as a result of price reductions ahead of the market, with market competition increasing in the second half. The Group continues to set claims reserves cautiously.

    Admiral Money has continued to grow its consumer loans book, with a cautious approach to growth and evolving underwriting criteria to reflect the macroeconomic environment and potential financial impact on consumers. The business continues to hold appropriately cautious provisions for credit losses.

    Change in UK personal injury discount rate (‘Ogden’)

    The discount rate, which is used in setting personal injury compensation (referred to throughout the report as ‘Ogden’), changed to +0.5% across the UK in H2 2024.

    In Scotland and NI, the discount rate changed from -0.75% to +0.5%, effective from September 2024. In England and Wales, it was announced in December 2024 that the discount rate would change to +0.5% from the existing -0.25% rate, effective from 11 January 2025. The +0.5% rate is expected to remain in place for up to the next five years.

    Given the announcements were made in 2024, the Group has updated its insurance contract liabilities to reflect the new rate. The impact of the change in rate is an increase in 2024 pre-tax profits of £100 million (with the ultimate profit impact estimated to be around £150 million).

    UK Insurance Review – Alistair Hargreaves, CEO UK Insurance

    It is a great privilege and responsibility to be appointed UK Insurance CEO and I’m fortunate that in writing this statement, I’m able to reflect on the UK Insurance teams’ many achievements in 2024, a very positive year. Our disciplined approach to managing uncertainty and the motor market cycle, alongside enhancements to propositions, pricing, claims and customer experience, helped us to welcome 1.4 million new customers, sustain our market-leading combined ratio and deliver £977 million profit before tax, while improving our Trustpilot customer rating to an industry-leading 4.6.

    In motor, price is the primary customer consideration. This was especially true in 2024 after the recent sustained period of elevated claims inflation drove market premiums up and motor insurance affordability made the headlines. Our discipline throughout 2022 and 2023, where we increased prices ahead of competitors and sacrificed growth, paid off in 2024. We were able to start reducing rates in early 2024, ahead of the market, and our competitive prices resulted in a 15% increase in motor policies to a record 5.7 million. This was achieved whilst maintaining strong service levels and repair times due to the strength of our repair network partners. UK Motor turnover grew by £1.1 billion in 2024 to £4.5 billion and profit before tax increased to £955 million, driven by our strong performance as well as a c.£100 million reserving benefit from the recent change to the Ogden discount rate, which impacts large personal injury claims. We passed the benefits from the new Ogden rate going forward to our customers by lowering prices accordingly the day after the announcement in December.

    Beyond Motor, our strong MultiCover proposition supported further growth in our Household insurance business, despite continued rate increases offsetting claims inflation. The integration of the ‘More Than’ Pet and Home renewal rights from Royal Sun Alliance (RSA) is going well. The customer migration runs over 12 months and started in the summer of 2024. This has given a boost to our Household business, which finished the year with just under two million customers, and led to a significant acceleration for Pet with more than 200,000 policies. The renewal process will continue through to the summer of 2025. Our Travel business grew both new business and renewals with strong underwriting discipline leading to a small but growing profit.

    We continue to invest to further improve customer journeys and maintain our market-leading insurance expertise. In 2024, we drove improvements in speed, both in feature development sprints and deploying machine-learning models across pricing, claims, and customer experience. This is supported by the fact that over 80% of our estate is now cloud-based. We are pleased with the continued growth of our digital experience, which enables customers to engage with us in the most convenient way for them. We give customers the choice to self-serve digitally, and half of mid-term changes and a third of claims notifications are now made this way. In Motor, our investment in customer proposition and claims is supporting strong growth in insured electric vehicles where we continue to be one of the industry leaders with a high teens market share.

    The driving force of our business is our culture and people, we were pleased to, again, have been listed in the Top 10 for both Great Places to Work and for Great Places to Work for Women. One element of our culture, which I’m particularly proud of, is our continued support of our communities. In 2024, our colleagues spent over 30,000 hours helping over a thousand people to secure work or to gain new skills with funding and support for our community partners.

    2024 has been a remarkable year for UK Insurance, and by delivering for our customers we’ve taken the opportunity to grow. Looking ahead, some uncertainty remains around near-term market dynamics, but our strong team and fundamentals give us a great platform to continue to provide value, ease and trust for customers and in doing so make the most of opportunities for sustainable profitable growth in 2025 and beyond.

    UK Insurance financial performance

    £m 2024 2023
    Turnover1 2 5,108.5 3,776.0
    Total premiums written1 4,745.2 3,502.6
    Insurance revenue 3,873.4 2,596.9
    Underwriting result1 764.4 383.4
    Net investment income 70.5 55.2
    Co-insurer profit commission and net other revenue 141.8 157.9
    UK Insurance profit before tax1 976.7 596.5

    Segment result: UK Insurance profit before tax1

    £m 2024 2023
    Motor 955.1 593.3
    Motor (Ogden -0.25%) 854.8 593.3
    Household 34.1 7.9
    Travel and Pet (12.5) (4.7)
    UK Insurance profit before tax 976.7 596.5
    UK Insurance profit before tax (Ogden -0.25%) 876.4 596.5

    Segment performance indicators1

      2024 2023
    Vehicles insured 5.69m 4.94m
    Households insured 1.97m 1.76m
    Travel and Pet policies 1.14m 0.69m
    Total UK Insurance customers 8.80m 7.39m

    1 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to the end of this report for definition and explanation.

    2 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to note 14 for explanation and reconciliation to statutory income statement measures.

    Highlights for the UK Insurance business include:

    • In UK Motor:
      • A 15% increase in customer numbers, driven by reducing prices ahead of the market around the start of the year, after a period of prices moving higher to address significant claims cost inflation in the past few years
      • The increase in customers, combined with higher premiums, resulted in a 33% rise in turnover, and a 50% rise in insurance revenue
      • Profit of £955 million was 61% higher than 2023, driven by the resulting improved current year combined ratio and continued positive reserve releases, as well as the favourable impact of the Ogden Discount Rate change. Excluding the Ogden change, profit would have been £855 million, 44% higher than 2023.
    • In UK Household:
      • An increase in customer numbers of 12% to 1.97 million (31 December 2023: 1.76 million). Growth continued, particularly in the second half of 2024 when rate increases in response to inflation eased, resulting in increased competitiveness
      • Profit grew strongly to £34 million (2023: £8 million) as a result of a positive current period combined ratio driven by higher earned premiums, a relatively benign year for severe weather, an improved attritional loss year plus continued prior period releases.
    • In UK Travel and Pet Insurance:
      • Both business lines continued to grow their customer base and turnover
      • Travel delivers second consecutive annual profit, whilst there was an increased loss in Pet due to both integration costs (primarily IT) in relation to the More Than acquisition of £6.3 million, and the premium written as a result of More Than renewals not yet earning through
    • More Than acquisition:
      • In March 2024, the Group successfully completed its first significant acquisition, of the direct UK Household and Pet insurance renewal rights of the More Than brand and the transfer of over 280 colleagues from RSA. Liabilities relating to existing policies and those up to renewal remain with RSA
    • The integration of the business is now largely complete, with renewals having commenced in July 2024 for Household and in August 2024 for Pet
    • The 2024 UK Insurance results, therefore, include an impact of £11.9 million of integration costs in relation to the acquired business. See note 13 to the financial statements for further details.

    UK Motor Insurance financial review

    UK Motor profit in 2024 was £955 million, 61% higher than 2023. Excluding the impact of the change in the Ogden Discount Rate, UK Motor profit was £855 million, 44% higher than 2023. This increase is the result of an improved current period combined ratio (driven by higher average premiums earning through), along with continued positive development of prior year claims, partly offset by recognising the reinsurer’s share of releases on underwriting years 2021-2023.

    In addition, favourable net investment income is driven by higher yields and investment balances.

    £m 2024 2023
    Turnover1 4,495.9 3,371.8
    Total premiums written1 2 4,157.7 3,118.2
    Insurance premium revenue1 3,160.5 2,115.4
    Other insurance revenue 209.0 134.8
    Insurance revenue 3,369.5 2,250.2
    Insurance revenue net of XoL2 4 3,271.4 2,188.6
    Insurance expenses1 2 3 (586.8) (451.2)
    Insurance claims incurred net of XoL2 4 (2,078.1) (1,729.0)
    Insurance claims releases net of XoL2 4 374.6 392.8
    Quota share reinsurance result2 3 (228.8) (16.8)
    Movement in onerous loss component net of reinsurance2 1.1 4.1
    Underwriting result2 753.4 388.5
    Investment income 150.0 111.8
    Net insurance finance expenses (83.4) (58.2)
    Net investment income 66.6 53.6
    Co-insurer profit commission 53.3 76.5
    Other net income 81.8 74.7
    UK Motor Insurance profit before tax1 955.1 593.3
    UK Motor Insurance profit before tax (Ogden -0.25%) 854.8 593.3

    Segment performance indicators

      2024 2023
    Reported Motor loss ratio1 2 5 52.1% 61.1%
    Reported Motor expense ratio1 2 5 17.9% 20.6%
    Reported Motor combined ratio1 2 5 70.0% 81.7%
    Reported Motor combined ratio (Ogden -0.25%)1 73.2% 81.7%
    Reported Motor Insurance service margin1 2 5 23.0% 17.7%
    Core motor loss ratio before releases1 2 6 69.2% 87.0%
    Core motor claims releases1 2 6 (12.7)% (20.2)%
    Core motor loss ratio1 2 6 56.5% 66.8%
    Core motor expense ratio1 2 6 18.2% 21.4%
    Core motor combined ratio1 6 74.7% 88.2%
    Core motor written expense ratio1 2 7 16.8% 17.8%
    Vehicles insured at period end1 2 5.69m 4.94m
    Other revenue per vehicle2 8 £76 £62

    1 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to the end of this report for definition and explanation.

    2 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to Appendix 1b for explanation and reconciliation to statutory income statement measures.

    3 Insurance expenses and quota share reinsurance result excludes gross and reinsurers’ share of share scheme charges respectively. Share scheme charges reported in Other Group Items.

    4 XoL refers to Excess of Loss (non-proportional) reinsurance; see glossary at end of report for further information.

    5 Reported Motor loss ratio, expense ratio and insurance service margin are all net of XoL, as defined in the glossary. Reconciliation in Appendix 1b.

    6 Core Motor loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio are all net of XoL, as defined in the glossary. Reconciliation in Appendix 1b.

    7 Core motor written expense ratio defined as insurance expenses divided by core product written insurance premium, net of excess of loss reinsurance.

    8 Other revenue per vehicle includes other revenue included within insurance revenue. See ‘Other Revenue’ section for explanation.

    Claims

    Claims inflation continues to show signs of gradually reducing, with Admiral’s current estimate of average claims cost inflation for full-year 2024 (compared to full-year 2023) being approximately in mid-to-high single-digits (2023: around 10%). Despite the significant growth in policy base, a small reduction in claims frequency has been observed.

    As usual, the longer-term impacts of inflation on bodily injury claims remain uncertain. Admiral did not observe material changes in inflation for bodily injury claims settled in 2024, when compared to 2023. We maintain a prudent allowance held in the best estimate reserve to reflect potential impacts of higher than historic levels of future wage inflation on certain elements of large bodily injury claims reserves.

    There is still uncertainty within motor claims across the market arising from inflation, and future developments relating to both whiplash reforms, and regulatory developments. As noted above, the new Ogden discount rate of +0.5%, as announced in December 2024, has been used within the best estimate reserves.

    In line with the FCA’s multi-firm review into total loss claims valuations, Admiral is conducting a review of its total loss and related processes, which considers current practice and customer outcomes in the recent past. The work is in the process of being finalised, with the conclusion that some action is required.

    Although uncertainty remains over the final position, when fully concluded, the cost is not expected to have a significant impact on the financial statements. Taking account of current information, appropriate amounts are included within insurance contract liabilities at 31 December.

    Admiral continues to hold a significant and prudent risk adjustment above best estimate reserves, with an increase in the confidence level to the 95th percentile (93rd percentile at 31 December 2023). When setting the level of risk adjustment due consideration has been given to the strong releases in the best estimate, inherent uncertainty in bodily injury claims, growth in the UK motor book along with an assessment of other external factors. There has been a slight reduction in the volatility of the reserve risk distribution from which the percentile is selected as a result of the strong reserve releases following the change in Ogden discount rate; otherwise it has not changed significantly since 2023.

    The core motor loss ratio has reduced to 56.5% (2023: 66.8%) with offsetting movements in the current period loss ratio and prior year reserve releases, as follows:

    Core Motor loss ratio1 2 Core motor loss ratio before releases Impact of claims reserve releases Core motor loss ratio
    FY 2023 87.0% (20.2)% 66.8%
    Change in current period loss ratio excluding Ogden (16.9)% —% (16.9)%
    Change in claims reserve release excluding Ogden —% 10.2% 10.2%
    Impact of Ogden discount rate change (0.9)% (2.7)% (3.6)%
    FY 2024 69.2% (12.7)% 56.5%

    1 Reported Motor loss ratio shown on a discounted basis, excluding unwind of finance expenses

    2 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to Appendix 1b for explanation and reconciliation to statutory income statement measures.

    The rate increases that were implemented over the course of 2022 and 2023, as well as favourable frequency in 2024, have driven a significant improvement in the current period loss ratio.

    The benefit from prior-period releases includes both the positive development of the best estimate reserve and the unwind of risk adjustment for prior-period claims. The absolute value of releases is consistent with 2023, with higher releases on the best estimate arising from significant favourable development, along with the benefit from the Ogden rate change, being offset by lower releases of risk adjustment given the increase in risk adjustment percentile. The lower release percentage is a result of significantly increased earned premiums.

    Quota share reinsurance

    Admiral’s quota share reinsurance result reflects the net movement on ceded premiums, reinsurer margins and expected recoveries (claims and expenses, excluding share scheme charges) for underwriting years on which quota share reinsurance is in place (2021 underwriting year onwards).

    The ‘Group capital structure’ section sets out further details on Admiral’s UK Motor quota share arrangements.

    Quota share reinsurance result1

    £m 2024 2023 Quota share claims asset
    31 December 2024
    2021 and prior (27.2) (55.3) 15.0
    2022 (84.0) 8.2 62.8
    2023 (81.0) 30.3
    2024 (36.6)
    Total (228.8) (16.8) 77.8

    1 Quota share result in underwriting year 2024 includes an £11.1 million re-charge for the reinsurer’s assumed share scheme recoveries, out of other Group costs in line with prior period (2023: £11.1 million)

    The significantly increased quota share charge in 2024 is the result of:

    • Favourable developments in the underlying loss ratios on underwriting years 2021-2023 resulting in the reversal of quota share recoveries previously recognised
    • A charge rather than credit on the most recent underwriting year (2024), as the booked combined ratio is below 100%, which means no quota share recoveries are recognised.

    Co-insurer profit commission

    Co-insurer profit commission of £53.3 million is lower than in 2023 (£76.5 million).

    In 2024, a significant proportion of claims releases are on underwriting years 2021 and 2022, which reduce the losses on those years but do not result in profit commission, given the years are not yet profitable with booked combined ratios of over 100%.

    In addition, the losses on those years are carried forward in line with contractual clauses, suppressing the recognition of profit commission on underwriting years 2023 and also, to a large extent, 2024.

    Net investment income

    Net investment income increased to £66.6 million from £53.6 million, benefiting from higher investment income, which was largely offset by increased net insurance finance expenses.

    Investment income grew by 34% to £150.0 million (2023: £111.8 million), as a result of increased investment balances (due to strong growth in premium collected) and higher average return. Further information on the Group’s investment portfolio and the income generated in the period is provided later in the report.

    Net insurance finance expense reflects the unwind of the discounting benefit recognised when claims are initially incurred. The expense has increased notably in 2024 (£83.4 million; 2023 £58.2 million) as a result of the unwind of discounting benefit recognised from early 2022 onwards, when there was a significant increase in risk-free interest rates. A significant proportion of the insurance finance expense in 2024 relates to claims incurred during 2022 and 2023.

    Other revenue

    Admiral generates other revenue from a portfolio of insurance products that complement the core motor insurance product, and also fees generated over the life of the policy. The most material contributors to other revenue continue to be:

    • Profit earned from Motor policy upgrade products underwritten by Admiral, including breakdown, car hire and personal injury covers
    • Revenue from other insurance products, not underwritten by Admiral
    • Fees such as administration and cancellation fees
    • Interest charged to customers paying for cover in instalments.

    Under IFRS 17, income from underwritten ancillaries and an allocation of instalment income and administration fees in line with Admiral’s gross share of the core motor product premium, are included within Insurance revenue in the underwriting result. The remaining income from instalment income and fees, as well as income from other non-underwritten ancillary products is presented in other net income.

    Overall contribution increased to £321.8 million (2023: £247.3 million), primarily due to the growth in customer numbers in the past year. In particular, more customers along with the increased proportion of customers choosing to pay via monthly payments in the prior period has resulted in higher earned instalment income.

    Other revenue was equivalent to £76 per vehicle (gross of costs), with net other revenue per vehicle at £61 per vehicle, both up compared to 2023 in line with the increased contribution.

    UK Motor Insurance Other revenue

    £m 2024
      Within underwriting result Other net income Total
    Premium and revenue from additional products and fees1 139.8 83.4 223.2
    Instalment income and administration fees2 209.0 45.7 254.7
    Other revenue 348.8 129.1 477.9
    Claims costs and allocated expenses3 (108.8) (47.3) (156.1)
    Net other revenue 240.0 81.8 321.8
    Other revenue per vehicle4     £76
    Other revenue per vehicle net of internal costs     £61
    £m 2023
      Within underwriting result Other net income Total
    Premium and revenue from additional products and fees1 107.8 89.4 197.2
    Instalment income and administration fees2 134.8 29.3 164.1
    Other revenue 242.6 118.7 361.3
    Claims costs and allocated expenses3 (70.0) (44.0) (114.0)
    Net other revenue 172.6 74.7 247.3
    Other revenue per vehicle4     £62
    Other revenue per vehicle net of internal costs     £52

    1 Premium from underwritten ancillaries is recognised within the insurance service result (underwriting result). Other income from non-underwritten products and fees is included within other net income, below the underwriting result but part of the insurance segment result.

    2 Instalment income and administration fees are recognised within insurance revenue (% aligned to Admiral’s share of premium, net of co-insurance) and other revenue (% aligned to co-insurance share of premium).

    3 Claims costs relating to underwritten ancillary products, along with an allocation of related expenses, are recognised within the insurance result. Expenses allocated to the generation of revenue from non-underwritten ancillaries are recognised within other net income.

    4 Other revenue per vehicle (before internal costs) divided by average active vehicles, rolling 12-month basis. Presented here based on all ancillary income.

    UK Household Insurance financial review

    £m 2024 2023
    Turnover1 475.4 338.6
    Total premiums written1 450.3 318.8
    Insurance revenue 399.6 292.8
    Insurance revenue net of XoL1 376.4 275.3
    Insurance expenses1 (102.9) (80.9)
    Insurance claims incurred net of XoL1 (225.7) (199.8)
    Insurance claims releases net of XoL1 37.0 6.4
    Underwriting result, net of XoL reinsurance1 84.8 1.0
    Quota share reinsurance result1 3 (61.2) (1.4)
    Underwriting result1 23.6 (0.4)
    Net insurance investment income 3.9 1.6
    Other income 6.6 6.7
    UK Household Insurance profit before tax1 34.1 7.9

    Segment performance indicators

      2024 2023
    Reported Household loss ratio1 2 50.1% 70.2%
    Reported Household expense ratio1 2 27.3% 29.4%
    Reported Household combined ratio1 2 77.4% 99.6%
    Household insurance service margin2 6.3%         (0.1%)
    Household loss ratio before releases2 60.0% 72.6%
    (Favourable) impact of weather on reported loss ratio vs budget4 (7.9%) (3.8%)
    Households insured at period end 1.97m 1.76m

    1 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to the end of this report for definition and explanation

    2 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to Appendix 1c for explanation and reconciliation to statutory income statement measures.

    3 Quota share reinsurance result within the segment result excludes reinsurers’ share of share scheme costs.

    4 Weather impact, being the combined impact of claims related to freeze, flood, storm and subsidence, is disclosed relative to a budget expectation. The 2023 impact has been restated to align.

    The UK Household Insurance business reported strong growth in turnover of 40% to £475.4 million (2023: £338.6 million). The number of homes insured increased by 12% to 1.97 million (31 December 2023: 1.76 million), despite price increases made by Admiral during 2024, in particular the first half, to reflect continued higher claims inflation. Competitors also increased prices, with Admiral’s competitiveness in price comparison (the main distribution channel for new policies) relatively unchanged.

    Profit before tax for the period was £34.1 million (2023: £7.9 million), the large increase arising as a result of:

    • Strong prior year reserve releases of £37.0 million (2023: £6.4 million), reducing the loss ratio by 9.9 percentage points (2023: 2.4 percentage points). These releases primarily reflect the unwind of best estimate reserves in relation to the freeze events in late 2022, along with some impact from the unwind of storm events in late 2023
    • A lower current period combined ratio, with both a lower loss ratio and expense ratio driven in large part by higher earned premiums.

    The reported loss ratio excluding releases decreased significantly to 60.0% (2023: 72.6%) as a result of the higher earned premiums, along with relatively benign weather and a reduction in claims frequency.

    Weather was relatively benign in both periods. While there was some impact of freeze, flood and storm events, this was considered below a budget expectation, creating a net benefit to the current period loss ratio of just under 8% (2023: 3.8%).

    Despite growth in absolute expenses during the year as the business grew, Admiral’s expense ratio improved to 27.3% (from 29.4%), benefiting from the larger portfolio and the earning through of higher average premiums. Customer growth leading to higher acquisition costs and IT integration costs relating to the More Than acquisition were the primary drivers of the increase in absolute costs.

    The quota share result for the period (a loss of £61.2 million compared to £1.4 million) arises as a result of the proportional sharing of the positive underlying underwriting result, with only a small amount of profit commission recognised to date on underwriting year 2024, due to a relatively cautious view of the written combined ratio.

    International Insurance

    International Insurance – Costantino Moretti – CEO, International Insurance

    In 2024 we continued to prioritise margin over growth, maintaining our pricing discipline which resulted in an improved performance in most of our markets.

    Market conditions improved in France and Spain, with premiums finally increasing to reflect continued claims inflation. Having increased prices ahead of competitors in 2023, the businesses saw their competitiveness improve resulting in an improved performance year-on-year.

    On 1st July, Julien Bouverot was appointed CEO of L’olivier which now insures 453,000 motorists and 83,000 homes. In 2024 the business has increased its turnover and delivered a double-digit profit. The team is also investing in its technological capabilities to make it easier to provide multiproduct propositions for its growing customer base.

    In Spain, Admiral Seguros is making good progress against its distribution diversification strategy which aims to make it easier for customers to access insurance through the channels that best suit them. This approach is yielding positive results with a lower expense ratio despite the investment into new channels.

    2024 was more challenging for ConTe, partly, driven by the update to the Milan Court tables which determine the cost of most bodily injury claims, inflation and because of some adverse experience, notably from some business written in 2023. The management team has already taken material pricing and other remediating actions to restore ConTe to profitability.

    Our team in the US has achieved a great turnaround. Elephant delivered a profit of £14 million due to management’s focus on improving the book mix and cost discipline. The business experienced a shrinkage of book size which is now stabilising.

    We are proud of the team’s hard work. As previously mentioned, we’ve been assessing the strategic options for Elephant. We have made good progress and are in exclusive talks with a potential acquirer.

    Our colleagues’ commitment and dedication to our customers and each other is unmatched, which is why we continue to see positive customer satisfaction scores across the board and our businesses are recognised as Great Places to Work. The combination of our colleagues and management teams’ strategic focus and expertise mean that we are well-placed for a positive 2025.

    International Insurance financial review

    £m 2024 2023
    Turnover1 840.0 894.9
    Total premiums written1 785.7 840.0
    Insurance revenue 829.5 842.6
    Insurance revenue net of XoL1 794.2 811.8
    Insurance expenses1 (236.5) (249.4)
    Insurance claims net of XoL1 (564.5) (565.2)
    Underwriting result, net of XoL1 (6.8) (2.8)
    Quota share reinsurance result1 3 (4.1) (22.1)
    Movement in net onerous loss component 0.4 0.6
    Underwriting result1 (10.5) (24.3)
    Net investment income 6.1 4.3
    Net other revenue (0.9) 2.0
    International Insurance loss before tax1 4 (5.3) (18.0)

    Segment performance indicators        

    £m 2024 2023
    Loss ratio1 2 71.1% 69.6%
    Expense ratio1 2 29.8% 30.7%
    Combined ratio¹ 100.9% 100.3%
    Insurance service margin1 2 (1.3%) (3.0%)
    Customers insured at period end1 2.10m 2.17m

    International Motor Insurance – Geographical analysis1

    2024 Spain Italy France US Total
    Vehicles insured at period end 0.45m 0.96m 0.45m 0.14m 2.00m
    Turnover (£m) 131.8 269.1 224.0 200.1 825.0
               
    2023 Spain Italy France US Total
    Vehicles insured at period end 0.45m 1.04m 0.42m 0.19m 2.10m
    Turnover (£m) 121.8 272.4 219.1 271.2 884.5

    Segment result: International Insurance result1

    £m 2024 2023
    European Motor (14.8) 6.1
    Spain Motor (3.1) (8.6)
    Italy Motor (22.8) 7.3
    France Motor 11.1 7.4
    US Motor 14.4 (19.6)
    Other (4.9) (4.5)
    International Insurance loss before tax (5.3) (18.0)

    1 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to the end of this report for definition and explanation.

    2 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to Appendix 1d for explanation and reconciliation to statutory income statement measures.

    3 Quota share reinsurance result within the segment result excludes reinsurers’ share of share scheme costs.

    4 Costs related to the settlement of a historic Italian tax matter during 2023 are excluded from the International Insurance result and presented within Group other costs, given that these are not reflective of the underlying trading performance of the International Insurance business.

    Admiral’s International insurance businesses reported a 3% reduction in customer numbers at 31 December 2024 to 2.10 million (31 December 2023: 2.17 million), as a result of a continued reduction in the US, and a reduction in Italy following pricing action taken to prioritise margin over growth. Turnover fell to £840.0 million (2023: £894.9 million), driven by a reduction in the US, partially offset by higher turnover in the European businesses as a result of higher average premiums.

    The combined result for the segment improved by around £13 million to a loss of £5.3 million (2023: loss of £18.0 million), driven by a significantly improved result in the US, which was partly offset by the disappointing Italian result.

    The combined ratio increased slightly to 100.9% (2023: 100.3%). An improved expense ratio (30% v 31%) was offset by a higher loss ratio, which was impacted by higher Italian and lower US and other European loss ratios.

    The European insurance operations in Spain, Italy and France insured 1.86 million vehicles at 31 December 2024 – 2% lower than a year earlier (31 December 2023: 1.91 million). Motor turnover was up 2% to £624.9 million (2023: £613.3 million), driven by continued price increases following continued focus on improving loss ratios.

    The combined European Motor loss was £14.8 million (2023: £6.1 million), with the combined ratio increasing to 105.0% (2023: 95.4%) largely a result of the loss of £22.8 million recognised in ConTe in Italy (2023: profit of £7.3 million).

    ConTe’s performance in 2024 was adversely impacted by both the significant increase to the settlement inflation rate for large bodily injury claims provided by the court of Milan (known as the Milan tables) which had an impact of approximately £16 million, and also the impact of continued inflation on claims settlement costs, particularly on business written in 2023. Action has been taken with strong price increases to improve the loss ratio and restore profitability. Vehicles insured decreased by 7% to 0.96 million (2023: 1.04 million) as a result of the pricing action, with turnover decreasing by 1% to £269.1 million (2023: £272.4 million).

    L’olivier assurance (France) continued to grow, with the customer base increasing by 8% to 0.45 million (31 December 2023: 0.42 million), and turnover increasing by 2% to £224.0 million (2023: £219.1 million). The business reported increased profits in 2024 (£11.1 million v £7.4 million) as a result of its focus over the past year on risk selection and loss ratio improvements, as well as cost reduction.

    In Admiral Seguros (Spain) customer numbers were flat at 0.45 million, due to increased prices to target loss and expense ratio improvements. The loss for the year was notably lower (£3.1 million v £8.6 million). Admiral Seguros continues to focus on sustainable growth through distribution diversification in the broker channel and other partnerships alongside its direct offering.

    In the US, Admiral underwrites motor insurance through its Elephant Auto business. Elephant delivered a significantly improved result in 2024 with a profit of £14.4 million (2023: loss of £19.6 million) due to strong management action on pricing, underwriting and expense control.

    In early March 2025, Admiral entered into a memorandum of understanding with a counterparty with a view to signing a purchase agreement to sell Elephant. The agreement, if signed, would be subject to regulatory approval.

    Admiral Money

    Scott Cargill – CEO, Admiral Money

    I’m pleased to be able to say it has been a positive 2024 for Admiral Money. Throughout the year we have retained a firm focus on prime lending and continued to prioritise a controlled and conservative approach to growth. Our book at the end of December stands at £1.17 billion, 23% growth since FY 2023.

    Our gross income of £112.5 million has grown 19% since FY 2023, reflecting the higher average balances through the year. Our book net interest margin finishes the year at a healthy 650bps and our credit performance has been more than satisfactory, with a full year of cost of risk of 2.5%. The outcome of this has been our third consecutive year of growing profits, achieved whilst maintaining an appropriately conservative provision to cover potential credit losses.

    Our NPS score of 75 and Trust Pilot score of 4.4 provide continued evidence that our focus on being an efficient customer-focussed prime lender, providing certainty and transparency to UK customers on their lending needs through offering guaranteed rate solutions, is a successful formula.

    In 2024 we have also continued our focus on being the lender of choice for Admiral Insurance customers. This is a key pillar of our strategy and where we have the most significant competitive advantage. Over 68% of our new customer flows in 2024 came from either current or recent Admiral Insurance customers.

    When we set out Admiral Money’s strategy in 2018, we identified four key ingredients for an ‘Admiral-like’ lender. Over seven years, we have clearly proven three: pricing excellence, expense efficiency, and product differentiation. I’m delighted to see us take our first step towards delivering the fourth, using third-party capital to enhance shareholder returns and manage risk. I’m pleased to confirm our first off-balance-sheet deal, a forward flow agreement consisting of £150 million back book and up to £300 million per annum, transferring loan risk off Admiral’s balance sheet in exchange for origination and servicing fees. This milestone enables future growth beyond the Group’s balance sheet and acts as a model for us to expand participation in consumer lending beyond the current asset classes.

    Looking to 2025, we enter with strong momentum. I expect to see continued growth towards the £1.3 billion on-balance sheet loans, with total loans under management towards £1.6 billion. I’d like to finish by thanking our customers and all of my colleagues and wish everyone the best for 2025.

    Admiral Money financial review

    £m 2024 2023
    Total interest income 112.5 94.7
    Interest expense¹ (43.2) (28.3)
    Net interest income 69.3 66.4
    Other income 0.5 0.1
    Total income 69.8 66.5
    Credit loss charge (26.9) (33.4)
    Expenses (29.9) (22.9)
    Admiral Money profit before tax² 13.0 10.2

    1 Includes £6.1 million intra-group interest expense (2023: £1.5 million).

    2 Alternative Performance Measures – refer to the end of this report for definition and explanation.

    Admiral Money distributes and underwrites unsecured personal loans and car finance products for UK consumers through the comparison channels, credit scoring applications, through car dealerships, and direct to consumers via the Admiral website. The aim of the proposition is to provide customers with affordable guaranteed rates, ensuring transparency and certainty.

    Admiral Money recorded a pre-tax profit of £13.0 million in 2024, improved from £10.2 million profit in 2023, continuing the positive trajectory of growth in both the loan book and profit.

    The business has continued to focus on writing high-quality loans, with the increase in profit largely driven by net interest income growth of 4% to £69.3 million (2023: £66.4 million), as well as a reduced provision charge driven by a focus on high-quality risk selection and positive loss performance. Increased interest expense is driven by market-linked funding instruments and continued investment to support the ongoing growth in the business, partially offset the increased net interest income and lower credit loss charge.

    Gross loans balances totaled £1,174.0 million at the end of the year (31 December 2023: £956.8 million), with a £84.3 million (31 December 2023: £81.7 million) expected credit loss provision. This leads to a net loans balance of £1,089.7 million (31 December 2023: £875.1 million)

    Credit loss models reflect the latest economic assumptions and appropriate post model adjustments remain in place to maintain an appropriately cautious level of provisioning. The provision to loans balance coverage ratio is lower at 7.2% (31 December 2023: 8.5%), with a £2.6 million increase in absolute provision size in the period to £84.3 million. The provision includes lower post model adjustments of £4.6 million (31 December 2023: £9.2 million) reflecting the improved UK economic outlook.

    Admiral Money is funded through a combination of internal and external funding sources. The external funding is secured against certain loans via a transfer of the rights to the cash flows to two special purpose entities (‘SPEs’). The securitisation and subsequent issue of notes via SPEs does not result in a significant transfer of risk from the Group.

    Other Group Items

    Other Group items financial review

    £m 2024 2023
    Share scheme charges (62.2) (54.4)
    Other central costs (51.2) (41.7)
    Admiral Pioneer result (11.3) (16.2)
    Business development costs (20.1) (15.3)
    Finance charges1 (26.4) (20.3)
    Compare.com loss before tax (2.6)
    Sale of shares in Insurify 12.5
    Other interest and investment income 13.5 4.6
    Total (145.2) (145.9)

    1 Finance charges within other Group items include £1.8 million (2023: £1.7 million) that relate to intra-group arrangements,
    with the corresponding income presented within the UK Insurance result.

    Share scheme charges relate to the Group’s two employee share schemes. The increase in charge in the period is driven primarily by both higher vesting assumptions and increases in bonuses tied to dividends paid in the year.

    Other central costs consist of Group-related expenses and include an allocation of Group employee costs as well as the cost of a number of significant Group projects. In 2024, these include the cost of a one-off employee bonus of approximately £8 million, along with higher project costs for the internal capital model development and the strategic review of the US Insurance business. In addition, central Group employee expenses increased relative to 2023.

    Admiral launched Admiral Pioneer in 2020 to focus on new product diversification opportunities. Pioneer businesses include Veygo (short-term and learner driver car insurance in the UK) and Admiral Business (small business insurance in the UK). Pioneer’s businesses reported a lower loss of £11.3 million in 2024 (2023: £16.2 million). The 2023 result was impacted by adverse large claims experienced in Veygo (one large claim in particular); the improvement in 2024 arises from continued growth and better claims experience, with Veygo reporting its first profit. The overall loss in Admiral Pioneer reflects continued investment in the development of new products, including for example, the partnership with Insurtech fleet insurer Flock, entered into in 2024.

    Business development costs increased to £20.1 million (2023: £15.3 million), primarily as a result of non-recurring transaction and other costs of £6.5 million related to the More Than acquisition.

    Finance charges of £26.4 million (2023: £20.3 million) primarily related to interest on the £250 million subordinated notes issued in July 2023 at a rate of 8.5%, with the charge in 2023 based on the original £200 million subordinated loan notes issued in July 2014. The increase in finance charges is largely offset by the increase in other interest and investment income, which arises primarily from the higher interest rate environment, with 2023 also including a loss on disposal of £3.6 million.

    A loss of £2.6 million was attributed to compare.com in 2023 following its disposal. As part of the disposal, the Group received shares as a minority interest shareholder of the acquirer. In 2024, the Group sold those shares, realising a one-off gain of £12.5 million.

    Group capital structure and financial position

    The Group manages its capital to ensure that all entities are able to continue as going concerns and that regulated entities comfortably meet regulatory capital requirements. Surplus capital within subsidiaries is paid up to the Group holding company in the form of dividends.

    The Group’s regulatory capital is based on the Solvency II Standard Formula, with a capital add-on to reflect recognised limitations in the Standard Formula with respect to Admiral’s business, predominantly in respect of profit commission arrangements in co-insurance and reinsurance agreements.

    Admiral continues to develop its partial internal model to form the basis of calculating capital requirements post-approval. This programme is ongoing with regular engagement with the regulator on the application process and timing.

    The current approved capital add-on is £24 million.

    The estimated and unaudited Solvency ratio for the Group at the date of this report is as follows:

    Group capital position (estimated and unaudited)

    £bn 2024 2023
    Eligible Own Funds (post-dividend)1 1.74 1.42
    Solvency II capital requirement2 0.86 0.71
    Surplus over capital requirement 0.88 0.71
    Solvency ratio (post-dividend)3 203% 200%

    1 Own Funds include approximately £250 million of Tier 2 capital following the Group’s issue of ten-year subordinated loan notes.

    2 Solvency capital requirement includes updated, unapproved capital add-on.

    3 Solvency ratio calculated on a volatility adjusted basis.

    The Group’s solvency ratio is slightly improved compared with the closing position of 2023 at 203% (2023: 200%). Own funds increased following continued strong generation of economic capital in the core UK motor business as a result of the positive current period underwriting performance of UK Motor and prior period releases, including the impact of the change in Ogden discount rate, which offset a reduction of around 11 points of solvency ratio following the de-recognition of intangible assets recognised in the More Than acquisition due to Solvency II rules, and a higher foreseeable dividend.

    The SCR also increased over the year, though to a lesser extent. The increase of approximately £150 million was primarily due to the increase in premiums across all Group businesses and the associated impact on underwriting and operational risk elements of the capital requirement. The estimated solvency ratio including the fixed Group capital add-on of £24 million, that is calculated at the balance sheet date rather than the date of this report, and is expected to be reported in the Group’s 2024 Solvency and Financial Condition Report (SFCR) is as follows:

    Regulatory solvency ratio (estimated and unaudited) 2024 2023
    Solvency ratio as reported above 203% 200%
    Change in valuation date1 (9%) (11%)
    Other (including impact of updated, unapproved capital add-on) 4% (6%)
    Solvency ratio to be reported (SFCR) 198% 183%

    Solvency ratio sensitivities

      2024 2023
    UK Motor – incurred loss ratio +5% (26%) (11%)
    UK Motor – 1-in-200 catastrophe event (3%) (1%)
    UK Household – 1-in-200 catastrophe event (3%) (5%)
    Interest rate – yield curve up 100 bps (1%) (1%)
    Interest rate – yield curve down 100 bps —% 1%
    Credit spreads widen 100 bps (2%) (5%)
    Currency – 10% (2023: 25%) movement in euro and US dollar (2%) (3%)
    ASHE – long-term inflation assumption up 100 bps (6%) (3%)
    Loans – 100% weighting to ‘severe’ scenario2 (1%) (1%)

    1 The solvency ratio reported above includes additional own funds generated post-year-end up to the date of this report.

    2 Refer to note 7 to the financial statements for further information on the ‘severe’ scenario.

    The increased sensitivity of the incurred loss ratio stress is the result of the growth in premium exposure and relatively profitability of the most recent underwriting year, whilst the increased sensitivity to ASHE is due to both a slight increase in settled periodic payment orders (PPOs), and higher PPO propensity assumptions following the change in Ogden.

    Investments and cash

    Investment strategy

    Admiral Group’s investment strategy focuses on capital preservation and low volatility of returns relative to liabilities, and follows an asset liability matching strategy to control interest rate, inflation and currency risk. A prudent level of liquidity is held and the investment portfolio has a high-quality credit profile. In 2024, the focus remained on matching, and cashflows were invested into high-quality assets to take advantage of healthy risk-free rates, whilst being appropriately cautious on the credit outlook. The Group holds a range of government bonds, corporate bonds, alternative and private credit assets, alongside liquid holdings in cash and money market funds.

    A further aim of the strategy is to reduce the Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) related risks in the portfolio whilst continuing to achieve sustainable long-term returns. In 2024, the portfolio weighted average ESG score was upgraded to an MSCI AAA rating.

    Total investment income for 2024 was £175.6 million (2023: £126.7 million).

    The investment return on the Group’s investment portfolio (excluding unrealised gains and losses and the movement in provision for expected credit losses) was £182.1 million (2023: £124.4 million). The annualised rate of return was higher at 4.0% (2023: 3.3%) mainly as a result of higher investment yields, with the increased income driven by a combination of the higher yield and increased asset balances following the growth in the business.

    Investment return

    £m 2024 2023
    Underlying investment income yield 4.0% 3.3%
    Investment return 182.1 124.4
    Unrealised losses on derivatives (0.2) (0.2)
    Movement in provision for expected credit losses (6.3) 2.5
    Total investment return 175.6 126.7

    Cash and investments analysis

    £m 2024 2023
    Fixed income and debt securities 3,335.4 2,825.9
    Money market funds and other fair value through P&L investments 1,421.0 918.8
    Cash deposits 91.7 116.7
    Cash 313.6 353.1
    Total¹ 5,161.7 4,214.5

    1 Total Cash and Investments includes £354.5 million (2023: £278.2 million) of Level 3 investments. Refer to note 6d in the financial statements for further information.

    Cashflow

    £m 2024 2023
    Operating cashflow, before movements in investments 1,303.4 697.5
    Transfers to financial investments (810.3) (285.5)
    Operating cashflow 493.1 412.0
    Tax payments (124.1) (133.0)
    Investing cashflows (capital expenditure) (144.2) (75.9)
    Financing cashflows (436.0) (216.7)
    Loans funding through special purpose entity 178.1 44.9
    Foreign currency translation impact (6.4) 24.8
    Net cash movement (39.5) 56.1
    Unrealised gains on investments 11.4 98.1
    Movement in accrued interest, foreign exchange and unrealised gains on derivatives 165.0 69.0
    Net increase in cash and financial investments 947.2 508.7

    The main items contributing to the operating cash inflow are as follows:

    £m 2024 2023
    Profit after tax 662.9 337.2
    Change in net insurance contract liabilities 606.5 309.5
    Net change in trade receivables and liabilities 46.3 (42.3)
    Change in loans and advances to customers (231.4) (73.6)
    Non-cash Income Statement items 42.8 61.1
    Taxation expense 176.3 105.6
    Operating cashflow, before movements in investments 1,303.4 697.5

    The Group continues to generate significant amounts of cash, particularly notable during 2024, and its capital-efficient business model enables the distribution of the majority of post-tax profits as dividends. Total cash and investments at 31 December 2024 was £5,161.7 million (31 December 2023: £4,214.5 million), the increase reflecting the collections from higher written premium in UK Insurance.

    The net increase in cash and investments in the period is £947.2 million (2023: increase of £508.7 million).

    Taxation

    The tax charge for the period is £176.3 million (2023: £105.6 million), which equates to 21.0% (2023: 23.8%) of profit before tax. The tax rate in 2023 was impacted by the settlement of a non-recurring historic Italian tax matter. In addition, in 2024, a greater proportion of profits has arisen in the Group’s businesses outside the UK, leading to the lower effective tax rate. See note 10 to the financial statements for further details.

    Co-insurance and reinsurance

    Admiral makes significant use of proportional risk sharing agreements, where insurers outside the Group underwrite a majority of the risk generated, either through co-insurance or quota share reinsurance contracts. These arrangements include profit commission terms which allow Admiral to retain a significant portion of the profit generated.

    Although the primary focus and disclosure is in relation to the UK Motor Insurance book, similar longer-term arrangements are in place in the Group’s International Insurance operations and the UK Household and Van businesses.

    UK Motor Insurance

    Munich Re and its subsidiary entity, Great Lakes, currently underwrite 40% of the UK Car business. From 2022, 20% of this total is on a co-insurance basis (via Great Lakes) and will extend to 2029. The remaining 20% is on a quota share reinsurance basis and these arrangements now extend to 2026.

    The Group also has other quota share reinsurance arrangements confirmed to at least 2025 covering 38% of the business written.

    The nature of the co-insurance proportion underwritten by Munich Re (via Great Lakes) in the UK is such that 20% of all Car premium and claims accrue directly to Great Lakes and are not reflected in the Group’s financial statements. Similarly, Great Lakes reimburses the Group for its proportional share of expenses incurred in acquiring and administering this business.

    Admiral’s UK Motor quota share reinsurance arrangements result in all premiums, claims and expenses that are ceded to reinsurers being included within the quota share result in the Group’s financial statements, with a recovery recognised where years are not yet profitable.

    These agreements operate on a funds withheld basis with Admiral retaining ceded premium (net of the reinsurer margin), which then covers claims and expenses. If an underwriting year is not profitable, investment income is allocated to the withheld fund and used to delay the point at which cash recoveries are collected from the reinsurer. Other features of the arrangements include expense ratio caps and commutation options for Admiral that become available 24-36 months after the start of the underwriting year.

    Admiral tends to commute its UK Car Insurance quota share reinsurance contracts 24-36 months after inception of an underwriting year, assuming there is sufficient confidence in the profitability of the business covered by the reinsurance contract.

    In 2024, there were commutations of a small number of remaining contracts from underwriting years 2017-2020. All arrangements covering the 2020 and prior underwriting years have now been commuted. In addition, a majority of contracts from underwriting year 2021 have been commuted during 2024. There was no significant impact on profit before tax as a result of the commutations.

    UK Household Insurance

    The Group’s Household business is supported by long-term proportional reinsurance arrangements covering 70% of the risk, that runs to at least 2027. In addition, the Group has non-proportional reinsurance to cover the risk of catastrophes stemming from weather events.

    International Car Insurance

    In 2023 and 2024, Admiral retained 35% (Italy), 30% (France), 30% (Spain), and 40% (2023) and 60% (2024) (US) of the underwriting risk in each country, respectively. In 2025, Admiral will retain 60% of the underwriting risk in Italy and 100% of the underwriting risk in the US, with the retained share in France and Spain unchanged.

    Excess of loss reinsurance

    The Group also purchases excess of loss reinsurance to provide protection against large claims and reviews this cover annually. The UK Motor excess of loss cover in 2024 remained similar to prior years with cover starting at £10 million.

    Principal Risks and Uncertainties

    The Group’s 2024 Annual Report will contain an analysis of the Principal Risks and Uncertainties identified in the Group’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework, along with the impacts of those risks and actions taken to mitigate them.

    Disclaimer on forward-looking statements

    Certain statements made in this announcement are forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on current expectations and assumptions and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties that may cause actual events or results to differ materially from any expected future events or results expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements.

    Persons receiving this announcement should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, regulation or accounting standard, the Group does not undertake to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

    Consolidated Income Statement
    For the year ended 31 December 2024

        Year ended
      Note 31 December
    2024
    £m
    31 December
    2023
    £m 1
           
    Insurance revenue 5 4,776.2 3,486.1
    Insurance service expenses 5 (3,547.5) (3,093.2)
    Insurance service result before reinsurance   1,228.7 392.9
    Net expense from reinsurance contracts held 5 (518.4) (87.1)
    Insurance service result   710.3 305.8
    Investment return – Effective interest rate 6 106.3 81.1
    Investment return – Other 6 74.6 41.8
    Investment return 6 180.9 122.9
    Finance expenses from insurance contracts issued 5 (128.4) (94.5)
    Finance income from reinsurance contracts held 5 35.9 28.9
    Net insurance finance expenses   (92.5) (65.6)
           
    Net insurance and investment result   798.7 363.1
           
    Interest income from financial services 7 113.5 94.9
    Interest expense related to financial services 7 (37.2) (26.8)
    Net interest income from financial services   76.3 68.1
           
    Other revenue and profit commission 8 189.6 205.7
    Other operating expenses 9 (293.6) (250.8)
    Other operating expenses recoverable from co-insurers 9 129.3 107.8
    Movement in expected credit loss provision and write-offs 6 (34.6) (31.0)
    Other income and expenses   (9.3) 31.7
           
    Operating profit   865.7 462.9
    Finance costs 6 (27.1) (20.5)
    Finance costs recoverable from coinsurers 6 0.6 0.4
    Net finance costs   (26.5) (20.1)
    Profit before tax   839.2 442.8
    Taxation expense 10 (176.3) (105.6)
    Profit after tax   662.9 337.2
    Profit after tax attributable to:      
    Equity holders of the parent   663.3 338.0
    Non-controlling interests (NCI)   (0.4) (0.8)
        662.9 337.2
    Earnings per share      
    Basic 12 216.6p 111.2p
    Diluted 12 216.6p 110.8p
           
    Dividends declared and paid (total) 12 369.8 307.1
    Dividends declared and paid (per share) 12 123.0p 103.0p

    1 The Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 31 December 2023 has been re-presented to show the breakdown of Investment return between effective interest rate and investment return relating to other transactions, this having been provided within note 6a to the 2023 financial statements. For further detail, see note 6a to the financial statements.

    Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
    For the year ended 31 December 2024

      Year ended
      31 December
    2024
    £m
    31 December
    2023
    £m1
    Profit for the period 662.9 337.2
    Other comprehensive income    
    Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss    
    Movements in fair value reserve 11.3 98.1
    Deferred tax charge in relation to movement in fair value reserve 2.4 (5.7)
    Movements in insurance finance reserve – insurance contracts 7.9 (128.1)
    Deferred tax in relation to movement in insurance finance reserve – insurance contracts (5.1) 14.5
    Movements in insurance finance reserve – reinsurance contracts 3.3 49.2
    Deferred tax in relation to movement in insurance finance reserve – reinsurance contracts 1.3 (4.8)
    Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations (4.2) 3.7
    Movement in hedging reserve (4.1) (18.1)
    Deferred tax charge in relation to movement in hedging reserve 1.0 4.5
    Other comprehensive income for the period, net of income tax 13.8 13.3
    Total comprehensive income for the period 676.7 350.5
    Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to:    
    Equity holders of the parent 677.1 351.3
    Non-controlling interests (0.4) (0.8)
      676.7 350.5

    1Represented: see note 1 to the financial statements.

    Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

    As at 31 December 2024

        As at
      Note 31 December
    2024
    £m
    31 December
    2023
    £m
    ASSETS      
    Property and equipment 11 87.8 90.1
    Intangible assets 11 321.0 242.9
    Deferred tax asset 10 19.8 46.1
    Corporation tax asset   18.1 20.4
    Reinsurance contract assets 5 988.6 1,191.9
    Loans and advances to customers 7 1,106.9 879.4
    Other receivables 6 225.2 409.9
    Financial investments 6 4,863.2 3,862.4
    Cash and cash equivalents 6 313.6 353.1
    Total assets   7,944.2 7,096.2
    EQUITY      
    Share capital 12 0.3 0.3
    Share premium account   13.1 13.1
    Other reserves 12 (26.7) (40.5)
    Retained earnings   1,383.4 1,018.9
    Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent   1,370.1 991.8
    Non-controlling interests   0.6 1.0
    Total equity   1,370.7 992.8
    LIABILITIES      
    Lease liabilities 6 79.6 81.2
    Subordinated and other financial liabilities 6 1,322.2 1,129.8
    Corporation tax liabilities   35.0 4.9
    Insurance contracts liabilities 5 4,961.4 4,581.7
    Trade and other payables 6, 11 175.3 305.8
    Total liabilities   6,573.5 6,103.4
    Total equity and total liabilities   7,944.2 7,096.2

    The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements. These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 5 March 2025 and were signed on its behalf by:

    Geraint Jones

    Chief Financial Officer

    Admiral Group plc

    Company Number: 03849958

    Consolidated Cashflow Statement
    For the year ended 31 December 2024

        Year ended
      Note 31 December
    2024
    £m
    31 December
    2023
    £m1
    Profit after tax   662.9 337.2
    Adjustments for non-cash items:      
    – Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets   18.8 18.2
    – Impairment/ disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets   9.1 (4.0)
    – Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 11 66.7 40.5
    – Movement in expected credit loss provision   10.3 15.7
    – Share scheme charges   67.8 63.3
    – Interest expense on funding for loans and advances to customers   32.3 26.2
    – Investment return 6 (177.4) (119.3)
    – Profit on disposal of Insurify share option 9 (12.5)
    – Finance costs, including unwinding of discounts on lease liabilities 6 27.7 20.5
    – Taxation expense 10 176.3 105.6
    Change in gross insurance contract liabilities 5 421.6 451.3
    Change in reinsurance assets 5 184.9 (141.8)
    Change in insurance and other receivables 6 182.4 (94.7)
    Change in gross loans and advances to customers 7 (231.4) (73.6)
    Change in trade and other payables, including tax and social security 11 (136.1) 52.4
    Cash flows from operating activities, before movements in investments   1,303.4 697.5
    Purchases of financial instruments   (8,083.3) (3,538.4)
    Proceeds on disposal/ maturity of financial instruments   7,182.4 3,176.1
    Interest and investment income received   90.6 76.8
    Cash flows from operating activities, net of movements in investments   493.1 412.0
    Taxation payments   (124.1) (133.0)
    Net cash flow from operating activities   369.0 279.0
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Purchases of property, equipment and software   (61.7) (75.9)
    Intangible assets acquired through business combinations   (82.5)
    Net cash used in investing activities   (144.2) (75.9)
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Proceeds on issue of loan backed securities   372.2 291.7
    Repayment of loan backed securities   (194.1) (246.8)
    Proceeds from other financial liabilities   177.7 428.4
    Repayment of other financial liabilities   (170.1) (292.2)
    Finance costs paid, including interest expense paid on funding for loans   (76.7) (52.8)
    Proceeds/(repayments) on hedging derivatives   15.6 17.7
    Repayment of lease liabilities   (12.7) (10.7)
    Equity dividends paid 12 (369.8) (307.1)
    Net cash used in financing activities   (257.9) (171.8)
    Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   (33.1) 31.3
    Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January   353.1 297.0
    Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates   (6.4) 24.8
    Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December   313.6 353.1

    1. Represented: see note 1 to the financial statements.

    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
    For the year ended 31 December 2024

      Attributable to the owners of the Company
     

    Note

    Share
    Capital
    £m
    Share premium account
    £m
    Fair value reserve £m Hedging reserve
    £m
    Foreign exchange reserve
    £m
    Insurance finance reserve
    £m
    Retained profit
    and loss
    £m
    Total
    £m
    Non-controlling interests
    £m
    Total equity
    £m
    At 1 January 2023   0.3 13.1 (205.9) 21.1 0.1 134.5 922.6 885.8 1.2 887.0
    Profit/(loss) for the period   338.0 338.0 (0.8) 337.2
    Other comprehensive income   92.4 (13.6) 3.7 (69.2) 13.3 13.3
    Total comprehensive income for the period 92.4 (13.6) 3.7 (69.2) 338.0 351.3 (0.8) 350.5
    Transactions with equity holders                      
    Dividends 12 (307.1) (307.1) (307.1)
    Share scheme credit   63.3 63.3 63.3
    Deferred tax on share scheme credit   2.1 2.1 2.1
    Transfer to loss on disposal of assets held for sale   (3.6) (3.6) 0.6 (3.0)
    Total transactions with equity holders (3.6) (241.7) (245.3) 0.6 (244.7)
    As at 31 December 2023   0.3 13.1 (113.5) 7.5 0.2 65.3 1,018.9 991.8 1.0 992.8

    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (continued)

      Attributable to the owners of the Company
     

    Note

    Share
    Capital
    £m
    Share premium account
    £m
    Fair value reserve £m Hedging reserve
    £m
    Foreign exchange reserve
    £m
    Insurance finance reserve
    £m
    Retained profit
    and loss
    £m
    Total
    £m
    Non-controlling interests
    £m
    Total equity
    £m
    At 1 January 2024   0.3 13.1 (113.5) 7.5 0.2 65.3 1,018.9 991.8 1.0 992.8
    Profit/(loss) for the period   663.3 663.3 (0.4) 662.9
    Other comprehensive income   13.7 (3.1) (4.2) 7.4 13.8 13.8
    Total comprehensive income for the period 13.7 (3.1) (4.2) 7.4 663.3 677.1 (0.4) 676.7
    Transactions with equity holders                      
    Dividends 12 (369.8) (369.8) (369.8)
    Share scheme credit   67.8 67.8 67.8
    Deferred tax on share scheme credit   3.2 3.2 3.2
    Transfer to loss on disposal of assets held for sale  
    Total transactions with equity holders (298.8) (298.8) (298.8)
    As at 31 December 2024   0.3 13.1 (99.8) 4.4 (4.0) 72.7 1,383.4 1,370.1 0.6 1,370.7

    Notes to the consolidated financial statements

    General information

    Admiral Group plc is a public limited Company incorporated in England and Wales. Its registered office is at Tŷ Admiral, David Street, Cardiff, CF10 2EH and its shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange.

    The consolidated financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance with United Kingdom adopted international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

    The financial information included in this preliminary announcement has been prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement criteria of International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the UK. The financial information set out in this preliminary results announcement does not constitute the statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2024. The financial information is derived from the statutory accounts, which comply with IFRS, within the Group’s Annual Report & Accounts 2024. These accounts were signed on 5 March 2025 and are expected to be published in March 2025 and delivered to the Registrar of Companies following the Annual General Meeting to be held on 9 May 2025. The independent Auditor’s report on the Group accounts for the year ended 31 December 2024 was signed on 5 March 2025, is unqualified, does not draw attention to any matters by way of emphasis and does not include a statement under S498(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006. This audit opinion excludes disclosures surrounding capital adequacy calculated under the Solvency II regime as these are outside of the audit scope.

    1. Basis of preparation

    The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. In considering this requirement, the Directors have taken into account the following:

    • The Group’s profit projections, including:
      • Changes in premium rates and projected policy volumes across the Group’s insurance businesses
      • Projected cost of settling claims across all of the Group’s insurance businesses, including the impact of continuing, albeit reducing, high levels of inflation
      • Projected trends in motor claims frequency
      • Projected trends in other revenue generated by the Group’s insurance business from fees and the sale of ancillary products
      • Projected contributions to profit from businesses other than the UK Motor insurance business
      • Expected trends in unemployment in the context of credit risks and the growth of the Group’s consumer lending business
      • The impact of the More Than acquisition, which completed in the first half of 2024, with renewals starting in the second half of 2024.
    • The Group’s solvency position, which continues to be closely monitored. The Group continues to maintain a strong solvency position above target levels
    • The adequacy of the Group’s liquidity position after considering all the factors noted above
    • The results of business plan scenarios and stress tests on the projected profitability, solvency and liquidity positions including the impact of severe downside scenarios that assume severe adverse economic, credit and trading stresses
    • The regulatory environment, focusing on regulatory guidance issued by the FCA and the PRA in the UK and regular communications between management and regulators
    • A review of the Company’s principal risks and uncertainties and the assessment of emerging risks, including climate-related risks.

    The accounting policies set out in the notes to the financial statements have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these Group financial statements. The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial assets classified as fair value through profit or loss or as fair value through other comprehensive income, and insurance and reinsurance contract assets and liabilities which are measured at their fulfilment value in accordance with IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts.

    The Group and Company financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, rounded to the nearest £0.1 million.

    Adoption of new and revised standards

    The Group has adopted the following IFRSs and interpretations during the year, which have been issued and endorsed:

    • Amendments to IAS 7 Statement of Cashflows and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures: Supplier Finance Arrangements (effective 1 January 2024)
    • Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements: Classification of liabilities as Current or Non-current (effective 1 January 2024)
    • Amendments to IFRS 16 Leases: Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback (effective 1 January 2024).

    The application of the amendments listed above has not had a material impact on the Group’s results, financial position and cashflows.

    Representation of Consolidated Cashflow Statement

    The 2023 Consolidated Cashflow Statement has been re-presented to reflect the gross cashflows relating to the subordinated loan note, loan backed securities and other borrowings which were previously all presented on a net basis within the financial statement line items ‘proceeds from other financial liabilities’ and ‘proceeds on issue of loan backed securities’. This has resulted in £292.2 million additional cash outflows within ‘repayment of other financial liabilities’ and the same inflow within ‘proceeds from other financial liabilities’ and £246.8 million additional cash outflows within ‘repayment of loan backed securities’ and the same inflow within ‘proceeds on issue of loan backed securities’. There is no overall impact on resulting cash, or the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, Consolidated Income Statement or the Earnings per share calculations within.

    Representation of Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

    The 2023 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income has been re-presented to show the breakdown of the movements in the insurance finance reserve between that attributed to insurance contracts and that attributed to reinsurance contracts. The resulting deferred tax movement has also been re-presented. The movements in the insurance finance reserve are included within the Insurance finance reserve within the Statement of Changes in Equity. For the breakdown of the insurance finance reserve between insurance contracts and reinsurance contracts, see note 5e to the financial statements.

    2. Critical accounting judgements and estimates

    In applying the Group’s accounting policies as described in the notes to the financial statements, the Directors are required to make judgements (other than those involving estimations) that have a significant impact on the amounts recognised and to make estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

    The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

    The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the year in which the estimate is reviewed. To the extent that a change in an accounting estimate gives rise to changes in assets and liabilities, the movement is recognised by adjusting the carrying amount of the related asset or liability in the period in which the change occurs.

    3. Financial risk

    3a. Insurance risk sensitivity analysis

    The following sensitivity analysis shows the impact on profit for reasonably possible movements in key assumptions with all other assumptions held constant. The correlation of assumptions will have a significant effect in determining the ultimate impacts, but to demonstrate the impact due to changes in each assumption, assumptions have been changed on an individual basis. It should be noted that movements in these assumptions are non-linear.

    The sensitivities are shown for UK motor only, being the line of business where such sensitivities could have a material impact at a Group level. The sensitivities are shown on a gross and net of quota share reinsurance basis to illustrate the impacts on shareholder profit and equity before and after risk mitigation from quota share reinsurance. The sensitivities (both gross and net) include the impacts of movements in co-insurance profit commission, given that underwriting year loss ratios including risk adjustment, are a direct input to the calculation of profit commission. Refer to note 8 to these financial statements for the accounting policy for co-insurance profit commission.

    Risk adjustment

    The sensitivities reflect the impact on profit before tax in 2024 and equity as at the end of 2024 for changes in the selection of the UK motor risk adjustment confidence level at 31 December 2024, with all other assumptions remaining unchanged.

            2024
    £m Impact on profit before tax gross of reinsurance Impact on profit before tax net of reinsurance Impact on equity gross of reinsurance Impact on equity net
    of reinsurance
    Risk adjustment decrease to 90th percentile 123.5 112.2 100.8 91.4
    Risk adjustment decrease to 85th percentile 199.3 180.8 162.5 147.2

    Undiscounted loss ratios, including risk adjustment

    The sensitivities reflect the impact on profit before tax in 2024 and equity as at the end of 2024, of a change in in the booked loss ratios for individual underwriting years (UWY) as at 31 December 2024, with all other assumptions remaining unchanged.   

    £m UWY 2021 impact on: UWY 2022 impact on: UWY 2023 impact on: UWY 2024 impact on:
      PBT Equity PBT Equity PBT Equity PBT Equity
                     
    Increase of 1%: gross of reinsurance (14.8) (11.2) (15.8) (13.1) (21.0) (17.8) (16.4) (13.8)
    Increase of 5%: gross of reinsurance (67.5) (51.2) (72.4) (60.2) (98.5) (83.8) (75.4) (63.9)
    Increase of 10%: gross of reinsurance (133.3) (101.1) (143.2) (119.2) (195.3) (166.3) (149.2) (126.6)
                     
    Decrease of 1%: gross of reinsurance 16.7 12.7 16.1 13.3 22.5 18.9 16.8 14.0
    Decrease of 5%: gross of reinsurance 76.7 58.1 85.7 70.2 118.7 98.9 88.8 73.9
    Decrease of 10%: gross of reinsurance 164.5 124.5 171.8 140.7 232.3 194.1 180.9 150.3
                     
    Increase of 1%: net of reinsurance (11.7) (8.8) (9.0) (7.2) (21.0) (17.8) (16.4) (13.8)
    Increase of 5%: net of reinsurance (51.9) (38.8) (37.6) (30.8) (79.8) (67.7) (69.8) (59.0)
    Increase of 10%: net of reinsurance (102.1) (76.3) (73.5) (60.3) (124.7) (105.4) (111.7) (94.2)
                     
    Decrease of 1%: net of reinsurance 13.6 10.2 9.1 7.3 22.5 18.9 16.8 14.0
    Decrease of 5%: net of reinsurance 63.1 47.2 54.0 43.4 118.7 98.9 88.8 73.9
    Decrease of 10%: net of reinsurance 148.3 111.6 118.0 95.2 232.3 194.1 180.9 150.3

    ‘Booked’ loss ratios are undiscounted underwriting year loss ratios, including risk adjustment.

    3b. Financial risk: Interest rate sensitivity analysis

    The impact on profit (before tax) and equity arising from the impact of 100 basis point and 200 basis point increases and decreases in interest rates on insurance contract liabilities and reinsurance contract assets as at 31 December 2024, is as follows:

      31 December 2024
    £m Impact on profit before tax gross of reinsurance Impact on profit before tax net of reinsurance Impact on equity gross of reinsurance Impact on equity net of reinsurance
    Increase of 100 basis points 60.8 58.3
    Decrease of 100 basis points (69.7) (67.1)
    Increase of 200 basis points 115.1 110.3
    Decrease of 200 basis points (152.2) (146.9)

    The impact on profit (before tax) and equity arising from the impact of 100 basis point and 200 basis point increases and decreases in interest rates on investments and cash as at 31 December 2024, is as follows:

        31 December 2024
    £m Impact on profit before tax Impact on equity
    Increase of 100 basis points (83.4)
    Decrease of 100 basis points 90.4
    Increase of 200 basis points (161.0)
    Decrease of 200 basis points 189.2

    Refer to Appendix 2 for the impact on profit before tax arising from the impact of 100 bps and 200 basis point increases and decreases in interest rates during 2024.

    4. Operating segments

    The Group has four reportable segments, as described below. These segments represent the principal split of business that is regularly reported to the Group’s Board of Directors, which is considered to be the Group’s chief operating decision maker in line with IFRS 8 Operating Segments.

    UK Insurance

    The segment consists of the underwriting of Motor, Household, Pet and Travel insurance and other products that supplement these insurance policies within the UK. It also includes the generation of revenue from additional products and fees from underwriting insurance in the UK. The Directors consider the results of these activities to be reportable as one segment as the activities carried out in generating the revenue are not independent of each other and are performed as one business. This mirrors the approach taken in management reporting.

    International Insurance

    The segment consists of the underwriting of car and home insurance and the generation of revenue from additional products and fees from underwriting car insurance outside of the UK. It specifically covers the Group operations Admiral Seguros in Spain, ConTe in Italy, L’olivier Assurance in France and Elephant Auto in the US. None of these operations are reportable on an individual basis, based on the threshold requirements in IFRS 8.

    Admiral Money

    The segment relates to the Admiral Money business launched in 2017, which provides consumer finance and car finance products in the UK, through the comparison channel, credit scoring applications and direct channels including car dealers and brokers.

    Other

    The ‘Other’ segment is designed to be comprised of all other operating segments that are not separately reported to the Group’s Board of Directors and do not meet the threshold requirements for individual reporting. It includes the results of Admiral Pioneer.

    Taxes are not allocated across the segments and, as with the corporate activities, are included in the reconciliation to the Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

    An analysis of the Group’s revenue and results for the year ended 31 December 2024, by reportable segment, is shown below. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are materially consistent with those presented in the notes to the financial statements for the Group.

        Year ended 31 December 2024
      UK
    Insurance
    £m
    International
    Insurance
    £m
    Admiral
    Money
    £m
    Other
    £m
    Eliminations3
    £m
    Total
    £m
    Turnover1 5,108.5 840.0 108.3 89.9 6,146.7
    Insurance revenue 3,873.4 829.5 73.3 4,776.2
    Insurance revenue net of XoL 3,751.1 794.2 65.8 4,611.1
    Insurance services expenses (745.7) (236.5) (33.7) (1,015.9)
    Insurance claims net of XoL (1,952.1) (564.5) (39.0) (2,555.6)
    Quota share reinsurance result (290.0) (4.1) (294.1)
    Net movement in onerous loss component 1.1 0.4 1.5
    Underwriting result 764.4 (10.5) (6.9) 747.0
    Net investment income2 70.5 6.1 0.3 0.7 (7.9) 69.7
    Net interest income from financial services 69.3 0.9 6.1 76.3
    Net other revenue and operating expenses 141.8 (0.9) (56.6) (12.1) 72.2
    Segment profit/(loss) before tax4 976.7 (5.3) 13.0 (17.4) (1.8) 965.2
    Other central revenue and expenses, including share scheme charges   (115.0)
    Investment and interest income       13.5
    Finance costs           (24.5)
    Consolidated profit before tax           839.2
    Taxation expense           (176.3)
    Consolidated profit after tax         662.9

    Revenue and results for the corresponding reportable segments for the year ended 31 December 2023 are shown below.

        Year ended 31 December 2023
      UK
    Insurance
    £m
    International
    Insurance
    £m
    Admiral
    Money
    £m
    Other
    £m
    Eliminations3
    £m
    Total
    £m
    Turnover1 3,776.0 894.9 92.1 48.5 4,811.5
    Insurance revenue 2,596.8 842.6 46.7 3,486.1
    Insurance revenue net of XoL 2,517.3 811.8 44.4 3,373.5
    Insurance services expenses (559.6) (249.4) (27.9) (836.9)
    Insurance claims net of XoL (1,560.2) (565.2) (33.1) (2,158.5)
    Quota share reinsurance result (18.4) (22.1) 0.1 (40.4)
    Net movement in onerous loss component 4.3 0.6 4.9
    Underwriting result 383.4 (24.3) (16.5) 342.6
    Net investment income2 55.2 4.3 0.3 (3.2) 56.6
    Net interest income from financial services 66.4 0.2 1.5 68.1
    Net other revenue and operating expenses 157.9 2.0 (56.2) (12.4) 91.3
    Segment profit/(loss) before tax4 596.5 (18.0) 10.2 (28.4) (1.7) 558.6
    Other central revenue and expenses, including share scheme charges     (101.8)
    Investment and interest income       4.6
    Finance costs           (18.6)
    Consolidated profit before tax           442.8
    Taxation expense           (105.6)
    Consolidated profit after tax         337.2

    1 Turnover is an Alternative Performance Measure presented before intra-group eliminations. Refer to the glossary and note 14 for further information.

    2 Net Investment income is reported net of impairment of financial assets, in line with management reporting.

    3 Eliminations are in respect of the intra-group interest charges related to the UK Insurance and Admiral Money segment.

    4 Segment results exclude gross share scheme charges, and any quota share reinsurance recoveries; these net share scheme charges are presented within ‘Other central revenue and expenses, including share scheme charges’ in line with internal management reporting.

    5. Insurance Service result

    5a. Accounting policies

    The full accounting policies will be provided in the Group’s 2024 Annual Report.

    Discount rates

    A bottom-up approach has been applied in the determination of discount rates. Under this approach, the discount rate is determined as the risk-free yield adjusted for differences in liquidity characteristics between the financial assets used to derive the risk-free yield and the relevant liability cashflows (known as an illiquidity premium).

    The following weighted average rates, based on the yield curves derived using the above methodology, were used to discount the liability for incurred claims at the end of the current and prior periods:

      31 December 2024 31 December 2023
      1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years 1 year 3 years 5 years 10 years
    UK Insurance 5.0% 4.7% 4.5% 4.6% 5.4% 4.3% 4.0% 3.9%
    International (European motor) 2.7% 2.6% 2.6% 2.8% 4.0% 3.1% 3.0% 3.0%

    5b. Insurance revenue

    Insurance revenue for the corresponding reportable segments for the period ended 31 December 2024 are shown below.

      31 December 2024
      UK Motor
    £m
    UK Non-motor
    £m
    Int. Insurance
    £m
    Other
    £m
    Total Group
    £m
    Insurance revenue related movement in liability for remaining coverage 3,369.5 503.9 829.5 73.3 4,776.2

    Insurance revenue for the corresponding reportable segments for the period ended 31 December 2023 are shown below.

      31 December 2023
      UK Motor
    £m
    UK Non-motor
    £m
    Int. Insurance
    £m
    Other
    £m
    Total Group
    £m
    Insurance revenue related movement in liability for remaining coverage 2,250.2 346.6 842.6 46.7 3,486.1

    The Group’s share of its insurance business was underwritten by Admiral Insurance (Gibraltar) Limited, Admiral Insurance Company Limited, Admiral Europe Compañia Seguros (‘AECS’) and Elephant Insurance Company. The majority of contracts are short term in duration, lasting for between 6 and 12 months.

    5c. Insurance service expenses

    Insurance service expenses for the corresponding reportable segments for the period ended 31 December 2024 are shown below.

      31 December 2024
      UK Motor
    £m
    UK Non-motor
    £m
    Int. Insurance
    £m
    Other
    £m
    Total Group
    £m
    Incurred claims          
    Claims incurred in the period 2,107.2 298.2 583.7 48.9 3,038.0
    Changes to liabilities for incurred claims (496.1) (51.4) (11.1) (1.3) (559.9)
    Total incurred claims 1,611.1 246.8 572.6 47.6 2,478.1
    Movement in onerous contracts (5.1) 0.1 (0.1) (5.1)
    Directly attributable expenses          
    Administration expenses 461.5 113.7 175.2 18.7 769.1
    Acquisition expenses 125.3 45.2 61.3 15.0 246.8
    Insurance expenses 586.8 158.9 236.5 33.7 1,015.9
    Share scheme expenses 40.7 5.4 11.1 1.4 58.6
    Total insurance expenses including share scheme expenses 627.5 164.3 247.6 35.1 1,074.5
    Total Insurance service expenses 2,233.5 411.2 820.1 82.7 3,547.5

    Insurance service expenses for the corresponding reportable segments for the period ended 31 December 2023 are shown below.

      31 December 2023
      UK Motor
    £m
    UK Non-motor
    £m
    Int. Insurance
    £m
    Other
    £m
    Total Group
    £m
    Incurred claims          
    Claims incurred in the period 1,755.5 255.0 618.2 36.4 2,665.1
    Changes to liabilities for incurred claims (406.9) (9.1) (21.3) (3.3) (440.6)
    Total incurred claims 1,348.6 245.9 596.9 33.1 2,224.5
    Movement in onerous contracts (18.6) (2.4) (2.4) (23.4)
    Directly attributable expenses          
    Administration expenses 377.8 73.5 184.0 19.0 654.3
    Acquisition expenses 73.4 34.8 65.4 8.9 182.5
    Insurance expenses 451.2 108.3 249.4 27.9 836.8
    Share scheme expenses 43.2 2.4 8.9 0.8 55.3
    Total insurance expenses including share scheme expenses 494.4 110.7 258.3 28.7 892.1
    Total Insurance service expenses 1,824.4 354.2 852.8 61.8 3,093.2

    5d. Net expenses from reinsurance contracts held

    Net expenses from reinsurance contracts held for the corresponding reportable segments for the period ended 31 December 2024 are shown below.

      31 December 2024
      UK Motor
    £m
    UK Non-motor
    £m
    Int. Insurance
    £m
    Other
    £m
    Total Group
    £m
    Allocation of reinsurance premiums 145.8 45.8 153.9 7.6 353.1
    Amounts recoverable from reinsurers for incurred insurance service expenses          
    Incurred claims (29.2) 3.1 (275.9) (8.5) (310.5)
    Changes to liabilities for incurred claims 291.6 34.3 146.3 472.2
    Net expense from reinsurance contracts excluding movement in onerous loss component 408.2 83.2 24.3 (0.9) 514.8
    Other reinsurance recoveries including movement in onerous loss component 4.0 (0.1) (0.3) 3.6
    Net expenses/(income) from reinsurance contracts held 412.2 83.1 24.0 (0.9) 518.4

    Net expenses from reinsurance contracts held for the corresponding reportable segments for the period ended 31 December 2023 are shown below.

      31 December 2023
      UK Motor
    £m
    UK Non-motor
    £m
    Int. Insurance
    £m
    Other
    £m
    Total Group
    £m
    Allocation of reinsurance premiums 93.6 49.5 190.0 2.2 335.3
    Amounts recoverable from reinsurers for incurred insurance service expenses          
    Incurred claims (173.8) (52.0) (270.3) (496.1)
    Changes to liabilities for incurred claims 135.1 (1.4) 95.9 (0.1) 229.5
    Net expense from reinsurance contracts excluding movement in onerous loss component 54.9 (3.9) 15.6 2.1 68.7
    Other reinsurance recoveries including movement in loss recovery component 14.5 2.2 1.7 18.4
    Net expenses/(income) from reinsurance contracts held 69.4 (1.7) 17.3 2.1 87.1

    5e. Finance expenses/(income) from insurance contracts held and reinsurance contracts issued

    £m 2024 2023
    Amounts recognised through the income statement    
    Insurance finance expenses from insurance contracts issued 128.4 94.5
    Insurance finance income from reinsurance contracts held (35.9) (28.9)
    Net finance expense from insurance / reinsurance contracts issued 92.5 65.6
         
    £m 2024 2023
    Insurance finance reserve    
    Insurance finance reserve – insurance contracts 119.0 111.1
    Deferred tax in relation to insurance finance reserve – insurance contracts (18.6) (13.5)
    Insurance finance reserve – reinsurance contracts (32.4) (35.7)
    Deferred tax in relation to insurance finance reserve – reinsurance contracts 4.7 3.4
    Total insurance finance reserve 72.7 65.3

    5f. Insurance Liabilities and Reinsurance assets

    (i). Analysis of recognised amounts

      Year ended 31 December 2024 Year ended 31 December 2023
    £m Liability for remaining coverage Liability for incurred claims Total Liability for remaining coverage Liability for incurred claims Total
    Insurance contracts issued          
    UK Motor 883.3 2,691.1 3,574.4 769.0 2,546.7 3,315.7
    UK Non-motor 195.3 214.7 410.0 136.2 217.5 353.7
    International Motor 201.4 690.2 891.6 221.0 641.5 862.5
    Other 8.6 76.8 85.4 3.5 46.3 49.8
    Total insurance contracts issued 1,288.6 3,672.8 4,961.4 1,129.7 3,452.0 4,581.7
                 
      Asset/(liability) for remaining coverage Asset for incurred claims Total Asset/(liability) for remaining coverage Asset for incurred claims Total
    Reinsurance contracts held          
    UK Motor 34.0 236.5 270.5 23.1 496.8 519.9
    UK Non-Motor 11.2 173.5 184.7 21.4 170.2 191.6
    International Motor 43.1 481.5 524.6 (21.0) 502.8 481.8
    Other (0.1) 8.9 8.8 (1.4) (1.4)
    Total reinsurance contracts held 88.2 900.4 988.6 22.1 1,169.8 1,191.9
                 
      Liability/(asset) for remaining coverage Liability/(asset) for incurred claims Total Liability/(asset) for remaining coverage Liability/(asset) for incurred claims Total
    Net            
    UK Motor 849.3 2,454.6 3,303.9 745.9 2,049.9 2,795.8
    UK Non-Motor 184.1 41.2 225.3 114.8 47.3 162.1
    International Motor 158.3 208.7 367.0 242.0 138.7 380.7
    Other 8.7 67.9 76.6 4.9 46.3 51.2
    Total insurance contracts issued 1,200.4 2,772.4 3,972.8 1,107.6 2,282.2 3,389.8

    (ii) Roll-forward of net asset or liability for insurance contracts issued

    UK Motor

    The following tables reconcile the opening and closing balances of the LRC and LIC for UK Motor.

    2024 Liability for remaining coverage Liability for incurred claims Total
    £m Excluding loss component Loss component Total Present value of future cashflows Risk adj. for non-financial risk Total Total
    Opening assets
    Opening liabilities (766.0) (3.0) (769.0) (2,202.8) (343.9) (2,546.7) (3,315.7)
    Net opening balance (766.0) (3.0) (769.0) (2,202.8) (343.9) (2,546.7) (3,315.7)
    Insurance revenue 3,369.5 3,369.5 3,369.5
    Insurance service expenses              
    Incurred claims and insurance service expenses (2,548.7) (186.0) (2,734.7) (2,734.7)
    Changes to liabilities for
    incurred claims
    343.4 152.7 496.1 496.1
    Losses and reversals of losses on onerous contracts 5.1 5.1 5.1
    Insurance service result 3,369.5 5.1 3,374.6 (2,205.3) (33.3) (2,238.6) 1,136.0
    Insurance finance income/(expense) recognised in
    profit or loss
    (2.4) (2.4) (86.5) (15.3) (101.8) (104.2)
    Insurance finance income/(expense) recognised in OCI 0.3 0.3 16.2 2.2 18.4 18.7
    Total changes in comprehensive income 3,369.5 3.0 3,372.5 (2,275.6) (46.4) (2,322.0) 1,050.5
    Other changes 35.9 35.9 79.3 79.3 115.2
    Cashflows              
    Premiums received (3,522.7) (3,522.7) (3,522.7)
    Claims and other insurance service expenses paid 2,098.3 2,098.3 2,098.3
    Other movements
    Total cashflows (3,522.7) (3,522.7) 2,098.3 2,098.3 (1,424.4)
    Net closing balance (883.3) (883.3) (2,300.8) (390.3) (2,691.1) (3,574.4)
    Closing assets
    Closing liabilities (883.3) (883.3) (2,300.8) (390.3) (2,691.1) (3,574.4)
    2023 Liability for remaining coverage Liability for incurred claims Total
    £m Excluding loss component Loss component Total Present value of future cashflows Risk adj. for non-financial risk Total Total
    Opening assets
    Opening liabilities (534.1) (8.1) (542.2) (1,984.5) (426.6) (2,411.1) (2,953.3)
    Net opening balance (534.1) (8.1) (542.2) (1,984.5) (426.6) (2,411.1) (2,953.3)
    Insurance revenue 2,250.2 2,250.2 2,250.2
    Insurance service expenses              
    Incurred claims and insurance service expenses (2,105.1) (144.8) (2,249.9) (2,249.9)
    Changes to liabilities for
    incurred claims
    140.1 266.8 406.9 406.9
    Losses and reversals of losses on onerous contracts 18.6 18.6 18.6
    Insurance service result 2,250.2 18.6 2,268.8 (1,965.0) 122.0 (1,843.0) 425.8
    Insurance finance income/(expense) recognised in
    profit or loss
    (4.1) (4.1) (59.0) (12.3) (71.3) (75.4)
    Insurance finance income/(expense) recognised in OCI (9.4) (9.4) (60.5) (27.0) (87.5) (96.9)
    Total changes in comprehensive income 2,250.2 5.1 2,255.3 (2,084.5) 82.7 (2,001.8) 253.5
    Other changes1   64.0 64.0 64.0
    Cashflows              
    Premiums received (2,482.1) (2,482.1) (2,482.1)
    Claims and other insurance service expenses paid1 1,802.2 1,802.2 1,802.2
    Other movements
    Total cashflows (2,482.1) (2,482.1) 1,802.2 1,802.2 (679.9)
    Net closing balance (766.0) (3.0) (769.0) (2,202.8) (343.9) (2,546.7) (3,315.7)
    Closing assets
    Closing liabilities (766.0) (3.0) (769.0) (2,202.8) (343.9) (2,546.7) (3,315.7)

    1 Claims paid and other changes have been re-presented to separately present the transfer of non-cash insurance service expenses, (primarily depreciation, amortisation and IFRS 2 equity-settled share based payments), out of the LIC. There is no impact on the closing balance.

    (iii) Roll-forward of net asset or liability for reinsurance contracts issued

    UK Motor

    The following tables reconcile the opening and closing balances of the ARC and AIC for UK Motor.

    2024 Asset for remaining coverage Asset for incurred claims Total
    £m Excluding loss component Loss-recovery component Total Present value of future cashflows Risk adj. for non-financial risk Total Total
    Opening assets 20.8 2.3 23.1 313.2 183.6 496.8 519.9
    Opening liabilities
    Net opening balance 20.8 2.3 23.1 313.2 183.6 496.8 519.9
    Allocation of reinsurance premiums (145.8) (145.8) (145.8)
    Amounts recoverable from reinsurers for incurred claims              
    Incurred claims 22.2 7.0 29.2 29.2
    Changes to liabilities for
    incurred claims
    (158.6) (133.0) (291.6) (291.6)
    Changes in the loss
    recovery component
    (4.0) (4.0) (4.0)
    Net income/ (expense) from reinsurance contracts held (145.8) (4.0) (149.8) (136.4) (126.0) (262.4) (412.2)
    Reinsurance finance income/(expense) recognised in
    profit or loss
    1.8 1.8 11.1 7.9 19.0 20.8
    Reinsurance finance income/(expense) recognised in OCI (0.1) (0.1) (2.8) (1.5) (4.3) (4.4)
    Total changes in comprehensive income (145.8) (2.3) (148.1) (128.1) (119.6) (247.7) (395.8)
    Cashflows              
    Premiums paid 159.0 159.0 159.0
    Claims recoveries (0.9) (0.9) (0.9)
    Recoveries as a result of commutations (11.7) (11.7) (11.7)
    Total cashflows 159.0 159.0 (12.6) (12.6) 146.4
    Net closing balance 34.0 34.0 172.5 64.0 236.5 270.5
    Closing assets 34.0 34.0 172.5 64.0 236.5 270.5
    Closing liabilities
    2023 Asset for remaining coverage Asset for incurred claims Total
    £m Excluding loss component Loss-recovery component Total Present value of future cashflows Risk adj. for non-financial risk Total Total
    Opening assets 20.2 6.3 26.5 255.4 175.6 431.0 457.5
    Opening liabilities
    Net opening balance 20.2 6.3 26.5 255.4 175.6 431.0 457.5
    Allocation of reinsurance premiums (93.6) (93.6) (93.6)
    Amounts recoverable from reinsurers for incurred claims
    Incurred claims 96.7 77.1 173.8 173.8
    Changes to liabilities for
    incurred claims
    (43.1) (92.0) (135.1) (135.1)
    Changes in the loss
    recovery component
    (14.5) (14.5) (14.5)
    Net income/ (expense) from reinsurance contracts held (93.6) (14.5) (108.1) 53.6 (14.9) 38.7 (69.4)
    Reinsurance finance income/(expense) recognised in
    profit or loss
    3.2 3.2 9.4 7.5 16.9 20.1
    Reinsurance finance income/(expense) recognised in OCI 7.3 7.3 12.5 15.4 27.9 35.2
    Total changes in comprehensive income (93.6) (4.0) (97.6) 75.5 8.0 83.5 (14.1)
    Cashflows
    Premiums paid 94.2 94.2 94.2
    Claims recoveries (2.2) (2.2) (2.2)
    Recoveries as a result of commutations (15.5) (15.5) (15.5)
    Total cashflows 94.2 94.2 (17.7) (17.7) 76.5
    Net closing balance 20.8 2.3 23.1 313.2 183.6 496.8 519.9
    Closing assets 20.8 2.3 23.1 313.2 183.6 496.8 519.9
    Closing liabilities

    (iv) Claims development

    The tables below illustrate how estimates of cumulative claims for UK Motor have developed over time on a gross and net of reinsurance basis, for each underwriting year, and reconciles the cumulative claims to the amount included in the Statement of Financial Position.

    Gross claims development

    Financial year ended 31 December 2024
    Underwriting year 2014 & prior 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Total
      £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
    UK Motor (core)                        
    At end of year one   394 436 552 686 701 552 688 845 973 1,241  
    At end of year two   701 829 1,144 1,175 1,067 985 1,326 1,584 1,812    
    At end of year three   707 788 994 1,109 1,010 954 1,294 1,544      
    At end of year four   680 727 947 1,064 996 921 1,270        
    At end of year five   636 713 912 1,008 981 910          
    At end of year six   619 690 890 1,000 938            
    At end of year seven   606 656 865 959              
    At end of year eight   594 652 849                
    At end of year nine   585 657                  
    Ten years later   583                    
    Gross best estimates of undiscounted claims 3,803 583 657 849 959 938 910 1,270 1,544 1,812 1,241 14,566
    Cumulative gross claims paid (3,666) (568) (618) (782) (906) (822) (733) (924) (1,104) (1,105) (561) (11,789)
    Gross undiscounted best estimate liabilities 137 15 39 67 53 116 177 346 440 707 680 2,777
    Risk adjustment (undiscounted)                       480
    Effect of discounting                       (673)
    Gross claims liabilities                       2,584
    Ancillary claims and expense liabilities                       107
    UK Motor Gross liabilities for incurred claims                       2,691

    Claims development net of XoL reinsurance

    Financial year ended 31 December 2024
    Underwriting year 2014 & prior 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Total
      £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
    UK Motor (core)                        
    At end of year one   378 427 510 646 675 520 661 825 951 1,220  
    At end of year two   682 783 1,053 1,123 1,033 949 1,292 1,550 1,776    
    At end of year three   667 743 917 1,053 986 927 1,257 1,517      
    At end of year four   637 692 883 1,024 969 892 1,240        
    At end of year five   607 677 860 974 950 886          
    At end of year six   599 663 840 978 925            
    At end of year seven   586 640 820 946              
    At end of year eight   579 635 825                
    At end of year nine   577 644                  
    Ten years later   580                    
    Net of XoL best estimates of undiscounted claims 3,773 580 644 825 946 925 886 1,240 1,517 1,776 1,220 14,332
    Cumulative
    claims paid
    (3,666) (568) (618) (782) (906) (822) (733) (924) (1,104) (1,105) (561) (11,789)
    Net of XoL undiscounted best estimate liabilities 107 12 26 43 40 103 153 316 413 671 659 2,543
    Risk adjustment (undiscounted)                       428
    Effect of discounting                       (543)
    Net of XoL
    claims liabilities
                          2,428
    Ancillary claims and expense liabilities                       107
    UK Motor Net of XoL liabilities for incurred claims                       2,535

    Claims development net of reinsurance

    Financial year ended 31 December 2024
    Underwriting year 2014 & prior 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Total
      £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
    UK Motor (core)                        
    At end of year one   378 427 493 625 626 520 657 762 939 1,220  
    At end of year two   682 783 1,016 1,086 1,033 949 1,259 1,442 1,776    
    At end of year three   667 743 886 1,018 986 927 1,239 1,470      
    At end of year four   637 692 853 990 969 892 1,236        
    At end of year five   607 677 830 957 950 886          
    At end of year six   599 663 811 944 925            
    At end of year seven   586 640 793 913              
    At end of year eight   579 635 798                
    At end of year nine   577 644                  
    Ten years later   580                    
    Net best estimates of undiscounted claims 3,773 580 644 798 913 925 886 1,236 1,470 1,776 1,220 14,221
    Cumulative net
    claims paid
    (3,666) (568) (618) (755) (874) (822) (733) (924) (1,104) (1,105) (561) (11,730)
    Net undiscounted best
    estimate liabilities
    107 12 26 43 39 103 153 312 366 671 659 2,491
    Risk adjustment (undiscounted)                       419
    Effect of discounting                       (528)
    Net claims liabilities                       2,382
    Ancillary claims and
    expense liabilities
                          72
    UK Motor Net liabilities for
    incurred claims
                          2,454

    (v) UK Motor Loss ratios and Changes to liabilities for incurred claims

    The table below shows the development of UK Motor Insurance loss ratios for the past three financial periods, presented on an underwriting year basis, both using undiscounted amounts (i.e. cashflows) and discounted amounts.

      31 December
    UK Motor Insurance loss ratio development – undiscounted*, net of excess of loss reinsurance 2021 2022 2023 2024
    Underwriting year        
    2019 73% 71% 67% 64%
    2020 68% 65% 58% 57%
    2021 95% 91% 86% 82%
    2022 —% 104% 96% 91%
    2023 —% —% 94% 80%
    2024 —% —% —% 77%

    * Booked undiscounted loss ratios presented from the transition date of IFRS 17 (1 January 2022) onwards.

      31 December
    UK Motor Insurance loss ratio development – discounted*, net of excess of loss reinsurance 2021 2022 2023 2024
    Underwriting year        
    2019 71% 69% 65% 63%
    2020 67% 63% 57% 55%
    2021 92% 86% 81% 77%
    2022 —% 97% 88% 83%
    2023 —% —% 86% 72%
    2024 —% —% —% 71%

    * Loss ratios using discounted locked-in curves, excluding finance expenses are presented from the transition date of IFRS 17 (1 January 2022) onwards.

    The following table analyses the impact of movements in changes to liabilities from incurred claims by underwriting year on a gross and net of excess of loss reinsurance basis for UK Motor.

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Gross    
    Underwriting year    
    2019 & prior 173.7 152.9
    2020 41.8 98.2
    2021 87.0 76.4
    2022 107.1 79.4
    2023 83.8 0.0
    2024 0.0 0.0
    Total UK Motor gross changes to liabilities for incurred claims 493.4 406.9
    Net    
    Underwriting year    
    2019 & prior 99.6 145.6
    2020 30.5 97.7
    2021 70.6 80.1
    2022 94.5 69.4
    2023 76.7 0.0
    2024 0.0 0.0
    Total UK Motor net of excess of loss changes to liabilities for incurred claims 371.9 392.8

    6. Investment income and finance costs

    6a. Investment return

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
      At EIR Other Total At EIR Other Total
    Investment return            
    On assets classified as FVTPL 67.1 67.1 43.3 43.3
    On assets classified as FVOCI1 3 100.4 5.2 105.6 77.0 (3.6) 73.4
    On assets classified as amortised cost1 5.9 5.9 4.1 4.1
                 
    Net unrealised losses            
    Unrealised (loss) / gain on forward contracts (0.2) (0.2) (0.2) (0.2)
    Share of associate profit/ loss (1.0) (1.0) (1.3) (1.3)
    Interest income on cash and cash equivalents1 5.5 5.5 5.4 5.4
    Investment fees (2.0) (2.0) (1.8) (1.8)
    Total investment and interest income2 106.3 74.6 180.9 81.1 41.8 122.9

    1 Interest received during the year was £90.6 million (2023: £76.8 million).

    2 Total investment return excludes £7.9 million of intra-group interest (2023: £3.2 million).

    3 Realised losses on sales of debt securities classified as FVOCI are £4.5 million (2023: £0.9 million).

    6b. Finance costs

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Interest expense on subordinated loan notes and other credit facilities1 2 24.5 18.5
    Interest expense on lease liabilities 2.6 2.0
    Interest recoverable from co-insurers (0.6) (0.4)
    Total finance costs 26.5 20.1

    1 Interest paid during the year was £27.0 million (2023: £20.5 million).

    2 See note 7 for details of credit facilities.

    Finance costs represent interest payable on the £250.0 million (2023: £305.1 million) subordinated notes and other financial liabilities.

    Interest expense on lease liabilities represents the unwinding of the discount on lease liabilities under IFRS 16.

    6c. Expected credit losses

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Expected credit (gains)/losses on financial investments 6.3 (2.5)
    Expected credit losses on loans and advances to customers1 28.3 33.5
    Total expense for expected credit losses 34.6 31.0

    1 Includes £26.1 million (2023: £15.0 million) of write-offs, with total movement in the expected credit loss provision being £28.3 million (2023: £33.5 million).

    6d. Financial assets and liabilities

    The Group’s financial assets and liabilities can be analysed as follows:

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Financial investments measured at FVTPL    
    Money market funds 902.6 587.5
    Other funds1 473.9 301.3
    Derivative financial instruments 5.8 17.6
    Equity investments (designated FVTPL) 46.9 12.4
      1,429.2 918.8
    Financial investments classified as FVOCI    
    Corporate debt securities 2,410.9 2,040.6
    Government debt securities2 772.2 519.6
    Private debt securities 152.3 242.7
      3,335.4 2,802.9
    Equity investments (designated FVOCI) 23.0
      3,335.4 2,825.9
    Financial assets measured at amortised cost    
    Deposits with credit institutions 91.7 116.7
    Other    
    Investment in Associate 1.0
    Investment Property 6.9
    Total financial investments 4,863.2 3,862.4
         
    Other financial assets (measured at amortised cost)    
    Insurance related receivables 51.1 272.7
    Trade and other receivables 110.4 75.0
    Insurance related and other receivables 161.5 347.7
    Loans and advances to customers (note 7) 1,106.9 879.4
    Cash and cash equivalents 313.6 353.1
    Total financial assets 6,445.2 5,442.6
    Financial liabilities    
    Subordinated notes 258.9 315.2
    Loan backed securities 937.7 759.6
    Other borrowings 117.4 55.0
    Derivative financial instruments 8.2
    Subordinated and other financial liabilities 1,322.2 1,129.8
    Trade and other payables3 175.3 305.8
    Lease liabilities 79.6 81.2
    Total financial liabilities 1,577.1 1,516.8

    1Other funds include funds which primarily invest in fixed income securities are recognised as fair value through profit and loss
    2Government debt securities include £0.6 million of short term UK government bonds held for collateral against foreign exchange hedging derivatives

    3Trade and other payables include deferred income, accruals and other tax and social security.

    The table below shows how the financial assets and liabilities held at fair value have been measured using the fair value hierarchy:

      31 December 2024 31 December 2023
      FVTPL
    £m
    FVOCI
    £m
    FVTPL
    £m
    FVOCI
    £m
    Level one (quoted prices in active markets) 1,221.2 3,183.1 888.8 2,560.1
    Level two (use of observable inputs) (2.4) 17.6
    Level three (use of significant unobservable inputs) 202.2 152.3 12.4 265.8
    Total 1,421.0 3,335.4 918.8 2,825.9

    Level three investments consist of debt investments and equity investments.

    Debt investments are comprised primarily of investments in funds which invest in debt securities, these are valued at the proportion of the Group’s holding of the Net Asset Value (NAV) reported by the investment vehicle. These include funds that invest in corporate direct lending, residential and commercial mortgages, infrastructure debt and other private debt. In addition, there is a small allocation of privately placed bonds which do not trade on active markets, these are valued using discounted cash-flow models designed to appropriately reflect the credit and illiquidity of these instruments; these valuations are performed by the external fund managers. The key unobservable input across private debt securities is the discount rate which is based on the credit performance of the assets. A deterioration of the credit performance or expected future performance will result in higher discount rates and lower values.

    As these debt investments are held within investment funds where appropriate the Group elects to treat these investments as equity through OCI. Debt investments in which the funds are closed ended are classified as FVTPL within Other funds (2024: £154.8 million).

    Equity securities are primarily comprised of investments in Private Equity and Infrastructure Equity funds, which are valued at the proportion of the Group’s holding of the NAV reported by the investment vehicle. These are based on several unobservable inputs including market multiples and cashflow forecasts. These are held at FVTPL, with realised and unrealised gains/losses flowing through the P&L.

    There were no significant inter-relationships between unobservable inputs that materially affect fair values.

    The table below presents the movement in the period relating to financial instruments valued using a level three valuation:

    31 December 2024
    £m
    Level Three Investments Equity Investments Debt Investments Total
    Balance as at 1 January 2024 35.5 242.7 278.2
    Gains/(losses) recognised in the Income Statement (4.5) 9.6 5.1
    Gains/(losses) recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (2.8) (2.8)
    Purchases 16.1 94.9 111.0
    Disposals (0.2) (36.8) (37.0)
    Balance as at 31 December 2024 46.9 307.6 354.5
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Level Three Investments Equity Investments Debt Investments Total
    Balance as at 1 January 2023 31.6 166.6 198.2
    Gains/(losses) recognised in the Income Statement (0.1) 10.0 9.9
    Gains/(losses) recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (1.0) 0.8 (0.2)
    Purchases 6.1 89.6 95.7
    Disposals (1.1) (24.3) (25.4)
    Balance as at 31 December 2023 35.5 242.7 278.2

    7. Loans and Advances to Customers

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Loans and advances to customers – gross carrying amount 1,174.0 956.8
    Loans and advances to customers – provision (84.3) (81.7)
    Total loans and advances to customers – Admiral Money 1,089.7 875.1
    Total loans and advances to customers – Other 17.2 4.3
    Total loans and advances to customers 1,106.9 879.4

    Loans and advances to customers are comprised of the following:

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Unsecured personal loans 1,155.6 937.7
    Finance leases 18.4 19.1
    Other 18.6 4.4
    Total loans and advances to customers, gross 1,192.6 961.2

    Forward-looking information

    Under IFRS 9 the provision must reflect an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes. The means by which the Group has determined this is to run scenario analysis.

    Management judgment has been used to define the weighting and severity of the different scenarios based on available data.

    As at December 2024 there are three key economic drivers of credit losses factored into the scenarios, as follows:

    • UK Unsecured Debt to Income (‘DTI’)
    • UK Employment Hazard Rates
    • Annual UK GDP % Change

    The variables are combined using a statistical model which will estimate the relative change in the PD of an account for each scenario over the life of the loan. The Group has moved from a single variable model as at December 2023 (Unemployment) to model containing three drivers in recognition of the fact that there are multiple macroeconomic drivers which can influence the direction of default rates.

    The scenario weighting assumptions used are detailed below, along with the annual peak for each economic driver assumed in each scenario at 31 December 2024.

      For the Forecast Year Ended
    At 31 December 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029
      % % % % %
    Base – 50%          
    Gross domestic product 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7
    Unemployment rate 4.4 4.3 4.1 4.1 4.1
    UK Household Unsecured Debt to Income 13.2 13.7 14.1 14.4 14.5
    Upside – 10%          
    Gross domestic product 2.7 3.0 1.8 1.6 1.8
    Unemployment rate 4.2 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8
    UK Household Unsecured Debt to Income 12.6 12.3 11.9 12.2 12.3
    Downside – 30%          
    Gross domestic product 0.9 0.1 3.0 3.0 2.7
    Unemployment rate 5.6 6.0 5.6 4.9 4.6
    UK Household Unsecured Debt to Income 13.4 14.5 15.0 15.1 15.1
    Severe – 10%          
    Gross domestic product 0.8         (1.1) 2.6 3.4 3.1
    Unemployment rate 6.6 8.0 7.9 6.8 6.1
    UK Household Unsecured Debt to Income 13.6 15.0 15.7 15.9 16.1
    Probability-weighted          
    Gross domestic product 1.4 1.0 2.1 2.3 2.1
    Unemployment rate 5.0 5.1 4.9 4.6 4.4
    UK Household Unsecured Debt to Income 13.2 13.9 14.3 14.5 14.6
      For the Forecast Year Ended
    At 31 December 2023 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029
      % % % % %
    Base – 50%          
    Gross domestic product 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.9
    Unemployment rate 4.7 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1
    UK Household Unsecured Debt to Income 13.8 14.2 14.4 14.5 14.5
    Upside – 10%          
    Gross domestic product 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.6 1.4
    Unemployment rate 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.9
    UK Household Unsecured Debt to Income 12.5 12.4 12.5 12.5 12.4
    Downside – 30%          
    Gross domestic product 0.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.3
    Unemployment rate 6.0 5.7 4.9 4.6 4.5
    UK Household Unsecured Debt to Income 14.5 14.8 15.0 15.2 15.2
    Severe – 10%          
    Gross domestic product         (1.8) 3.0 3.9 3.9 3.0
    Unemployment rate 8.0 8.0 6.7 5.9 5.4
    UK Household Unsecured Debt to Income 15.1 15.7 15.9 16.1 16.2
    Probability-weighted          
    Gross domestic product 0.8 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.1
    Unemployment rate 5.3 4.9 4.6 4.4 4.3
    UK Household Unsecured Debt to Income 14.0 14.4 14.6 14.7 14.7

    The economic scenarios and forecasts have been updated in conjunction with a third party economics provider. The probability weightings reflect the view that there is a probability of 40% attached to recessionary outcomes. 

    Sensitivities to key areas of estimation uncertainty

    The key areas of estimation uncertainty identified, as per note 2 to the financial statements, are in the probability of default (‘PD’) and the forward-looking scenarios.

      31 December 2024
    Weighting
    31 December 2024
    Sensitivity
    31 December 2023
    Weighting
    31 December 2023
    Sensitivity
    Base 50% (1.7) 50% (1.1)
    Upturn 30% (3.3) 10% (5.2)
    Downturn 10% 2.9 30% 2.5
    Severe 10% 6.3 10% 8.2

    The sensitivities in the above tables show the variance to expected credit loss (‘ECL’) that would be expected if the given scenario unfolded rather than the weighted position the provision is based on. At 31 December 2024 the implied weighted peak unemployment rate is 5.0%: the table shows that in a downturn scenario with a 5.6% peak unemployment rate the provision would increase by £2.9 million, whilst the upturn would reduce the provision by £3.3 million, base case reduce by £1.7 million and severe increase the provision by £6.3 million.

    Stage 1 assets represent 86.6% of the total loan assets; 0.1% increase in the stage 1 PD, i.e. from 2.3% to 2.4% would result in a £0.8 million increase in ECL.

    Judgements required – Post Model Adjustments (‘PMA’s)

    As at 31 December 2024, the expected credit loss allowance included PMAs totalling £4.6 million (2023: £9.2 million).

    Post Model Adjustments 31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Model performance 1.5 2.0
    Cost of Living 1.3 6.5
    Economic scenarios 1.8 0.7
      4.6 9.2

    PMAs are calculated using management judgement and analysis. The key categories of PMAs are as follows:

    Model performance

    The Loss Given Default (‘LGD’) model considers long run recoveries over a period of up to five years post default. A potential shortfall has been identified for customers that roll straight through the arrears buckets up the point of write off. Although this shortfall is immaterial, an adjustment has been made to ensure it is accounted for in our expected credit loss.

    Cost of Living

    This PMA captures the risk of customers falling into a negative affordability position, whereby customers are no longer able to meet their credit commitments due to higher expenditure driven by increased mortgage payments, when their standard variable or fixed term rate comes to an end. A PMA is held to acknowledge this, using both external and internal data.

    Economic scenarios

    A new econometric model has been implemented to derive our forward-looking view of ECL’s. The model is sensitive to the timing of forecasted peaks in, for example, unemployment rates. Given increased uncertainty driven by geo-political events, management has made an adjustment equivalent to a six-month advancement in the peak point of each scenario.

    Write off policy

    Loans are written off where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. The Group considers there to be no reasonable expectation of recovery where an extensive set of collections processes has been completed, the debt is statute barred, the debtor cannot be traced or is deceased, or in situations involving significant financial hardship. The Group’s policy is to write down balances to their estimated net realisable value. Write offs are actioned on a case-by-case basis taking into account the operational position and the collections strategy.

    Credit grade information

            31 December 2024 31 December 2023
      Stage 1 
    12 month ECL 
    £m 
    Stage 2 
    Lifetime ECL 
    £m
    Stage 3  
    Lifetime ECL 
    £m
    Total 
    £m
    Total 
    £m
    Credit Grade1          
    Higher 786.5 67.6 854.1 649.3
    Medium 171.2 21.3 192.5 186.6
    Lower 53.9 9.1 63.0 65.4
    Credit impaired 64.4 64.4 55.5
    Gross carrying amount 1,011.6 98.0 64.4 1,174.0 956.8
    Expected credit loss allowance (15.5) (19.8) (48.5) (83.8) (81.1)
    Other loss allowance2 (0.5) (0.5) (0.6)
    Carrying amount – Admiral Money 995.6 78.2 15.9 1,089.7 875.1
    Carrying amount – Other 16.8 0.3 0.1 17.2 4.3
    Carrying amount 1,012.4 78.5 16.0 1,106.9 879.4

    1Credit grade is the internal credit banding given to a customer at origination. This is based on external credit rating information.

    2Other loss allowance covers losses due to a reduction in current or future vehicle value or costs associated with recovery and sale of vehicles and those as a result of changes in the performance of the EIR asset.

    8. Other revenue and co-insurer profit commission

      31 December 2024
      UK Insurance
    £m
    International Insurance
    £m
    Admiral Money
    £m
    Other
    £m
    Total Group
    £m
    Major products/service line        
    Fee and commission revenue 119.5 0.1 0.2 0.2 120.0
    Revenue from law firm 16.3 16.3
    Comparison income
    Total other revenue 135.8 0.1 0.2 0.2 136.3
    Profit commission from co-insurers 53.3 53.3
    Total other revenue and co-insurer profit commission 189.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 189.6
               
    Timing of revenue recognition          
    Point in time 139.0 0.1 0.2 0.2 139.5
    Over time 50.1 50.1
      189.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 189.6
      31 December 2023
      UK Insurance
    £m
    International Insurance
    £m
    Admiral Money
    £m
    Other
    £m
    Total Group
    £m
    Major products/service line        
    Fee and commission revenue 107.2 0.1 107.3
    Revenue from law firm 18.3 18.3
    Comparison income 1.6 1.6
    Total other revenue 125.5 0.1 1.6 127.2
    Profit commission from co-insurers 76.5 2.0 78.5
    Total other revenue and co-insurer profit commission 202.0 2.0 0.1 1.6 205.7
               
    Timing of revenue recognition          
    Point in time 160.4 2.0 0.1 1.6 164.1
    Over time 41.6 41.6
      202.0 2.0 0.1 1.6 205.7

    Profit commission

    The cumulative profit commission recognised at each point in time is calculated in aggregate across the contract, in line with contract terms, based on a number of detailed inputs for each individual underwriting year, the most material of which are as follows:

    • Premiums, defined as gross premiums ceded including any instalment income, less reinsurance premium (for excess of loss reinsurance).
    • Insurance expenses incurred.
    • Claims costs incurred.
      • The Group uses the expected value method for the initial calculation of profit commission revenue, based on known premiums and expenses, and the best estimate of claims costs.
      • The variable revenue estimated using the expected value method above is constrained through the inclusion of the risk adjustment within the claims cost element of the calculation, with the profit commission recognised aligned to the IFRS 17 booked loss ratios, discounted at locked-in rates, and inclusive of finance expense. The inclusion of the risk adjustment constrains the cumulative profit commission revenue recognised to a level where there is a high probability of no significant reversal.

    The key methods, inputs and assumptions used to estimate the variable consideration of profit commission are therefore in line with those used for the calculation of claims liabilities, as set out in note 3 to the financial statements, with further detail also included in note 5. There are no further critical accounting estimates or judgements in relation to the recognition of profit commission.

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Underwriting year    
    2020 & prior 51.7 76.5
    2021
    2022
    2023
    2024 1.6
    Total UK motor profit commission 53.3 76.5

    9. Directly attributable and other expenses

      31 December 2024
      Directly attributable expenses
    £m
    Other operating expenses
    £m
    Total expenses
    £m
    Administration and acquisition expenses 1,015.9 121.3 1,137.2
    Expenses relating to additional products and fees 46.2 46.2
    Share scheme expenses 58.6 35.3 93.9
    Loan expenses (excluding movement on ECL provision) 29.9 29.9
    Movement in expected credit loss provision 34.6 34.6
    Profit on disposal of Insurify share option (12.5) (12.5)
    Other1 73.4 73.4
    Total 1,074.5 328.2 1,402.7
      31 December 2023
      Directly attributable expenses
    £m
    Other operating expenses
    £m
    Total expenses
    £m
    Administration and acquisition expenses 836.8 100.8 937.6
    Expenses relating to additional products and fees 41.4 41.4
    Share scheme expenses 55.3 28.5 83.8
    Loan expenses (excluding movement on ECL provision) 23.0 23.0
    Movement in expected credit loss provision 31.0 31.0
    Other1 57.1 57.1
    Total 892.1 281.8 1,173.9

    1 Other includes centralised costs primarily for employees and projects (2024: £49.9 million, 2023: £34.5 million), business development costs (2024: £19.9 million, 2023: £15.3 million) and other costs (2024: £3.6 million, 2023: £7.3 million).

    10. Taxation

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Current tax    
    Corporation tax on profits for the year 139.3 91.6
    Under provision relating to prior periods 1.8 21.3
    Pillar Two income taxes 15.4
    Current tax charge 156.5 112.9
    Deferred tax    
    Current period deferred taxation movement 16.4 0.7
    Under/(over) provision relating to prior periods 3.4 (8.0)
    Total tax charge per Consolidated Income Statement 176.3 105.6

    Factors affecting the total tax charge are:

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Profit before tax 839.2 442.8
    Corporation tax thereon at effective UK corporation tax rate of 25% (2023: 23.5%) 209.8 104.1
    Expenses and provisions not deductible for tax purposes 4.1 3.0
    Non-taxable income (21.3) (13.4)
    Impact of change in UK tax rate on deferred tax balances (0.4)
    Adjustments relating to prior periods 5.2 13.5
    Impact of Pillar Two income taxes 15.4
    Impact of different overseas tax rates (45.5) (8.9)
    Unrecognised deferred tax 8.6 7.7
    Total tax charge for the period as above 176.3 105.6

    Corporation tax assets as at 31 December 2024 totaled £18.1 million, with corporation tax liabilities of £35.0 million (2023: £20.4 million asset and £4.9 million liabilities). Corporation tax liabilities includes £15.4 million (2023: £nil) relating to Pillar Two income taxes.

    The UK corporation tax rate for 2024 is 25% (2023: 23.5%).

    The Group are within the scope of the OECD Pillar Two model rules which aims to ensure that large, multinational corporations pay their fair share of tax in the countries in which they operate by introducing a new global minimum corporate income tax rate of 15%. Under the new rules, top-up taxes can be payable either by the UK ultimate parent company or by an overseas entity if a jurisdiction has an effective tax rate of less than 15%, as calculated under the rules. Legislation has been enacted in various countries (including the United Kingdom), with the rules first coming into effect for the Group from 1 January 2024.

    A current tax expense of £15.4 million has been included in the total tax charge for the year ended 31 December 2024, which relates to estimated top-up taxes payable by a subsidiary undertaking in Gibraltar, where the statutory corporate tax rate applicable for the year ended 31 December 2024 is 13.8% (due to a change in the rate from 12.5% to 15% from 1 July 2024). No top-up taxes for the year ended 31 December 2024 are expected to arise in relation to operations in other countries. The Pillar Two rules are complex and the Group continues to monitor ongoing developments in legislation and guidance to assess the impact.

    The Group has applied the temporary mandatory exception to recognising and disclosing information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes, as provided in the amendments to IAS 12 issued in May 2023.

    11. Other Assets and Other Liabilities

    11a. Intangible assets

    Renewal Rights (included within Customer contracts, relationships and brand)

    Renewal rights are recognised as an intangible asset and amortised using the reducing balance method over an expected useful life determined as ranging between nine and fourteen years. Renewal rights on initial recognition have been recognised at fair value arising through an acquisition.

    The carrying value of renewal rights is reviewed every six months for evidence of impairment, with the value being written down if any impairment exists. Impairment may be reversed if conditions subsequently improve.

    Brand (included within Customer contracts, relationships and brand)

    Brand rights are recognised as an intangible asset and amortised using the straight line method over an expected useful life of fifteen years. Brand rights on initial recognition have been recognised at its fair value arising through an acquisition.

    The carrying value of brand rights is reviewed every six months for evidence of impairment, with the value being written down if any impairment exists. Impairment may be reversed if conditions subsequently improve.

    Goodwill

    All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Goodwill has been recognised on acquisitions of trade and assets representing a business and/or acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired.

    Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units (CGUs) according to business segment and is reviewed every six months for evidence of impairment and tested annually for impairment.

      Goodwill
    £m
    Customer contracts, relationships and brand
    £m
    Software – Internally generated
    £m
    Software – Other
    £m
    Total
    £m
    At 1 January 2023 62.3 136.4 18.9 217.6
    Additions 7.9 51.1 7.7 66.7
    Amortisation charge (34.8) (5.5) (40.3)
    Disposals (0.1) (0.1)
    Impairment (0.2) (0.2)
    Foreign exchange movement & other movements (0.4) (0.4) (0.8)
    At 31 December 2023 62.3 7.9 152.0 20.7 242.9
    Additions 49.8 44.5 48.8 3.1 146.2
    Amortisation charge (2.8) (54.5) (4.3) (61.6)
    Disposals (0.3) (0.4) (0.7)
    Impairment (3.5) (0.9) (4.4)
    Transfers 6.2 (6.2)
    Foreign exchange movement & other movements (0.3) (0.6) (0.5) (1.4)
    At 31 December 2024 112.1 49.3 148.1 11.5 321.0

    Customer contracts, relationships and brand includes Home and Pet renewal rights which has a net carrying value of £34.5 million as at 31 December 2024 and an amortisation period of 9 years for Home renewal rights and 14 years for Pet renewal rights. See note 13 for further information. Internally generated software includes a new claims system implemented within the UK business in the year which has a carrying amount of £33.2 million as at 31 December 2024 and a remaining amortisation period of 2.8 years.

    Goodwill relates to the acquisition of Group subsidiary EUI Limited (formerly Admiral Insurance Services Limited) in November 1999, and on the purchase of the direct Home and Pet renewal rights from the RSA Insurance Group Limited (‘RSA’) in April 2024. The carrying amount of goodwill as at 31 December 2024 is £112.1 million (2023: £62.3 million).

    11b. Trade and other payables

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Trade payables 52.4 42.3
    Other tax and social security 12.5 11.9
    Amounts owed to co-insurers 156.9
    Other payables 34.0 42.5
    Accruals and deferred income 76.4 52.2
    Total trade and other payables 175.3 305.8
         
    Analysis of accruals and deferred income    
    Accruals 48.2 28.3
    Deferred income 28.2 23.9
    Total accruals and deferred income as above 76.4 52.2

    11c. Contingent liabilities

    The Group’s legal entities operate in numerous tax jurisdictions and on a regular basis are subject to review and enquiry by the relevant tax authority.

    One of the Group’s previously owned subsidiaries was subject to a Spanish Tax Audit which concluded with the Tax Authority denying the application of the VAT exemption relating to insurance intermediary services. The Company has appealed this decision via the Spanish Courts and is confident in defending its position which is, in its view, in line with the EU Directive and is also consistent with the way similar supplies are treated throughout Europe. Whilst the Company is no longer part of the Admiral Group, the contingent liability which the Company is exposed to has been indemnified by the Admiral Group up to a cap of €24 million.

    No material provisions have been made in these financial statements in relation to the matters noted above. 

    The Group notes the ongoing Court of Appeal ruling relating to non-disclosure of commission to dealers in relation to motor finance. Prior to the Group’s re-launch of motor finance lending, all lending was through price comparison websites. The Group had no lending through dealers and no discretionary commission structures in place. Accordingly the Group does not have an ongoing exposure to commission arrangements of this nature and therefore has not recognised any contingent liability in relation to the case.

    The Group continues to monitor regulatory developments, including the Supreme Court decision which is expected later in 2025, ensuring the customer acquisition practices remain fully aligned with legal and regulatory requirements and industry best practices.

    The Group is, from time to time, subject to threatened or actual litigation and/or legal and/or regulatory disputes, investigations or similar actions both in the UK and overseas. All potentially material matters are assessed, with the assistance of external advisors if appropriate, and in cases where it is concluded that it is more likely than not that a payment will be made, a provision is established to reflect the best estimate of the liability. In some cases it will not be possible to form a view, for example if the facts are unclear or because further time is needed to properly assess the merits of the case or form a reliable estimate of its financial effect. In these circumstances, specific disclosure of a contingent liability and an estimate of its financial effect will be made where material, unless it is not practicable to do so.

    The Directors do not consider that the final outcome of any such current case will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position, operations or cashflows, and as such, no material provisions are currently held in relation to such matters.

    A number of the Group’s contractual arrangements with reinsurers include features that, in certain scenarios, allow for reinsurers to recover losses incurred to date. The overall impact of such scenarios would not lead to an overall net economic outflow from the Group.

    12. Dividends, Earnings and Related Parties

    12a. Dividends

    Dividends were proposed, approved and paid as follows:

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Proposed March 2023 (52.0 pence per share, approved April 2023 and paid June 2023) 154.9
    Declared August 2023 (51.0 pence per share, paid October 2023) 152.2
    Proposed March 2024 (52.0 pence per share, approved April 2024 and paid May 2024) 156.2
    Declared August 2024 (71.0 pence per share, paid October 2024) 213.6
    Total dividends 369.8 307.1

    The dividends proposed in March (approved in April) represent the final dividends paid in respect of the 2022 and 2023 financial years. The dividends declared in August are interim distributions in respect of 2023 and 2024.

    A 2024 final dividend of 121.0 pence per share (approximately £366.6 million) has been proposed. Refer to the financial narrative for further detail.

    12b. Earnings per share

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Profit for the financial year after taxation attributable to equity shareholders 663.3 338.0
    Weighted average number of shares – basic 306,304,676 303,989,170
    Unadjusted earnings per share – basic 216.6p 111.2p
    Weighted average number of shares – diluted 306,304,676 305,052,941
    Unadjusted earnings per share – diluted 216.6p 110.8p

    The difference between the basic and diluted number of shares at the end of 2024 (being nil; 2023: 1,063,771) relates to awards committed, but not yet issued under the Group’s share schemes. Refer to note 9 for further detail.

    12c. Share capital

      31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Authorised    
    500,000,00 ordinary shares of 0.1 pence 0.5 0.5
    Issued, called up and fully paid    
    306,304,676 ordinary shares of 0.1 pence 0.3 0.3

    12d. Related party transactions

    The Board considers that only the Executive and Non-Executive Directors of Admiral Group plc are key management personnel.

    Further detail on the remuneration and shareholdings of key management personnel will be set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report in the Group’s 2024 Annual Report.

    12e. Post balance sheet events

    During February 2025, the Group entered into an agreement with a third party which resulted in the sale of back book loans with a total carrying value of around £150 million. This agreement, signed after the reporting date, provides for the transfer of these loans to the counterparty in accordance with the agreed terms. Accordingly, no adjustment has been made to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024.

    The financial impact of the sale, including any gain arising from the transaction, will be recognised in the Group’s financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2025.

    In early March 2025, Admiral entered into a memorandum of understanding with a counterparty with a view to signing a purchase agreement to sell Elephant. The agreement, if signed, would be subject to regulatory approval.

    No further events have occurred since the reporting date that materially impact these financial statements.

    13. Business combinations

    As at 2nd April 2024, Admiral successfully completed the purchase of the direct Home and Pet renewal rights from the RSA Insurance Group Limited (‘RSA’), a general insurer based in the UK. The transaction includes the renewal rights, the “More Than” brand and the transfer of more than 280 people but does not include liabilities relating to existing policies which will remain with RSA. The acquisition is closely aligned to Admiral’s strategy to diversify its product offering and build multi-product customer relationships in its core markets. It will strengthen Admiral’s home business and accelerate its direct pet proposition launched in 2022.

    The consideration included an initial cash payment of £82.5 million with contingent consideration of £32.5 million. The contingent consideration has a range of £nil to a maximum of £32.5 million dependent on the number of policies successfully migrated to Admiral. The fair value of the contingent consideration has a value of £2.7 million and is based on a probability weighted scenario including an element of discounting relating to the timing of payments.

    The amounts recognised in respect of the identifiable assets acquired at at the acquisition date are as set out in the table below:

      £m
    Total consideration  
    Amount settled in cash 82.5
    Fair value of contingent consideration 2.7
    Total consideration 85.2
       
    Identifiable assets acquired  
    Renewal Rights 36.4
    Brand 8.1
    Total identifiable assets acquired 44.5
       
    Purchase price recognised as Goodwill 40.7
    Additional Goodwill recognised on Deferred Tax Liability 9.1
    Total Goodwill recognised on acquisition 49.8

    A deferred tax liability has been recognised of £9.1million based upon a tax base cost of £36.4 million representing the fair value of the renewal rights. A corresponding increase in goodwill of £9.1 million is recognised as a result. The goodwill and brand are not considered deductible for tax purposes. The deferred tax liability will unwind in line with the amortisation of the renewal rights acquired.

    The recognition of goodwill reflects the synergies arising through the transaction including operational, capital, pricing and risk synergies, as well as the attributable value to the workforce in place.

    The policies in relation to the acquisition started renewing in July 2024. As at 31 December 2024, transaction costs of £6.5 million have been recognised within operating expenses, along with integration costs of £11.9 million within insurance expenses. The impact of the acquisition if it had happened as at the start of the reporting period is impractical for disclosure given the nature of the trade and assets acquired for integration.

    The acquisition contributed £42.3 million of total premiums written and £9.9 million of insurance revenue, and £3.8 million of expenses for the period between the date of acquisition and the reporting date. Due to the acquired renewal rights being fully integrated into the existing business lines, it is impracticable to separately identify the specific profit contributions.

    14. Reconciliation of turnover to reported insurance premium and other revenue as per the financial statements

    The following table reconciles turnover, a significant Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and non-GAAP measure presented within the Strategic Report, to insurance revenue, as presented in note 4 to the financial statements.

      Consolidated Financial Statement Note 31 December 2024
    £m
    31 December 2023
    £m
    Insurance revenue related movement in liability for remaining coverage 5b 4,776.2 3,486.1
    Less other insurance revenue   (281.7) (202.8)
    Insurance premium revenue   4,494.5 3,283.3
    Movement in unearned premium and cancellations   346.7 528.3
    Premiums written after coinsurance   4,841.2 3,811.6
    Co-insurer share of written premiums   778.4 577.8
    Total premiums written   5,619.6 4,389.4
    Other insurance revenue 5b 281.7 202.8
    Other revenue 8 136.3 127.2
    Interest income on loans to customers   109.1 92.1
    Turnover as per note 4 of financial statements   6,146.7 4,811.5

    APPENDIX 1 TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

    1a: Reconciliation of reported loss and expense ratios: Group

            31 December 2024
    £m Consolidated Financial Statement Note Core product Ancillary income Total gross Total, net of XoL reinsurance
    Insurance premium revenue   4,329.9 164.6 4,494.5 4,329.4
    Administration fees, instalment income and non-separable ancillary commission   281.7 281.7 281.7
    Insurance revenue (A) 5b/5d 4,329.9 446.3 4,776.2 4,611.1
    Insurance expenses (B) 5c (951.4) (64.5) (1,015.9) (1,015.9)
    Claims incurred (C) 5c/5d (2,976.9) (61.1) (3,038.0) (2,980.7)
    Claims releases (D) 5c/5d 556.8 3.2 559.9 425.1
    Claims incurred and releases excluding Ogden1 (E)         (2,661.7)
    Quota share reinsurance result2 4         (294.1)
    Onerous loss component movement3         1.5
    Underwriting result (F)         747.0
    Net share scheme costs4         (36.7)
    Insurance service result         710.3
    Reported loss ratio ((C+D)/A)         55.4%
    Reported loss ratio excluding Ogden1(E/A)         57.7%
    Reported expense ratio (B/A)         22.0%
    Insurance service margin (F/A)         16.2%
            31 December 2023
    £m Consolidated Financial Statement Note Core product Ancillary income Total gross Total, net of XoL reinsurance
    Insurance premium revenue   3,152.3 131.0 3,283.3 3,170.6
    Administration fees, instalment income and non-separable ancillary commission   202.8 202.8 202.8
    Insurance revenue (A) 5b/5d 3,152.3 333.8 3,486.1 3,373.4
    Insurance expenses (B) 5c (795.2) (41.6) (836.8) (836.8)
    Claims incurred (C) 5c/5d (2,624.6) (40.5) (2,665.1) (2,605.8)
    Claims releases (D) 5c/5d 440.6 440.6 447.3
    Quota share reinsurance result2 4         (40.4)
    Onerous loss component movement3         4.9
    Underwriting result (E)         342.6
    Net share scheme costs4         (36.8)
    Insurance service result         305.8
    Reported loss ratio ((C+D)/A)         63.9%
    Reported expense ratio (B/A)         24.8%
    Insurance service margin (E/A)         10.2%

    1 Excludes benefit from the Ogden discount rate change
    2 Quota share reinsurance result excludes quota share reinsurers’ share of share scheme costs and movement in onerous loss-recovery component
    3 Onerous loss component movement is shown net of all reinsurance
    4 Net share scheme costs of £36.7 million (2023: £36.8 million), being gross costs of £58.6 million (2023: £55.3 million, see note 5c) less reinsurers’ share of share scheme costs of £21.9 million (2023: £18.5 million) are excluded from the underwriting result.

    1b. Reconciliation of reported loss and expense ratios: UK Motor

              31 December 2024
    £m Consolidated Financial Statement Note Core product Ancillary income1 Total gross Total, net of XoL reinsurance Core product, net of XoL
    Total premiums written   4,006.6 151.1 4,157.7 4,033.3 3,882.2
    Gross premiums written   3,234.1 151.1 3,385.2 3,284.7 3,133.6
    Insurance premium revenue   3,020.7 139.8 3,160.5 3,062.4 2,922.5
    Instalment income   155.9 155.9 155.9
    Administration fees & non-separable ancillary commission   53.1 53.1 53.1
    Insurance revenue (A) 5b/5d 3,020.7 348.8 3,369.5 3,271.4 2,922.5
    Insurance expenses (B) 5c (530.9) (55.9) (586.8) (586.8) (530.9)
    Claims incurred (C) 5c/5d (2,051.5) (55.6) (2,107.2) (2,078.1) (2,022.5)
    Claims incurred excluding Ogden (D)   (2,078.5) (55.6) (2,134.1) (2,105.1) (2,049.5)
    Claims releases (E) 5c/5d 493.4 2.7 496.1 374.6 371.9
    Claims releases excluding Ogden (F)   414.2 2.7 416.9 295.4 292.7
    Insurance service result, gross of quota share reinsurance   931.7 240.0 1,171.7 981.1 741.0
    Quota share reinsurance result2         (228.8) (228.8)
    Onerous loss component movement         1.1 1.1
    Underwriting result (G)         753.4 513.3
    Current period loss ratio (C/A)         63.5% 69.2%
    Claims releases (E/A)         (11.4)% (12.7)%
    Reported loss ratio ((C+E)/A)         52.1% 56.5%
    Reported expense ratio (B/A)         17.9% 18.2%
    Insurance service margin (G/A)         23.0% 17.6%
    Current period loss ratio excluding
    Ogden (D/A)
            64.3% 70.1%
    Claims releases excluding Ogden (F/A)         (9.0)% (10.0)%
    Reported loss ratio excluding
    Ogden ((D+F)/A)
            55.3% 60.1%
              31 December 2023
    £m Consolidated Financial Statement Note Core product Ancillary income1 Total gross Total, net of XoL reinsurance Core product, net of XoL
    Total premiums written   3,004.3 113.9 3,118.2 3,016.8 2,903.0
    Gross premiums written   2,453.9 113.9 2,567.8 2,485.0 2,371.1
    Insurance premium revenue   2,007.6 107.8 2,115.4 2,053.8 1,946.0
    Instalment income   99.0 99.0 99.0
    Administration fees non-separable ancillary commission   35.8 35.8 35.8
    Insurance revenue (A) 5b/5d 2,007.6 242.6 2,250.2 2,188.6 1,946.0
    Insurance expenses (B) 5c (416.8) (34.4) (451.2) (451.2) (416.8)
    Claims incurred (C) 5c/5d (1,719.9) (35.6) (1,755.5) (1,729.0) (1,693.4)
    Claims releases (D) 5c/5d 406.9 406.9 392.8 392.8
    Insurance service result, gross of quota share reinsurance   277.8 172.6 450.4 401.2 228.6
    Quota share reinsurance result2         (16.8) (16.8)
    Onerous loss component movement         4.1 4.1
    Underwriting result (E)         388.5 215.9
    Current period loss ratio (C/A)         79.0% 87.0%
    Claims releases (D/A)         (17.9)% (20.2)%
    Reported loss ratio ((C+D)/A)         61.1% 66.8%
    Reported expense ratio (B/A)         20.6% 21.4%
    Insurance service margin (E/A)         17.8% 11.1%

    1 Ancillary income combined with other net income is presented as part of UK motor insurance other revenue in reporting “Other revenue per vehicle”. Total other revenue was £321.8 million (2023: £247.3 million).

    2 Net share scheme costs of £29.6 million (2023: £32.1 million), being gross costs of £40.7 million (2023: £43.2 million, see note 5c) less reinsurers’ share of share scheme costs of £11.1 million (2023: £11.1 million) are excluded from the underwriting result.

    1c. Reconciliation of reported loss and expense ratios: UK Non-Motor

      31 December 2024
    £m Consolidated Financial Statement Note UK Household UK Travel & Pet UK Non-Motor UK Household, net of XoL reinsurance
    Insurance revenue (A) 5b/5d 399.6 104.3 503.9 376.4
    Insurance expenses (B) 5c (102.9) (56.0) (158.9) (102.9)
    Claims incurred in the period (C) 5c/5d (233.7) (64.5) (298.2) (225.7)
    Changes in liabilities for incurred claims (releases) (D) 5c/5d 46.3 5.1 51.4 37.0
    Insurance service result, gross of quota share reinsurance   109.3 (11.1) 98.2 84.8
    Quota share reinsurance result1         (61.2)
    Onerous loss component movement        
    Underwriting result (E)         23.6
    Current period loss ratio (C/A)         60.0%
    Claims releases (D/A)         (9.9)%
    Reported loss ratio ((C+D)/A)         50.1%
    Reported expense ratio (B/A)         27.3%
    Insurance service margin (E/A)         6.3%
      31 December 2023
    £m Consolidated Financial Statement Note UK Household UK Travel & Pet UK Non-Motor UK Household, net of XoL reinsurance
    Insurance revenue (A) 5b/5d 292.8 53.8 346.6 275.3
    Insurance expenses (B) 5c (80.9) (27.4) (108.3) (80.9)
    Claims incurred in the period (C) 5c/5d (223.5) (31.4) (254.9) (199.8)
    Changes in liabilities for incurred claims (releases) (D) 5c/5d 8.3 0.8 9.1 6.4
    Insurance service result, gross of quota share reinsurance   (3.3) (4.2) (7.5) 1.0
    Quota share reinsurance result1         (1.4)
    Onerous loss component movement        
    Underwriting result (E)         (0.4)
    Current period loss ratio (C/A)         72.6%
    Claims releases (D/A)         (2.4)%
    Reported loss ratio ((C+D)/A)         70.2%
    Reported expense ratio (B/A)         29.4%
    Insurance service margin (E/A)         (0.1)%

    1Net share scheme costs of £1.6 million (2023: £0.7 million), being gross costs of £5.4 million (2023: £2.4 million, see note 5c) less reinsurers’ share of share scheme costs of £3.8 million (2023: £1.7 million) are excluded from the underwriting result.

    1d. Reconciliation of reported loss and expense ratios: International

      31 December 2024
    £m Consolidated Financial Statement Note Total gross Total, net of XoL reinsurance
    Insurance revenue (A) 5b/5d 829.5 794.2
    Insurance expenses (B) 5c (236.5) (236.5)
    Claims incurred in the period less changes in liabilities for incurred claims (C) 5c/5d (572.6) (564.5)
    Insurance service result, gross of quota share reinsurance   20.4 (6.8)
    Quota share reinsurance result1     (4.1)
    Onerous loss component movement     0.4
    Underwriting result (D)     (10.5)
    Reported loss ratio (C/A)     71.1%
    Reported expense ratio (B/A)     29.8%
    Insurance service margin (D/A)     (1.3)%
      31 December 2023
    £m Consolidated Financial Statement Note Total gross Total, net of XoL reinsurance
    Insurance revenue (A) 5b/5d 842.6 811.8
    Insurance expenses (B) 5c (249.4) (249.4)
    Claims incurred in the period less changes in liabilities for incurred claims (C) 5c/5d (596.9) (565.2)
    Insurance service result, gross of quota share reinsurance   (3.7) (2.8)
    Quota share reinsurance result1     (22.1)
    Onerous loss component movement     0.6
    Underwriting result (D)     (24.3)
    Reported loss ratio (C/A)     69.6%
    Reported expense ratio (B/A)     30.7%
    Insurance service margin (D/A)     (3.0)%

    1 Net share scheme costs of £4.3 million (2023: £3.2 million), being gross costs of £11.1 million (2023: £8.9 million, see note 5c) less reinsurers’ share of share scheme costs of £6.8 million (2023: £5.7 million) are excluded from the underwriting result.

    APPENDIX 2 TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

    The following table of non-GAAP measures illustrates the sensitivity of profit and loss (before tax) arising from the impact of 100 and 200 basis point increases and decreases in interest rates over the financial year 2024.

    2a. Additional sensitivities to interest rate risk

      31 December 2024
      Insurance contract liabilities and reinsurance contract assets Cash and investments
    £m Impact on profit before tax gross of reinsurance Impact on profit before tax net of reinsurance Impact on profit before tax
    Increase of 100 basis points 25.9 25.9 19.9
    Decrease of 100 basis points (28.5) (28.5) (19.9)
    Increase of 200 basis points 49.8 49.8 39.8
    Decrease of 200 basis points (60.6) (60.6) (39.8)

    Changes impact profit before tax as follows:

    • Interest revenue and other finance costs on floating-rate financial instruments (assuming that interest rates had varied by 100 basis points during the year)
    • Interest revenue and other finance costs on floating-rate financial instruments (assuming that interest rates had varied by 100 basis points during the year)
    • Changes in the discounted fulfilment cashflows of onerous contracts
    • Insurance claims expenses, reinsurance claims recoveries and finance income or expenses recognised in profit or loss, as a result of discounting future cashflows at a revised locked-in rate for the current period (i.e. assuming that interest rates had varied by 100 basis points during the year).

    Glossary

    Alternative Performance Measures

    Throughout this report, the Group uses a number of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs); measures that are not required or commonly reported under International Financial Reporting Standards, the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) under which the Group prepares its financial statements.

    These APMs are used by the Group, alongside GAAP measures, for both internal performance analysis and to help shareholders and other users of the Annual Report and financial statements to better understand the Group’s performance in the period in comparison to previous periods and the Group’s competitors.

    The table below defines and explains the primary APMs used in this report. Financial APMs are usually derived from financial statement items and are calculated using consistent accounting policies to those applied in the financial statements, unless otherwise stated. Non-financial KPIs incorporate information that cannot be derived from the financial statements but provide further insight into the performance and financial position of the Group.

    APMs may not necessarily be defined in a consistent manner to similar APMs used by the Group’s competitors. They should be considered as a supplement rather than a substitute for GAAP measures.

    Turnover Turnover is defined as total premiums written (as below), Other insurance revenue, Other revenue and interest income from Admiral Money. It is reconciled to financial statement line items in note 14 to the financial statements.
    This measure has been presented by the Group in every Annual Report since it became a listed Group in 2004. It reflects the total value of the revenue generated by the Group and analysis of this measure over time provides a clear indication of the size and growth of the Group.
    The measure was developed as a result of the Group’s business model. The UK Car insurance business has historically shared a significant proportion of the risks with Munich Re, a third party reinsurance Group, through a co-insurance arrangement, with the arrangement subsequently being replicated in some of the Group’s international insurance operations. Premiums and claims accruing to the external co-insurer are not reflected in the Group’s income statement and therefore presentation of this metric enables users of the Annual Report to see the scale of the Group’s insurance operations in a way not possible from taking the income statement in isolation.
    Total Premiums Written Total premiums written are the total forecast premiums, net of forecast cancellations written in the underwriting year within the Group, including co-insurance. It is reconciled to financial statement line items in note 14 to the financial statements.
    This measure has been presented by the Group in every Annual Report since it became a listed Group in 2004. It reflects the total premiums written by the Group’s insurance intermediaries and analysis of this measure over time provides a clear indication of the growth in premiums, irrespective of how co-insurance agreements have changed over time.
    The reasons for presenting this measure are consistent with that for the Turnover APM noted above.
    Underwriting result (profit or loss) For each insurance business an underwriting result is presented. This shows the insurance segment result before tax excluding investment income, finance expenses, co-insurer profit commission and other net income. It excludes both gross share scheme costs and any assumed quota share reinsurance recoveries on those share scheme costs.
    The calculations and compositions of the underwriting result are presented within Appendix 1 to these financial statements.
    Loss Ratio Loss ratios are reported as follows:
    Reported loss ratios are expressed as a percentage, of claims incurred, on a gross basis net of XoL reinsurance, divided by insurance revenue net of XoL reinsurance premiums ceded.
    The reported loss ratios use the total claims, and earned premium and related income (instalment income, administration fees and ancillary income where it is highly correlated to the core product). It is understood that this is consistent with the approach taken by peers, and it is considered to reflect the true profitability of products sold.
    Core product loss ratios use the total claims and earned premiums for the core product only (insurance premiums excluding instalment income, administration fees & ancillary income). This measure is more consistent with that used previously, and are reflective of the performance of the core product in a line of business.
    The calculations and compositions of the loss ratios are presented within Appendix 1 to these financial statements.
    Expense Ratio Expense ratios are reported as follows:
    Reported expense ratios are expressed as a percentage, of expenses incurred, on a gross basis excluding share scheme costs, divided by insurance revenue net of XoL reinsurance premiums ceded.The reported expense ratios use the total expenses (excluding share scheme costs), and earned premium and related income (instalment income, administration fees and ancillary income where it is highly correlated to the core product). It is understood that this is consistent with the approach taken by peers, and it is considered to reflect the true profitability of products sold.
    Core product expense ratios use the total expenses (excluding share scheme costs) and earned premiums for the core product only (insurance premiums excluding instalment income, administration fees & ancillary income). This measure is more consistent with that used previously, and are reflective of the performance of the core product in a line of business.
    Written expense ratios are calculated using total expenses (excluding share scheme costs) and written premiums, net of cancellation provision, for the core product only.
    The calculations of the reported expense ratios are presented within Appendix 1 to the financial statements.
    Combined Ratio Combined ratios are the sum of the loss and expense ratios as defined above. Explanation of these figures is noted above.
    Insurance service margin This is the reported insurance segment underwriting result, divided by insurance revenue net of excess of loss premiums ceded. Reconciliation of the calculations are provided in Appendix 1.
    Quota share result The total result (ceded premiums minus ceded recoveries) from contractual quota share arrangements, excluding the quota share reinsurer’s share of share scheme expenses, finance expenses and onerous loss component. Reconciliation of the calculations are provided in Appendix 1.
    Segment result The profit or loss before tax reported for individual business segments, which exclude net share scheme costs and other central expenses.
    Return on Equity Return on equity is calculated as profit after tax for the period attributable to equity holders of the Group divided by the average total equity attributable to equity holders of the Group in the year. This average is determined by dividing the opening and closing positions for the year by two. It excludes the impact of discontinued operations.
    Group Customers Group customer numbers reflect the total number of cars, vans, households and pets on cover at the end of the year, across the Group, and the total number of travel insurance, Admiral Money and Admiral Business customers.
    This measure has been presented by the Group in every Annual Report since it became a listed Group in 2004. It reflects the size of the Group’s customer base and analysis of this measure over time provides a clear indication of the growth. It is also a useful indicator of the growing significance to the Group of the different lines of business and geographic regions.
    The measure has been restated from 2022 onwards to exclude Veygo policies, given the significant fluctuations that can arise at a point in time as a result of the short-term nature of the product.
    Solvency Ratio The Solvency UK regulatory framework requires insurers to hold funds in excess of the Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR). Own funds are available capital resources determined under Solvency UK. The SCR is calculated at a Group level using the standard formula, to reflect the cost of mitigating the risk of insolvency to a 99.5% confidence level over a one-year time horizon – equivalent to a 1 in 200 year event – against financial and non-financial shocks.

    Additional Terminology

    There are many other terms used in this report that are specific to the Group or the markets in which it operates. These are defined as follows:

    Accident year The year in which an accident occurs. Claims incurred may be presented on an accident year basis or an underwriting year basis, the latter sees the claims attach to the year in which the insurance policy incepted.
    Actuarial best estimate The probability-weighted average of all future claims and cost scenarios calculated using historical data, actuarial methods and judgement.
    ASHE ‘Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings’ – a statistical index that is typically used for calculating the inflation of annual payment amounts under Periodic Payment Order (PPO) claims settlements.
    Claims reserves A monetary amount set aside for the future payment of incurred claims that have not yet been settled, thus representing a balance sheet liability.
    Co-insurance An arrangement in which two or more insurance companies agree to underwrite insurance business on a specified portfolio in specified proportions. Each co-insurer is directly liable to the policyholder for their proportional share.
    Commutation An agreement between a ceding insurer and the reinsurer that provides for the valuation, payment, and complete discharge of all obligations between the parties under a particular reinsurance contract.
    The Group typically commutes UK motor insurance quota share contracts after 24-36 months from the start of an underwriting year where it makes economic sense to do so.
    Earnings per share Earnings per share represents the profit after tax attributable to equity shareholders, divided by the weighted average number of basic shares.
    Effective Tax Rate Effective tax rate is defined as the approximate tax rate derived from dividing the tax charge going through the income statement by the Group’s profit before tax. It is a measure historically presented by the Group and enables users to see how the tax cost incurred by the Group compares over time and to current corporation tax rates.
    EIOPA European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority: EIOPA is the European supervisory authority for occupational pensions and insurance.
    Expected credit loss (ECL) Expected Credit Loss (ECL) is the probability-weighted estimate of credit losses over the expected life of a Financial Instrument.
    Insurance market cycle The tendency for the insurance market to swing between highs and lows of profitability over time, with the potential to influence premium rates (also known as the “underwriting cycle”).
    Claims net of XoL reinsurance The cost of claims incurred in the period, less any claims costs recovered via salvage and subrogation arrangements or under XoL reinsurance contracts. It includes both claims payments and movements in claims reserves.
    Excess of Loss (‘XoL’) reinsurance Contractual arrangements whereby the Group transfers part or all of the insurance risk accepted to another insurer on an excess of loss (‘XoL’) basis (full reinsurance for claims over an agreed value).
    Insurance premium revenue Insurance premium revenue reflects the expected premium receipts allocated to the period based on the passage of time, adjusted for seasonality if required. It excludes “Other insurance revenue” as defined below.
    Insurance premium revenue net of XoL Insurance premium revenue less the ceded XoL reinsurance earned in the period.
    Other Insurance revenue Insurance revenue minus insurance premium revenue as defined above. Other insurance revenue is comprised of revenue that is considered non-separable from the core insurance product sold and therefore under IFRS 17 is reported within insurance revenue. For the Group, this is typically the instalment income, administration fees and any other non-separable income related to the Group’s retained share of the underwritten products.
    Net promotor score NPS is currently measured based on a subset of customer responding to a single question: On a scale of 0-10 (10 being the best score), how likely would you recommend our Company to a friend, family or colleague through phone, online or email. Answers are then placed in 3 groups; Detractors: scores ranging from 0 to 6; Passives/neutrals: scores ranging from 7 to 8; Promoters: scores ranging from 9 to 10 and the final NPS score is : % of promoters – % of detractors
    Ogden discount rate The discount rate used in calculation of personal injury claims settlements in the UK.
    Periodic Payment Order (PPO) A compensation award as part of a claims settlement that involves making a series of annual payments to a claimant over their remaining life to cover the costs of the care they will require.
    Premium A series of payments are made by the policyholder, typically monthly or annually, for part of or all of the duration of the contract. Written premium refers to the total amount the policyholder has contracted for, whereas earned premium refers to the recognition of this premium over the life of the contract.
    Profit commission A clause found in some reinsurance and co-insurance agreements that provides for profit sharing. Co-insurer profit commission is presented separately on the income statement whilst reinsurer profit commissions are presented within the reinsurance result, as a part of any recovery for incurred claims.
    Quota share reinsurance result Admiral’s quota share (QS) reinsurance result reflects the net movement on ceded premiums, reinsurer margins and expected recoveries (claims and expenses, excluding share scheme charges) for underwriting years on which quota share reinsurance is in place.
    Regulatory Solvency Capital Requirement (‘SCR’) The Group’s Regulatory Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR) is an amount of capital that it should hold in addition to its liabilities in order to provide a cushion against unexpected events. In line with the rulebook of the Group’s regulator, the PRA, the Group’s SCR is calculated using the Solvency II Standard Formula, and includes a fixed capital add-on to reflect limitations in the Standard Formula with respect to Admiral’s risk profile (predominately in respect of co-and reinsurance profit commission arrangements and risks relating to Periodic Payment Orders (PPOs). The Group’s current fixed capital add-on of £24 million was approved by the PRA during 2023.
    The Group is required to maintain eligible Own Funds ( Solvency II capital) equal to at least 100% of the Group SCR. Both eligible Own Funds and the Group SCR are reported to the PRA on a quarterly basis and reported publicly on an annual basis in the Group’s Solvency and Financial Condition Report.
    Admiral separately calculates a ‘dynamic’ capital add-on and has used this this to report a solvency capital requirement and solvency ratio at the date of this report. A reconciliation between the regulatory solvency ratio and that calculated on a dynamic basis is included in note 3 to the Group financial statements.
    Reinsurance Contractual arrangements whereby the Group transfers part or all of the insurance risk accepted to another insurer. This can be on a quota share basis (a percentage share of premiums, claims and expenses) or an excess of loss (‘XoL’) basis (full reinsurance for claims over an agreed value).
    Scaled Agile Scaled Agile is a framework that uses a set of organisational and workflow patterns for implementing agile practices at an enterprise scale. Scaled agile at Admiral represents the ability to drive agile at the team level whilst applying the same sustainable principles of the group.
    Securitisation A process by which a group of assets, usually loans, is aggregated into a pool, which is used to back the issuance of new securities. A Company transfer assets to a special purpose entity (SPE) which then issues securities backed by the assets.
    Solvency ratio A ratio of an entity’s Solvency II capital (referred to as Own Funds) to Solvency Capital Requirement. Unless otherwise stated, Group solvency ratios include a reduction to Own Funds for a foreseeable dividend (i.e. dividends relating to the relevant financial period that will be paid after the balance sheet date)
    Special Purpose Entity (SPE) An entity that is created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective. There are specific restrictions or limited around ongoing activities. The Group uses an SPE set up under a securitisation programme.
    Ultimate loss ratio A projected actuarial best estimate loss ratio for a particular accident year or underwriting year.
    Underwriting year The year in which an insurance policy was incepted.
    Underwriting year basis Also referred to as the written basis. Claims incurred are allocated to the calendar year in which the policy was underwritten. Underwriting year basis results are calculated on the whole account (including co-insurance and reinsurance shares) and include all premiums, claims, expenses incurred and other revenue (for example instalment income and commission income relating to the sale of products that are ancillary to the main insurance policy) relating to policies incepting in the relevant underwriting year.
    Written/Earned basis An insurance policy can be written in one calendar year but earned over a subsequent calendar year.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: ING publishes 2024 Annual Report

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ING publishes 2024 Annual Report

    ING today published its 2024 Annual Report, giving stakeholders an insight into our strategy, business activities and performance over the past year. Our activities are presented in the context of our strategic priorities: providing a superior customer experience and putting sustainability at the heart of what we do.

    “We have had a solid year on all counts in 2024; we were able to deliver on our promises on the basis of a very strong financial performance. This would not have been possible without the dedication of our more than 60,000 colleagues in 36 countries serving our customers worldwide, and we thank them for their hard work and collaboration,” write chairman Karl Guha and CEO Steven van Rijswijk in their message to shareholders and stakeholders. “We believe that ING is well positioned, and we are confident in our ability to navigate through the existing and emerging challenges as we continue to deliver on our promises.”

    This report features the report of the Executive Board, the consolidated and parent company financial statements and other information. The report of the Executive Board includes the sustainability statement which is prepared in accordance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), as delegated by the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD).

    The 2024 Annual Report is available to download on ing.com, along with the 2024 ING Bank Annual Report, Pillar III Report, and other relevant documents.

    Note for editors

    For more on ING, please visit www.ing.com. Frequent news updates can be found in the Newsroom. Photos of ING operations, buildings and its executives are available for download at Flickr.

    ING PROFILE

    ING is a global financial institution with a strong European base, offering banking services through its operating company ING Bank. The purpose of ING Bank is: empowering people to stay a step ahead in life and in business. ING Bank’s more than 60,000 employees offer retail and wholesale banking services to customers in over 100 countries.

    ING Group shares are listed on the exchanges of Amsterdam (INGA NA, INGA.AS), Brussels and on the New York Stock Exchange (ADRs: ING US, ING.N).

    ING aims to put sustainability at the heart of what we do. Our policies and actions are assessed by independent research and ratings providers, which give updates on them annually. ING’s ESG rating by MSCI was reconfirmed by MSCI as ‘AA’ in August 2024 for the fifth year. As of December 2023, in Sustainalytics’ view, ING’s management of ESG material risk is ‘Strong’. Our current ESG Risk Rating, is 17.2 (Low Risk). ING Group shares are also included in major sustainability and ESG index products of leading providers. Here are some examples: Euronext, STOXX, Morningstar and FTSE Russell. Society is transitioning to a low-carbon economy. So are our clients, and so is ING. We finance a lot of sustainable activities, but we still finance more that’s not. Follow our progress on ing.com/climate.

    IMPORTANT LEGAL INFORMATION

    Elements of this press release contain or may contain information about ING Groep N.V. and/ or ING Bank N.V. within the meaning of Article 7(1) to (4) of EU Regulation No 596/2014 (‘Market Abuse Regulation’).

    ING Group’s annual accounts are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (‘IFRS- EU’). In preparing the financial information in this document, except as described otherwise, the same accounting principles are applied as in the 2024 ING Group consolidated annual accounts. All figures in this document are unaudited. Small differences are possible in the tables due to rounding. Certain of the statements contained herein are not historical facts, including, without limitation, certain statements made of future expectations and other forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Actual results, performance or events may differ materially from those in such statements due to a number of factors, including, without limitation: (1) changes in general economic conditions and customer behaviour, in particular economic conditions in ING’s core markets, including changes affecting currency exchange rates and the regional and global economic impact of the invasion of Russia into Ukraine and related international response measures (2) changes affecting interest rate levels (3) any default of a major market participant and related market disruption (4) changes in performance of financial markets, including in Europe and developing markets (5) fiscal uncertainty in Europe and the United States (6) discontinuation of or changes in ‘benchmark’ indices (7) inflation and deflation in our principal markets (8) changes in conditions in the credit and capital markets generally, including changes in borrower and counterparty creditworthiness (9) failures of banks falling under the scope of state compensation schemes (10) non- compliance with or changes in laws and regulations, including those concerning financial services, financial economic crimes and tax laws, and the interpretation and application thereof (11) geopolitical risks, political instabilities and policies and actions of governmental and regulatory authorities, including in connection with the invasion of Russia into Ukraine and the related international response measures (12) legal and regulatory risks in certain countries with less developed legal and regulatory frameworks (13) prudential supervision and regulations, including in relation to stress tests and regulatory restrictions on dividends and distributions (also among members of the group) (14) ING’s ability to meet minimum capital and other prudential regulatory requirements (15) changes in regulation of US commodities and derivatives businesses of ING and its customers (16) application of bank recovery and resolution regimes, including write down and conversion powers in relation to our securities (17) outcome of current and future litigation, enforcement proceedings, investigations or other regulatory actions, including claims by customers or stakeholders who feel misled or treated unfairly, and other conduct issues (18) changes in tax laws and regulations and risks of non-compliance or investigation in connection with tax laws, including FATCA (19) operational and IT risks, such as system disruptions or failures, breaches of security, cyber-attacks, human error, changes in operational practices or inadequate controls including in respect of third parties with which we do business and including any risks as a result of incomplete, inaccurate, or otherwise flawed outputs from the algorithms and data sets utilized in artificial intelligence (20) risks and challenges related to cybercrime including the effects of cyberattacks and changes in legislation and regulation related to cybersecurity and data privacy, including such risks and challenges as a consequence of the use of emerging technologies, such as advanced forms of artificial intelligence and quantum computing (21) changes in general competitive factors, including ability to increase or maintain market share (22) inability to protect our intellectual property and infringement claims by third parties (23) inability of counterparties to meet financial obligations or ability to enforce rights against such counterparties (24) changes in credit ratings (25) business, operational, regulatory, reputation, transition and other risks and challenges in connection with climate change, diversity, equity and inclusion and other ESG-related matters, including data gathering and reporting and also including managing the conflicting laws and requirements of governments, regulators and authorities with respect to these topics (26) inability to attract and retain key personnel (27) future liabilities under defined benefit retirement plans (28) failure to manage business risks, including in connection with use of models, use of derivatives, or maintaining appropriate policies and guidelines (29) changes in capital and credit markets, including interbank funding, as well as customer deposits, which provide the liquidity and capital required to fund our operations, and (30) the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the most recent annual report of ING Groep N.V. (including the Risk Factors contained therein) and ING’s more recent disclosures, including press releases, which are available on www.ING.com.

    This document may contain ESG-related material that has been prepared by ING on the basis of publicly available information, internally developed data and other third-party sources believed to be reliable. ING has not sought to independently verify information obtained from public and third-party sources and makes no representations or warranties as to accuracy, completeness, reasonableness or reliability of such information.

    Materiality, as used in the context of ESG, is distinct from, and should not be confused with, such term as defined in the Market Abuse Regulation or as defined for Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’) reporting purposes. Any issues identified as material for purposes of ESG in this document are therefore not necessarily material as defined in the Market Abuse Regulation or for SEC reporting purposes. In addition, there is currently no single, globally recognized set of accepted definitions in assessing whether activities are “green” or “sustainable.” Without limiting any of the statements contained herein, we make no representation or warranty as to whether any of our securities constitutes a green or sustainable security or conforms to present or future investor expectations or objectives for green or sustainable investing. For information on characteristics of a security, use of proceeds, a description of applicable project(s) and/or any other relevant information, please reference the offering documents for such security.

    This document may contain inactive textual addresses to internet websites operated by us and third parties. Reference to such websites is made for information purposes only, and information found at such websites is not incorporated by reference into this document. ING does not make any representation or warranty with respect to the accuracy or completeness of, or take any responsibility for, any information found at any websites operated by third parties. ING specifically disclaims any liability with respect to any information found at websites operated by third parties. ING cannot guarantee that websites operated by third parties remain available following the publication of this document, or that any information found at such websites will not change following the filing of this document. Many of those factors are beyond ING’s control.

    Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of ING speak only as of the date they are made, and ING assumes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or for any other reason.

    This document does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to purchase, any securities in the United States or any other jurisdiction.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Intermediate Capital Group plc : Director/PDMR Shareholding

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Intermediate Capital Group PLC (the “Company”)

    6 March 2025

    Notification and public disclosure of transactions by persons discharging managerial responsibilities and persons closely associated with them

    The Company received notification that on 5 March 2025, Benoît Durteste, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer, transferred 85,000 ordinary shares in the Company to a charitable trust, for nil consideration.

    In addition, on the same day the Company received notification that Benoît Durteste transferred 1,663,688 ordinary shares in the Company to a partnership, in exchange for a partnership interest.

    Subsequent to the transfers, Benoît Durteste and persons closely associated with him retained interests in 1,663,688 ordinary shares in the Company, being 0.57% of the issued ordinary share capital.

    The notifications set out in this announcement are disclosed in accordance with the requirements of the UK Market Abuse Regulation.

    1 Details of the person discharging managerial responsibilities/person closely associated
    a) Name Benoît Durteste
    2 Reason for the notification
    a) Position/status Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer
    b) Initial notification/Amendment Initial notification
    3 Details of the issuer, UK emission allowance market participant, auction platform or auctioneer
    a) Name Intermediate Capital Group PLC
    b) LEI 549300OGASR5WRKJ8R68
    4 Details of the transaction(s): section to be repeated for (i) each type of instrument; (ii) each type of transaction; (iii) each date; and (iv) each place where transactions have been conducted
    a) Description of the financial instrument, type of instrument

    Identification code

    Ordinary shares of 26¼ pence

    GB00BYT1DJ19

    b) Nature of the transaction Transfer of ordinary shares from Benoît Durteste to a charitable trust
    c) Price(s) and volume(s) Price(s) Volume(s)
    Nil 85,000
    d) Aggregated information

    – Aggregated volume

    – Price

    85,000

    Nil

    e) Date of the transaction 2025-03-05
    f) Place of the transaction Outside of a trading venue
    1 Details of the person discharging managerial responsibilities/person closely associated
    a) Name Benoît Durteste
    2 Reason for the notification
    a) Position/status Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer
    b) Initial notification/Amendment Initial notification
    3 Details of the issuer, UK emission allowance market participant, auction platform or auctioneer
    a) Name Intermediate Capital Group PLC
    b) LEI 549300OGASR5WRKJ8R68
    4 Details of the transaction(s): section to be repeated for (i) each type of instrument; (ii) each type of transaction; (iii) each date; and (iv) each place where transactions have been conducted
    a) Description of the financial instrument, type of instrument

    Identification code

    Ordinary shares of 26¼ pence

    GB00BYT1DJ19

    b) Nature of the transaction Transfer of ordinary shares from Benoît Durteste to a partnership
    c) Price(s) and volume(s) Price(s) Volume(s)
    Partnership interest 1,663,688
    d) Aggregated information

    – Aggregated volume

    – Price

    1,663,688

    Nil

    e) Date of the transaction 2025-03-05
    f) Place of the transaction Outside of a trading venue

    Contacts:

    Chris Hunt
    Head of Corporate Development and Shareholder Relations, Intermediate Capital Group PLC
    +44 (0) 20 3545 2020

    Clare Glynn
    Head of Corporate Communications, Intermediate Capital Group PLC
    +44 (0) 20 3545 7794

    Andrew Lewis
    General Counsel and Company Secretary, Intermediate Capital Group PLC
    +44 (0) 20 3545 1344

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Sterling Expands Risk & Margin Service with Fixed Income Support

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Chicago , March 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Sterling Trading Tech (‘Sterling’), a leading global provider of technology in order management, risk and margin, and trading, today announced the expansion of its asset class coverage to include fixed income instruments.

    This strategic expansion further strengthens Sterling’s already comprehensive asset class coverage, spanning U.S. and international equities and options, U.S. and international futures, FX, and crypto.

    Building and maintaining these capabilities internally, while navigating technological, regulatory, data and market developments can be a daunting and resource-intensive challenge for most firms. Sterling provides an efficient and cost-effective solution by offering robust and continuously evolving risk management technology. Clients leveraging the Sterling Risk & Margin (SRM) can now integrate fixed income into their operations with access to:

    • Market data for sovereign, corporate, convertible, and municipal bonds
    • U.S. and international market coverage
    • Closing prices and intraday indicative pricing
    • Risk shocks for bonds to capture interest rate risk
    • Account and firm-level interest rate risk with margin calculations for bonds
      • Default to FINRA requirements
      • Overrides at the company, symbol, and account levels
    • Interest rate risk of bonds incorporated into Value-at-Risk (VAR) calculations

    This new capability allows clients to assess how fixed income securities contribute to portfolio values and margin requirements and stress-test their securities against interest rate shocks to determine their portfolio risk exposure. Sterling will use standard FINRA margin requirements for fixed income securities while allowing for overrides at the company or account level.

    In addition to its multi-asset coverage, SRM delivers advanced analytics through a RaaS (Risk-as-a-Service) model, enabling firms to monitor client Reg T, portfolio margin and custom house policy requirements in real-time. Clients gain access to advanced post-execution risk analytics for U.S. and global equities, options and futures along with secure FINRA reporting. SRM seamlessly integrates with the Sterling OMS platform for a unified experience.

    Said Brian Saldeen, CFA, Senior Product Manager – Risk & Margin, at Sterling: “Firms must have the tools to effectively manage their risk across all asset classes, especially as yields rise and fixed income exposure increases. We understand their need to measure and mitigate risk in a highly regulated environment. Our approach integrates asset classes, risk exposure, and regulatory compliance into a single, comprehensive offering.”

    Continuing its commitment to innovation and excellence across its product suite, Sterling will also expand capabilities to include mutual funds.

    -END-

    About Sterling Trading Tech

    Sterling Trading Tech (Sterling) is a leading provider of professional trading technology solutions for the global equities, equity options and futures markets. With over 100 clients including leading brokers, clearing firms and prop groups in over 20 countries, Sterling provides solutions tailored to clients’ needs. Sterling is committed to providing fast, stable technology along with outstanding customer service. Sterling provides trading platforms, OMS and risk products to its clients.

    Media Contact:

    Magdalena Mayer
    magdalena.mayer@sterlingtradingtech.com
    (312) 346-9600 

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Allegro Confirms Receipt of Unsolicited Proposal from onsemi

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MANCHESTER, N.H., March 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Allegro (NASDAQ: ALGM) (“Allegro” or the “Company”) today confirmed that it received an unsolicited proposal from onsemi to acquire Allegro for $35.10 per share in cash on February 12, 2025. The Allegro Board of Directors reviewed the proposal, in consultation with its independent financial and legal advisors, and determined that the proposal was inadequate.

    Allegro does not intend to comment further on this matter unless it determines it necessary to do so.

    PJT Partners is serving as financial advisor to Allegro. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP is serving as legal advisor to Allegro.

    About Allegro Microsystems
    Allegro MicroSystems, Inc. is leveraging more than three decades of expertise in magnetic sensing and power ICs to propel automotive, clean energy and industrial automation forward with solutions that enhance efficiency, performance and sustainability. Allegro’s commitment to quality drives transformation across industries, reinforcing our status as a pioneer in “automotive-grade” technology and a partner in our customers’ success. For additional information, visit https://www.allegromicro.com/en/.

    Allegro Contact:
    Jalene Hoover
    VP of IR & Corporate Communications
    Phone: +1 512 751 6526
    jhoover@allegromicro.com

    Matt Sherman / Aaron Palash
    Joele Frank, Wilkinson Brimmer Katcher
    +1 (212) 355-4449

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Ai-Gruppe.com Launches Powerful Yet Simple Tools for Asset Analysis

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FRANKFURT, Germany, March 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ai-gruppe.com has introduced a suite of asset analysis tools designed to provide efficiency and accuracy in financial decision-making. The platform offers an intuitive approach to asset evaluation, catering to users seeking comprehensive insights without complexity.

    The newly launched tools focus on delivering clear and structured data to enhance asset analysis. With a streamlined interface and advanced analytical capabilities, the platform ensures a seamless experience for evaluating market trends, asset performance, and financial projections. These tools serve a wide range of users, from industry professionals to individuals exploring data-driven decision-making in asset management.

    Designed with accessibility in mind, the platform enables users to conduct in-depth evaluations without requiring extensive technical expertise. The tools integrate various data points to offer real-time insights, allowing for well-informed asset assessments. By simplifying complex financial data, the system facilitates efficient analysis and strategic planning.

    A key feature of the platform is its ability to process and interpret large volumes of data with speed and precision. This functionality supports users in identifying patterns, trends, and potential risks within various asset classes. Additionally, the platform incorporates automated processes to reduce manual effort, ensuring a more efficient workflow for asset analysis.

    AI-driven algorithms play a crucial role in enhancing the accuracy and reliability of asset assessments. By leveraging artificial intelligence, the tools provide predictive insights that assist in evaluating future market movements. This technology-driven approach enhances the depth of analysis while maintaining user-friendly functionality.

    Security and data integrity remain central to the platform’s development. The system employs robust security measures to protect user data while maintaining compliance with industry standards. Reliable data sources and encryption protocols contribute to a secure analytical environment for asset evaluation.

    The introduction of these asset analysis tools aligns with ongoing advancements in financial technology. As the demand for accessible and intelligent financial solutions continues to grow, AI-Gruppe.com remains focused on refining analytical tools that cater to evolving industry needs. Future updates and enhancements will further expand the capabilities of the platform to support more comprehensive asset evaluations.

    About Ai-gruppe.com

    Ai-gruppe.com is a company that focuses on structured financial solutions, providing tools that simplify financial analysis. The company ensures that financial tools remain accessible, allowing for structured asset evaluation. Ai-gruppe applies methodologies that prioritize financial clarity, ensuring that financial assessments remain practical and organized.

    For more information about the asset analysis tools and their functionalities, visit Website.

    Company Details

    Company Name: Ai-gruppe
    Email Address: media@ai-gruppe.com
    Company Address: Grosse Gallussstrasse 16-18/1st floor, 60312 Frankfurt am Main, Germany.
    Company Website: https://ai-gruppe.com/

    Disclaimer: This content is provided by Ai-gruppe. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the sponsor and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered as financial, investment, or trading advice. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before investing in or trading cryptocurrency and securities .Please conduct your own research and invest at your own risk.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Brag House Announces Pricing of Initial Public Offering

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Brag House Holdings, Inc. (“Brag House” or the “Company”), a premier media technology platform designed for casual college gamers and brands seeking to connect with the Gen Z demographic, today announced the pricing of its initial public offering (the “Offering”) of 1,475,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of US$4.00 per share. The underwriters have been granted a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 221,250 shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company’s common stock is expected to begin trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “TBH,” subject to customary closing conditions.

    The Offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. Kingswood Capital Partners, LLC is acting as the Sole Bookrunning Manager and WestPark Capital Inc. is acting as an underwriter. Lucosky Brookman LLP is acting as U.S. securities counsel to the Company, and Dickinson Wright LLP is acting as U.S. securities counsel to the underwriters in connection with the Offering.

    A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-280282) relating to the Offering was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and was declared effective by the SEC on Friday, February 14, 2025 and an additional registration statement on Form S-1 related to the Offering was filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and became automatically effective on March 5, 2025. The Offering is being made only by means of a prospectus. Copies of the final prospectus related to the Offering may be obtained, when available, from Kingswood Capital Partners, LLC, at126 East 56th Street Suite 22S New York, NY 10022, via email at syndicate@kingswoodus.com, or by calling 212-487-1080. In addition, a copy of the final prospectus, when available, can also be obtained via the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

    About Brag House
    Brag House is a leading media technology gaming platform dedicated to transforming casual college gaming into a vibrant, community-driven experience. By seamlessly merging gaming, social interaction, and cutting-edge technology, the Company provides an inclusive and engaging environment for casual gamers while enabling brands to authentically connect with the influential Gen Z demographic. The platform offers live-streaming capabilities, gamification features, and custom tournament services, fostering meaningful engagement between users and brands. For more information, please visit www.braghouse.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain statements in this announcement are forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the Company’s proposed Offering. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on the Company’s current expectations and projections about future events. Investors can find many (but not all) of these statements by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” or other similar expressions. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances, except as may be required by law. Although the Company believes that the expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot assure investors that such expectations will turn out to be correct, and the Company cautions that actual results may differ materially from anticipated results. Additional factors are discussed in the Company’s registration statement and other filings with the SEC, available for review at www.sec.gov.

    Media Contact:
    Dan Walsh
    dan@mustardpr.com
    +44 (0) 7827 816 971

    Investor Relations Contact:
    Adele Carey
    VP, Investor Relations
    ir@thebraghouse.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Bitget Wallet Launches AI Token Analysis for Smarter Onchain Trading

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SAN SALVADOR, El Salvador, March 06, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Bitget Wallet, a leading Web3 non-custodial wallet, has introduced AI Token Analysis, a new feature designed to help users make informed trading decisions. By analyzing token narratives, market sentiment, and social media discussions, the feature provides traders with real-time insights and a clearer understanding of market trends.

    Users can access AI Token Analysis within the K-line page of supported tokens in the Bitget Wallet app. The feature delivers real-time sentiment analysis, AI-driven insights, and a curated feed of key discussions, all seamlessly integrated into the trading interface for easy access. It is currently available for select tokens, and support for additional assets will be introduced in the future.

    AI Token Analysis goes beyond traditional data tracking by identifying emerging narratives, market sentiment shifts, and token momentum. It scans social media, whitepapers, on-chain activity, news, and influencer discussions, providing a real-time view of market trends. Users can quickly assess sentiment from X and follow aggregated updates from project teams, influencers, and communities, all within a streamlined, easy-to-use interface.

    AI is rapidly reshaping crypto trading, with AI-driven solutions projected to generate $10.2 billion in revenue by 2030, according to VanEck. Public blockchains are expected to accelerate AI adoption, improving transparency and accessibility in trading. As AI technology advances, Bitget Wallet is expanding its capabilities beyond market analysis to include predictive modeling, automated strategies, and deeper data-driven insights, making trading more efficient and intuitive.

    Crypto moves fast, and traders need reliable insights at their fingertips,” said Alvin Kan, COO of Bitget Wallet. “AI Analysis simplifies market research by delivering clear, real-time intelligence, helping traders make informed decisions faster. This is just the beginning — we are committed to expanding AI-driven tools to enhance the onchain trading experience.

    About Bitget Wallet
    Bitget Wallet is the home of Web3, uniting endless possibilities in one non-custodial wallet. With over 60 million users, it offers comprehensive onchain services, including asset management, instant swaps, rewards, staking, trading tools, live market data, a DApp browser, an NFT marketplace and crypto payment. Supporting over 100 blockchains, 20,000+ DApps, and 500,000+ tokens, Bitget Wallet enables seamless multi-chain trading across hundreds of DEXs and cross-chain bridges, along with a $300+ million protection fund to ensure safety of users’ assets. Experience Bitget Wallet Lite to start a Web3 journey.

    For more information, visit: X | Telegram | Instagram | YouTube | LinkedIn | TikTok | Discord | Facebook
    For media inquiries, please contact media.web3@bitget.com

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/6c8d43be-7b06-402c-843d-2886776b05a8

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Athabasca Oil Announces 2024 Year-end Results including Record Cash Flow, Strong Return of Capital and Significant Reserves Growth

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CALGARY, Alberta, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Athabasca Oil Corporation (TSX: ATH) (“Athabasca” or the “Company”) is pleased to report its audited 2024 year-end results and reserves. Athabasca provides investors unique positioning to top tier liquids weighted assets (Thermal Oil and Duvernay) with a focus on maximizing cash flow per share growth by investing in competitive projects alongside a return of capital framework that will continue to direct 100% of Free Cash Flow to share buybacks in 2025.

    Year-end 2024 Consolidated Corporate Results

    • Production: Annual production of 36,815 boe/d (98% Liquids), representing 7% (14% per share) growth year over year. Strong production performance across all assets supported the Company achieving its upwardly revised annual guidance of 36,000 – 37,000 boe/d (July 2024).
    • Record Cash Flow: Adjusted Funds Flow of $561 million ($1.02 per share), representing 102% per share growth year over year. Cash Flow from Operating Activities of $558 million. Free Cash Flow of $322 million from Athabasca (Thermal Oil).
    • Capital Program: $268 million, within annual guidance of $270 million, highlighted by $164 million invested at Leismer for completing the 28,000 bbl/d expansion and advancing the 40,000 bbl/d expansion project and $73 million in Duvernay development.
    • Pristine Balance Sheet: Net Cash position of $123 million; Liquidity of $481 million ($345 million of cash). Athabasca has $2.3 billion of tax pools (~80% high-value and immediately deductible).

    Return of Capital Strategy

    • Achieved Return of Capital Commitment in 2024: Athabasca (Thermal Oil) allocated ~100% of its Free Cash Flow (“FCF”) to return of capital in 2024 completing $317 million in share repurchases.
    • Cumulative Return of Capital of ~$900 million: Since 2021, the Company has delivered a deliberate return of capital strategy, prioritizing ~$400 million of debt reduction followed by share buybacks of ~$500 million to date. The Company has reduced its fully diluted share count by ~18% since Q1 2023.
    • Continued 100% of Free Cash Flow (Thermal Oil) Return to Shareholders through buybacks in 2025: The Company expects to utilize ~100% of its Normal Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”) for the second straight year. Following the expiry of its current NCIB on March 17, 2025 the Company will renew a third annual NCIB with the Toronto Stock Exchange.

    2024 Year-end Consolidated Reserves1

    • Differentiated Long-life Reserves: Athabasca holds 1.3 billion boe of Proved Plus Probable (“2P”) reserves and ~1 billion barrels of Contingent Resource (Best Estimate). This represents $6.4 billion2 NPV10 of 2P reserves ($12.44 per share), an increase of 35% per share from 2023, and includes $3.8 billion2 of Total Proved (“1P”) reserves ($7.28 per share), an increase of 34% per share from 2023.
    • Thermal Oil Underpins Deep Value: An $813 million increase in 2P NPV102 to $5.8 billion is supported by well design driving improved capital efficiencies, lower operating costs at both producing projects and constructive heavy oil pricing. These reserves represent a ~30 year 1P and ~90 year 2P reserve life.
    • Duvernay Value Capture: Duvernay Energy Corporation (“DEC”) 2P reserves increased by 170% to 73 mmboe, representing a NPV102 value of $614 million. Strong growth is attributed to establishing development on the newly operated lands and accelerated development on previous land positions. DEC has an estimated 444 gross drilling locations (204 net) across its ~200,000 acre (gross) land base.

    2025 Guidance Maintained

    • Athabasca (Thermal Oil): The Thermal Oil division underpins the Company’s strong Free Cash Flow outlook, with unchanged production guidance of 33,500 – 35,500 bbl/d and an unchanged ~$250 million capital budget. The program at Leismer includes the tie-in of six redrills and four new sustaining well pairs on Pad 10 early in 2025, along with continued pad and facility expansion work for the progressive expansion to 40,000 bbl/d. At Hangingstone two extended reach sustaining well pairs (~1,400 meter average laterals) that were drilled in 2024 will be placed on production in March.
    • Duvernay Energy Corporation: The 2025 capital program of ~$85 million includes the completion of a 100% working interest (“WI”) three-well pad that was drilled in 2024 and the drilling and completion of a 30% WI four-well pad. Activity will also include spudding two additional multi-well pads in H2 2025 (one operated 100% WI pad and one 30% WI pad) with completions to follow in 2026. DEC is constructing gathering system infrastructure on its operated assets that will support exit production of ~5,500 boe/d this year and momentum into 2026.
    • Significant Free Cash Flow: The Company forecasts consolidated Adjusted Funds Flow between $525 – $550 million3, including $475 – $500 million from its Thermal Oil assets. Every +US$1/bbl move in West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”) and Western Canadian Select (“WCS”) heavy oil impacts annual Adjusted Funds Flow by ~$10 million and ~$17 million, respectively. Athabasca forecasts generating ~$1.8 billion of Free Cash Flow3 from its Thermal Oil assets over five years (2025-29), representing ~70% of its current equity market capitalization.
    • Competitive and Resilient Break-evens. Thermal Oil is competitively positioned with sustaining capital to hold production flat funded within cash flow at ~US$50/bbl WTI1 and growth initiatives fully funded within cash flow below US$60/bbl WTI1. The Company’s operating break-even is estimated at ~US$40/bbl WTI3. Every $0.01 change in the Canada/US exchange rate is ~$10 million in annual Adjusted Funds Flow, and a weakened Canadian dollar would help cushion the impact that any potential US tariffs may have on commodity pricing.
    • Steadfast Focus on Cash Flow Per Share Growth: The Company forecasts ~20% compounded annual cash flow per share3 growth between 2025 – 2029 driven by investing in attractive capital projects and prioritizing share buybacks with Free Cash Flow.

    Footnote: Refer to the “Reader Advisory” section within this news release for additional information on Non‐GAAP Financial Measures (e.g. Adjusted Funds Flow, Free Cash Flow, Net Cash, Liquidity) and production disclosure.

    1Consolidated reserves reflect gross reserves and financial metrics before taking into account Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.
    2Net present value of future net revenue before tax at a 10% discount rate (NPV 10 before tax) for 2024 is based on an average of McDaniel, Sproule and GLJ pricing as at January 1, 2025.
    3Pricing Assumptions: 2025 US$70 WTI, US$12.50 WCS heavy differential, C$2 AECO, and 0.725 C$/US$ FX; 2026-29 US$70 WTI, US$12.50 WCS heavy differential, C$3 AECO, and 0.725 C$/US$ FX.

    Financial and Operational Highlights

      Three months ended
    December 31,
      Year ended
    December 31,
     
    ($ Thousands, unless otherwise noted) 2024   2023   2024     2023  
    CORPORATE CONSOLIDATED(1)                  
    Petroleum and natural gas production (boe/d)(2)   37,236       33,127       36,815       34,490  
    Petroleum, natural gas and midstream sales $ 352,456     $ 315,929     $ 1,442,091     $ 1,268,525  
    Operating Income(2) $ 155,022     $ 96,960     $ 620,092     $ 417,023  
    Operating Income Net of Realized Hedging(2)(3) $ 153,119     $ 91,443     $ 613,630     $ 381,088  
    Operating Netback ($/boe)(2) $ 45.53     $ 30.44     $ 46.14     $ 32.57  
    Operating Netback Net of Realized Hedging ($/boe)(2)(3) $ 44.97     $ 28.71     $ 45.66     $ 29.76  
    Capital expenditures $ 92,944     $ 38,752     $ 268,042     $ 139,832  
    Cash flow from operating activities $ 158,677     $ 103,196     $ 557,541     $ 305,526  
    per share – basic $ 0.30     $ 0.18     $ 1.02     $ 0.52  
    Adjusted Funds Flow(2) $ 143,737     $ 81,830     $ 560,935     $ 295,236  
    per share – basic $ 0.27     $ 0.14     $ 1.02     $ 0.51  
    ATHABASCA (THERMAL OIL)                  
    Bitumen production (bbl/d)(2)   33,849       31,059       33,505       30,246  
    Petroleum, natural gas and midstream sales $ 346,716     $ 309,078     $ 1,419,670     $ 1,204,245  
    Operating Income(2) $ 143,246     $ 92,199     $ 569,083     $ 370,732  
    Operating Netback ($/bbl)(2) $ 46.30     $ 30.78     $ 46.54     $ 32.93  
    Capital expenditures $ 74,268     $ 29,371     $ 194,902     $ 118,975  
    Adjusted Funds Flow(2) $ 133,398         $ 516,612        
    Free Cash Flow(2) $ 59,130         $ 321,710        
    DUVERNAY ENERGY(1)                  
    Petroleum and natural gas production (boe/d)(2)   3,387       2,068       3,310       4,244  
    Percentage Liquids (%)(2) 75 %   71 %   76 %   58 %
    Petroleum, natural gas and midstream sales $ 20,179     $ 12,659     $ 83,194     $ 91,062  
    Operating Income(2) $ 11,776     $ 4,761     $ 51,009     $ 46,291  
    Operating Netback ($/boe)(2) $ 37.79     $ 25.02     $ 42.10     $ 29.89  
    Capital expenditures $ 18,676     $ 9,381     $ 73,140     $ 20,857  
    Adjusted Funds Flow(2) $ 10,339         $ 44,323        
    Free Cash Flow(2) $ (8,337 )       $ (28,817 )      
    NET INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)                  
    Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)(4) $ 264,336     $ 27,506     $ 467,743     $ (51,220 )
    per share – basic(4) $ 0.50     $ 0.05     $ 0.85     $ (0.09 )
    per share – diluted(4) $ 0.50     $ 0.03     $ 0.85     $ (0.09 )
    COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING                  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – basic   526,233,362       574,412,564       547,795,407       583,757,575  
    Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted   530,796,068       588,498,448       553,382,675       583,757,575  
          December 31,   December 31,  
    As at ($ Thousands)     2024   2023  
    LIQUIDITY AND BALANCE SHEET            
    Cash and cash equivalents     $ 344,836     $ 343,309  
    Available credit facilities(5)     $ 136,324     $ 85,488  
    Face value of term debt(6)     $ 200,000     $ 207,648  

    (1)    Corporate Consolidated and Duvernay Energy reflect gross production and financial metrics before taking into consideration Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.
    (2)    Refer to the “Advisories and Other Guidance” section within this News Release for additional information on Non-GAAP Financial Measures and production disclosure.
    (3)   Includes realized commodity risk management loss of $1.9 million and $6.5 million for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024 (three months and year ended December 31, 2023 – loss of $5.5 million and $35.9 million).
    (4)    Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) per share amounts are based on net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) attributable to shareholders of the Parent Company. In the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the three months ended December 31, 2023 earnings were reduced by $11.3 million to account for the impact to net income had the outstanding warrants been converted to equity.
    (5)    Includes available credit under Athabasca’s and Duvernay Energy’s Credit Facilities and Athabasca’s Unsecured Letter of Credit Facility.
    (6)    The face value of the term debt at December 31, 2023 was US$157.0 million translated into Canadian dollars at the December 31, 2023 exchange rate of US$1.00 = C$1.3226.

    Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Year-end 2024 Highlights and Operations Update

    • Production: Bitumen production averaged 33,505 bbl/d in 2024 representing 11% growth year over year (18% per share) supported by the Leismer facility expansion mid-year and Hangingstone’s resilient production base.
    • Record Cash Flow: Adjusted Funds Flow of $517 million with an Operating Netback of $46.54/bbl. Operating Income of $569 million.
    • Capital Program: $195 million of capital expenditures in 2024 focused on expansion projects at Leismer and sustaining operations at Hangingstone.
    • Free Cash Flow: $322 million of Free Cash Flow supporting 100% return of capital commitment.

    Leismer

    Bitumen production for 2024 averaged 26,103 bbl/d, up 16% year over year (18% per share).

    In Q4 2024, the Company completed drilling six extended redrills on Pad L1 and four well pairs at Pad L10. The redrills were placed onstream in February and support production of ~28,000 bbl/d. Steaming of the Pad L10 well pairs is expected to start in April with first production mid-year. Another six well pairs will be drilled in H2 2025.

    Activity at Leismer continues to be focused on advancing progressive growth to 40,000 bbl/d by the end of 2027. The project cost is estimated at $300 million generating a capital efficiency of approximately $25,000/bbl/d. The $300 million includes an estimated $190 million for facility capital (majority spread over 2025 and 2026) and an estimated $110 million for growth wells. To date the Company has procured ~80% of the project and remains on budget and on schedule with the original sanction plans announced in July 2024. This winter the Company completed regional infrastructure to Pad L10 and L11 including lease site construction, delineation drilling and pipeline looping. Major facility equipment has been purchased and the Company is preparing to install two previously acquired steam generators in 2027.

    Leismer is forecasted to remain pre-payout from a crown royalty perspective until late 20273.

    Hangingstone

    Bitumen production for 2024 averaged 7,402 bbl/d and experienced no decline during the year. Non-condensable gas co-injection has aided in pressure support and reduced energy usage. Hangingstone’s steam oil ratio averaged 3.4 for 2024.

    At Hangingstone two extended reach sustaining well pairs (~1,400 meter average laterals) were drilled in 2024. These wells commenced steaming in December and will be placed on production in March. These well pairs are expected to enhance the current production level and support base production long term.

    Hangingstone continues to deliver meaningful cash flow contributions with minimal capital to the Company and also has a pre-payout crown royalty structure to beyond 20303.

    Corner

    The Company’s Corner asset is a large de-risked top-tier oil sands asset adjacent to Leismer with 351 million barrels of 2P reserves and 520 million barrels of Contingent Resource (Best Estimate Unrisked). There are over 300 delineation wells and ~80% seismic coverage with reservoir qualities similar or better than Leismer. The asset has a 40,000 bbl/d regulatory approval for development with the existing pipeline corridor passing through the Corner lease. The Company is updating its development plans and is finalizing facility cost estimates, including modular optionality. Athabasca intends to explore external funding options and does not plan to fund an expansion utilizing existing cash flow or balance sheet resources.

    Duvernay Energy Corporation Year-end 2024 Highlights and Operations Update

    • Production: Production averaged 3,310 boe/d (76% Liquids) in 2024, supported by two pads (5 gross, 2.9 net wells) placed on production.
    • Cash Flow: Adjusted Funds Flow of $44 million in 2024 with an Operating Netback of $42.10/boe. Operating Income was $51 million in 2024. DEC has no long-term debt and ended the year with a cash position of $26 million.
    • Capital Program: $73 million of capital, fully funded within cash flow and cash on hand in DEC.

    Production from wells drilled in 2024 continue to validate DEC’s type curve expectations. The five new wells placed on production have average IP30’s of ~1,200 boe/d per well (86% liquids) and IP90s of ~940 boe/d (86% Liquids) per well.

    DEC drilled a three-well 100% working interest pad at 4-18-64-16W5 in Q4 2024. The wells were cased with average laterals of ~4,100 meters per well. This operated pad of wells is expected to be completed post-breakup in 2025. Winter activity has been focused on strategic gathering system investments connecting its newly operated assets with its existing operated infrastructure on the joint venture acreage supporting near-term development plans. DEC has secured a regional term water license and is commencing water sourcing in advance of the completion activities this summer.

    Marketing Access Strategy and Resilience to United States (“US”) Trade Tariffs

    • Long Term Market Access: Athabasca has diversified its long term end market access which includes ~7,200 bbl/d of capacity on the Keystone pipeline by 2028, providing direct exposure to the US Gulf Coast. The Company has recently contracted, through an intermediary, 10,000 bbl/d of capacity on the Enbridge Express system, providing capacity to PADD II with no associated balance sheet commitments. The start-up of the Trans Mountain pipeline expansion has provided excess egress capacity out of Canada, driving tighter and less volatile WCS heavy differentials. Industry market access is expected to be further supported by expansions on the Enbridge and Trans Mountain Pipeline systems along with the possible revival of new pipeline projects.
    • Athabasca is Resilient: The Company is well positioned to withstand macro volatility including proposed US Trade Tariffs with operational flexibility, financial durability and a robust cash flow outlook. Athabasca’s capital program is designed to provide flexible growth at Leismer and DEC has no near-term land expiries with flexible development plans. The Company’s balance sheet is in a $123 million Net Cash position with tenure on Canadian denominated term debt until 2029. Every $0.01 change in the Canada/US exchange rate is ~$10 million in annual Adjusted Funds Flow, and a weakened Canadian dollar would help cushion the impact that any potential US tariffs may have on commodity pricing.

    Differentiated Long-life Reserves1

    • Strong Reserve Growth: 22% increase year over year in 2P reserve value to $6.4 billion NPV102 ($12.44 per share, 35% increase) and 21% increase in 1P reserves to $3.8 billion2 ($7.28 per share, 34% increase). Athabasca maintains a deep inventory with a ~30 year 1P and ~90 year 2P reserve life.
    • Massive Resource Base: 1.3 billion boe of 2P reserves, anchored by 1.2 billion barrels of 2P Thermal Reserves, plus an additional ~1 billion barrels of Contingent Resources (best estimate).
    • Duvernay Energy: Significant reserve additions from ~46,000 acres of 100% working interest land, driving a 128% year over year increase in 2P reserve value to $614 million NPV102.

    Athabasca’s independent reserves evaluator, McDaniel & Associates Consultants Ltd. (“McDaniel”), prepared the year-end reserves evaluation effective December 31, 2024. Reserves are reported on a consolidated basis and reflecting gross reserves and financial metrics before taking into account Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.

      Duvernay Energy1 Thermal Oil Corporate
      2023   2024       2023       2024       2023       2024  
    Reserves (mmboe)            
    Proved Developed Producing   4       6       77       74       82       80  
    Total Proved   11       41       404       404       415       445  
    Proved Plus Probable   27       73       1,216       1,209       1,243       1,282  
                     
    NPV10 BT ($million)2                
    Proved Developed Producing $58     $81     $1,713     $1,749     $1,771     $1,830  
    Total Proved $142     $345     $2,969     $3,421     $3,111     $3,766  
    Proved Plus Probable $269     $614     $5,011     $5,824     $5,280     $6,438  
                   

    Numbers in the table may not add precisely due to rounding.

    For additional information regarding Athabasca’s reserves and resources estimates, please see “Independent Reserve and Resource Evaluations” in the Company’s 2024 Annual Information Form which is available on the Company’s website or on SEDAR at www.sedarplus.ca.  

    1Consolidated reserves reflect gross reserves and financial metrics before taking into account Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.
    2Net present value of future net revenue before tax at a 10% discount rate (NPV 10 before tax) for 2024 is based on an average of McDaniel, Sproule and GLJ pricing as at January 1, 2025.

    About Athabasca Oil Corporation

    Athabasca Oil Corporation is a Canadian energy company with a focused strategy on the development of thermal and light oil assets. Situated in Alberta’s Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin, the Company has amassed a significant land base of extensive, high quality resources. Athabasca’s light oil assets are held in a private subsidiary (Duvernay Energy Corporation) in which Athabasca owns a 70% equity interest. Athabasca’s common shares trade on the TSX under the symbol “ATH”. For more information, visit www.atha.com.

    For more information, please contact:

    Reader Advisory:

    This News Release contains forward-looking information that involves various risks, uncertainties and other factors. All information other than statements of historical fact is forward-looking information. The use of any of the words “anticipate”, “plan”, “project”, “continue”, “maintain”, “may”, “estimate”, “expect”, “will”, “target”, “forecast”, “could”, “intend”, “potential”, “guidance”, “outlook” and similar expressions suggesting future outcome are intended to identify forward-looking information. The forward-looking information is not historical fact, but rather is based on the Company’s current plans, objectives, goals, strategies, estimates, assumptions and projections about the Company’s industry, business and future operating and financial results. This information involves known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking information. No assurance can be given that these expectations will prove to be correct and such forward-looking information included in this News Release should not be unduly relied upon. This information speaks only as of the date of this News Release. In particular, this News Release contains forward-looking information pertaining to, but not limited to, the following: our strategic plans; the allocation of future capital; timing and quantum for shareholder returns including share buybacks; the terms of our NCIB program; our drilling plans and capital efficiencies; production growth to expected production rates and estimated sustaining capital amounts; timing of Leismer’s and Hangingstone’s pre-payout royalty status; applicability of tax pools and the timing of tax payments; Adjusted Funds Flow and Free Cash Flow over various periods; type well economic metrics; number of drilling locations; forecasted daily production and the composition of production; our outlook in respect of the Company’s business environment, including in respect of commodity pricing; and other matters.

    In addition, information and statements in this News Release relating to “Reserves” and “Resources” are deemed to be forward-looking information, as they involve the implied assessment, based on certain estimates and assumptions, that the reserves and resources described exist in the quantities predicted or estimated, and that the reserves and resources described can be profitably produced in the future. With respect to forward-looking information contained in this News Release, assumptions have been made regarding, among other things: commodity prices; the regulatory framework governing royalties, taxes and environmental matters in the jurisdictions in which the Company conducts and will conduct business and the effects that such regulatory framework will have on the Company, including on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations; the Company’s financial and operational flexibility; the Company’s financial sustainability; Athabasca’s cash flow break-even commodity price; the Company’s ability to obtain qualified staff and equipment in a timely and cost-efficient manner; the applicability of technologies for the recovery and production of the Company’s reserves and resources; future capital expenditures to be made by the Company; future sources of funding for the Company’s capital programs; the Company’s future debt levels; future production levels; the Company’s ability to obtain financing and/or enter into joint venture arrangements, on acceptable terms; operating costs; compliance of counterparties with the terms of contractual arrangements; impact of increasing competition globally; collection risk of outstanding accounts receivable from third parties; geological and engineering estimates in respect of the Company’s reserves and resources; recoverability of reserves and resources; the geography of the areas in which the Company is conducting exploration and development activities and the quality of its assets. Certain other assumptions related to the Company’s Reserves and Resources are contained in the report of McDaniel & Associates Consultants Ltd. (“McDaniel”) evaluating Athabasca’s Proved Reserves, Probable Reserves and Contingent Resources as at December 31, 2024 (which is respectively referred to herein as the “McDaniel Report”).

    Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in this forward-looking information as a result of the risk factors set forth in the Company’s Annual Information Form (“AIF”) dated March 5, 2025 available on SEDAR at www.sedarplus.ca, including, but not limited to: weakness in the oil and gas industry; exploration, development and production risks; prices, markets and marketing; market conditions; trade relations and tariffs; climate change and carbon pricing risk; statutes and regulations regarding the environment including deceptive marketing provisions; regulatory environment and changes in applicable law; gathering and processing facilities, pipeline systems and rail; reputation and public perception of the oil and gas sector; environment, social and governance goals; political uncertainty; state of capital markets; ability to finance capital requirements; access to capital and insurance; abandonment and reclamation costs; changing demand for oil and natural gas products; anticipated benefits of acquisitions and dispositions; royalty regimes; foreign exchange rates and interest rates; reserves; hedging; operational dependence; operating costs; project risks; supply chain disruption; financial assurances; diluent supply; third party credit risk; indigenous claims; reliance on key personnel and operators; income tax; cybersecurity; advanced technologies; hydraulic fracturing; liability management; seasonality and weather conditions; unexpected events; internal controls; limitations and insurance; litigation; natural gas overlying bitumen resources; competition; chain of title and expiration of licenses and leases; breaches of confidentiality; new industry related activities or new geographical areas; water use restrictions and/or limited access to water; relationship with Duvernay Energy Corporation; management estimates and assumptions; third-party claims; conflicts of interest; inflation and cost management; credit ratings; growth management; impact of pandemics; ability of investors resident in the United States to enforce civil remedies in Canada; and risks related to our debt and securities. All subsequent forward-looking information, whether written or oral, attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements.

    Also included in this News Release are estimates of Athabasca’s 2025 outlook which are based on the various assumptions as to production levels, commodity prices, currency exchange rates and other assumptions disclosed in this News Release. To the extent any such estimate constitutes a financial outlook, it was approved by management and the Board of Directors of Athabasca and is included to provide readers with an understanding of the Company’s outlook. Management does not have firm commitments for all of the costs, expenditures, prices or other financial assumptions used to prepare the financial outlook or assurance that such operating results will be achieved and, accordingly, the complete financial effects of all of those costs, expenditures, prices and operating results are not objectively determinable. The actual results of operations of the Company and the resulting financial results may vary from the amounts set forth herein, and such variations may be material. The outlook and forward-looking information contained in this New Release was made as of the date of this News release and the Company disclaims any intention or obligations to update or revise such outlook and/or forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required pursuant to applicable law.

    Oil and Gas Information

    “BOEs” may be misleading, particularly if used in isolation. A BOE conversion ratio of six thousand cubic feet of natural gas to one barrel of oil equivalent (6 Mcf: 1 bbl) is based on an energy equivalency conversion method primarily applicable at the burner tip and does not represent a value equivalency at the wellhead. As the value ratio between natural gas and crude oil based on the current prices of natural gas and crude oil is significantly different from the energy equivalency of 6:1, utilizing a conversion on a 6:1 basis may be misleading as an indication of value.

    Initial Production Rates 

    Test Results and Initial Production Rates: The well test results and initial production rates provided herein should be considered to be preliminary, except as otherwise indicated. Test results and initial production rates disclosed herein may not necessarily be indicative of long-term performance or of ultimate recovery.

    Reserves Information

    The McDaniel Report was prepared using the assumptions and methodology guidelines outlined in the COGE Handbook and in accordance with National Instrument 51-101 Standards of Disclosure for Oil and Gas Activities, effective December 31, 2024. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of bitumen, light crude oil and medium crude oil, tight oil, conventional natural gas, shale gas and natural gas liquids reserves and the future cash flows attributed to such reserves. The reserve and associated cash flow information set forth above are estimates only. In general, estimates of economically recoverable reserves and the future net cash flows therefrom are based upon a number of variable factors and assumptions, such as historical production from the properties, production rates, ultimate reserve recovery, timing and amount of capital expenditures, marketability of oil and natural gas, royalty rates, the assumed effects of regulation by governmental agencies and future operating costs, all of which may vary materially. For those reasons, estimates of the economically recoverable reserves attributable to any particular group of properties, classification of such reserves based on risk of recovery and estimates of future net revenues associated with reserves prepared by different engineers, or by the same engineers at different times, may vary. The Company’s actual production, revenues, taxes and development and operating expenditures with respect to its reserves will vary from estimates thereof and such variations could be material. Reserves figures described herein have been rounded to the nearest MMbbl or MMboe. For additional information regarding the consolidated reserves and information concerning the resources of the Company as evaluated by McDaniel in the McDaniel Report, please refer to the Company’s AIF.

    Reserve Values (i.e. Net Asset Value) is calculated using the estimated net present value of all future net revenue from our reserves, before income taxes discounted at 10%, as estimated by McDaniel effective December 31, 2024 and based on average pricing of McDaniel, Sproule and GLJ as of January 1, 2025.

    The 444 gross Duvernay drilling locations referenced include: 87 proved undeveloped locations and 85 probable undeveloped locations for a total of 172 booked locations with the balance being unbooked locations. Proved undeveloped locations and probable undeveloped locations are booked and derived from the Company’s most recent independent reserves evaluation as prepared by McDaniel as of December 31, 2024 and account for drilling locations that have associated proved and/or probable reserves, as applicable. Unbooked locations are internal management estimates. Unbooked locations do not have attributed reserves or resources (including contingent or prospective). Unbooked locations have been identified by management as an estimation of Athabasca’s multi-year drilling activities expected to occur over the next two decades based on evaluation of applicable geologic, seismic, engineering, production and reserves information. There is no certainty that the Company will drill all unbooked drilling locations and if drilled there is no certainty that such locations will result in additional oil and gas reserves, resources or production. The drilling locations on which the Company will actually drill wells, including the number and timing thereof is ultimately dependent upon the availability of funding, commodity prices, provincial fiscal and royalty policies, costs, actual drilling results, additional reservoir information that is obtained and other factors.

    Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures, and Production Disclosure

    The “Corporate Consolidated Adjusted Funds Flow”, “Corporate Consolidated Adjusted Funds Flow per Share”, “Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Adjusted Funds Flow”, “Duvernay Energy Adjusted Funds Flow”, “Corporate Consolidated Free Cash Flow”, “Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Free Cash Flow”, “Duvernay Energy Free Cash Flow”, “Corporate Consolidated Operating Income”, “Corporate Consolidated Operating Income Net of Realized Hedging”, “Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Income”, “Duvernay Energy Operating Income”, “Corporate Consolidated Operating Netback”, “Corporate Consolidated Operating Netback Net of Realized Hedging”, “Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Netback”, “Duvernay Energy Operating Netback” and “Cash Transportation and Marketing Expense” financial measures contained in this News Release do not have standardized meanings which are prescribed by IFRS and they are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures or ratios. These measures may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers and should not be considered in isolation with measures that are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Net Cash and Liquidity are supplementary financial measures. The Leismer and Hangingstone operating results are supplementary financial measures that when aggregated, combine to the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) segment results.

    Adjusted Funds Flow, Adjusted Funds Flow Per Share and Free Cash Flow

    Adjusted Funds Flow and Free Cash Flow are non-GAAP financial measures and are not intended to represent cash flow from operating activities, net earnings or other measures of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS. The Adjusted Funds Flow and Free Cash Flow measures allow management and others to evaluate the Company’s ability to fund its capital programs and meet its ongoing financial obligations using cash flow internally generated from ongoing operating related activities. Adjusted Funds Flow per share is a non-GAAP financial ratio calculated as Adjusted Funds Flow divided by the applicable number of weighted average shares outstanding. Adjusted Funds Flow and Free Cash Flow are calculated as follows:

      Three months ended
    December 31, 2024
      Three months ended
    December 31, 2023
     
    ($ Thousands) Athabasca
    (Thermal Oil)
      Duvernay
    Energy
    (1)
      Corporate Consolidated(1)   Corporate
    Consolidated
     
    Cash flow from operating activities $ 144,810     $ 13,867     $ 158,677     $ 103,196  
    Changes in non-cash working capital   (11,504 )     (3,675 )     (15,179 )     (21,973 )
    Settlement of provisions   92       147       239       607  
    ADJUSTED FUNDS FLOW   133,398       10,339       143,737       81,830  
    Capital expenditures   (74,268 )     (18,676 )     (92,944 )     (38,752 )
    FREE CASH FLOW $ 59,130     $ (8,337 )   $ 50,793     $ 43,078  

    (1)  Duvernay Energy and Corporate Consolidated reflect gross financial metrics before taking into consideration Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.

      Year ended
    December 31, 2024
      Year ended
    December 31, 2023
     
    ($ Thousands) Athabasca
    (Thermal Oil)
      Duvernay
    Energy
    (1)
      Corporate
    Consolidated
    (1)
      Corporate
    Consolidated
     
    Cash flow from operating activities $ 511,828     $ 45,713     $ 557,541     $ 305,526  
    Changes in non-cash working capital   3,056       (1,541 )     1,515       525  
    Settlement of provisions   1,728       151       1,879       1,762  
    Long-term deposit                     (12,577 )
    ADJUSTED FUNDS FLOW   516,612       44,323       560,935       295,236  
    Capital expenditures   (194,902 )     (73,140 )     (268,042 )     (139,832 )
    FREE CASH FLOW $ 321,710     $ (28,817 )   $ 292,893     $ 155,404  

    (1)  Duvernay Energy and Corporate Consolidated reflect gross financial metrics before taking into consideration Athabasca’s 70% equity interest in Duvernay Energy.

    Duvernay Energy Operating Income and Operating Netback

    The non-GAAP measure Duvernay Energy Operating Income in this News Release is calculated by subtracting the Duvernay Energy royalties, operating expenses and transportation & marketing expenses from petroleum and natural gas sales which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Duvernay Energy Operating Netback per boe is a non-GAAP financial ratio calculated by dividing the Duvernay Energy Operating Income by the Duvernay Energy production. The Duvernay Energy Operating Income and the Duvernay Energy Operating Netback measures allow management and others to evaluate the production results from the Company’s Duvernay Energy assets.

    The Duvernay Energy Operating Income is calculated using the Duvernay Energy Segments GAAP results, as follows:

      Three months ended
    December 31,
        Year ended
    December 31,
     
    ($ Thousands, unless otherwise noted) 2024     2023     2024     2023  
    Petroleum and natural gas sales $ 20,179     $ 12,659     $ 83,194     $ 91,062  
    Royalties   (2,753 )     (2,180 )     (11,035 )     (12,583 )
    Operating expenses   (4,729 )     (5,009 )     (17,116 )     (24,997 )
    Transportation and marketing   (921 )     (709 )     (4,034 )     (7,191 )
    DUVERNAY ENERGY OPERATING INCOME $ 11,776     $ 4,761     $ 51,009     $ 46,291  

    Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Income and Operating Netback

    The non-GAAP measure Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Income in this News Release is calculated by subtracting the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) segments cost of diluent blending, royalties, operating expenses and cash transportation & marketing expenses from heavy oil (blended bitumen) and midstream sales which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Netback per bbl is a non-GAAP financial ratio calculated by dividing the respective projects Operating Income by its respective bitumen sales volumes. The Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Income and the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Netback measures allow management and others to evaluate the production results from the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) assets. The Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Operating Income is calculated using the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) Segments GAAP results, as follows:

      Three months ended
    December 31,
        Year ended
    December 31,
     
    ($ Thousands, unless otherwise noted) 2024     2023     2024     2023  
    Heavy oil (blended bitumen) and midstream sales $ 346,716     $ 309,078     $ 1,419,670     $ 1,204,245  
    Cost of diluent   (137,817 )     (137,438 )     (549,808 )     (518,219 )
    Total bitumen and midstream sales   208,899       171,640       869,862       686,026  
    Royalties   (12,413 )     (15,695 )     (75,064 )     (60,865 )
    Operating expenses – non-energy   (20,699 )     (23,767 )     (93,144 )     (87,116 )
    Operating expenses – energy   (11,526 )     (17,651 )     (49,713 )     (81,769 )
    Transportation and marketing(1)   (21,015 )     (22,328 )     (82,858 )     (85,544 )
    ATHABASCA (THERMAL OIL) OPERATING INCOME $ 143,246     $ 92,199     $ 569,083     $ 370,732  

    (1)   Transportation and marketing excludes non-cash costs of $0.6 million and $2.2 million for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024 (three months and year ended December 31, 2023 – $0.6 million and $2.2 million).

    Corporate Consolidated Operating Income and Corporate Consolidated Operating Income Net of Realized Hedging and Operating Netbacks

    The non-GAAP measures of Corporate Consolidated Operating Income including or excluding realized hedging in this News Release are calculated by adding or subtracting realized gains (losses) on commodity risk management contracts (as applicable), royalties, the cost of diluent blending, operating expenses and cash transportation & marketing expenses from petroleum, natural gas and midstream sales which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure. The Corporate Consolidated Operating Netbacks including or excluding realized hedging per boe are non-GAAP ratios calculated by dividing Corporate Consolidated Operating Income including or excluding hedging by the total sales volumes and are presented on a per boe basis. The Corporate Consolidated Operating Income and Corporate Consolidated Operating Netbacks including or excluding realized hedging measures allow management and others to evaluate the production results from the Company’s Duvernay Energy and Athabasca (Thermal Oil) assets combined together including the impact of realized commodity risk management gains or losses (as applicable).

      Three months ended
    December 31,
        Year ended
    December 31,
     
    ($ Thousands, unless otherwise noted) 2024     2023     2024     2023  
    Petroleum, natural gas and midstream sales(1) $ 366,895     $ 321,737     $ 1,502,864     $ 1,295,307  
    Royalties   (15,166 )     (17,875 )     (86,099 )     (73,448 )
    Cost of diluent(1)   (137,817 )     (137,438 )     (549,808 )     (518,219 )
    Operating expenses   (36,954 )     (46,427 )     (159,973 )     (193,882 )
    Transportation and marketing(2)   (21,936 )     (23,037 )     (86,892 )     (92,735 )
    Operating Income   155,022       96,960       620,092       417,023  
    Realized loss on commodity risk mgmt. contracts   (1,903 )     (5,517 )     (6,462 )     (35,935 )
    OPERATING INCOME NET OF REALIZED HEDGING $ 153,119     $ 91,443     $ 613,630     $ 381,088  

    (1)   Non-GAAP measure includes intercompany NGLs (i.e. condensate) sold by the Duvernay Energy segment to the Athabasca (Thermal Oil) segment for use as diluent that is eliminated on consolidation.
    (2)   Transportation and marketing excludes non-cash costs of $0.6 million and $2.2 million for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024 (three months and year ended December 31, 2023 – $0.6 million and $2.2 million).

    Cash Transportation and Marketing Expense

    The Cash Transportation and Marketing Expense financial measures contained in this News Release are calculated by subtracting the non-cash transportation and marketing expense as reported in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows from the transportation and marketing expense as reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) and are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures.

    Net Cash

    Net Cash is defined as the face value of term debt, plus accounts payable and accrued liabilities, plus current portion of provisions and other liabilities plus income tax payable less current assets, excluding risk management contracts.

    Liquidity

    Liquidity is defined as cash and cash equivalents plus available credit capacity.

    Production volumes details

        Three months ended
    December 31,
        Year ended
    December 31,
     
    Production   2024     2023     2024     2023  
    Duvernay Energy:                        
    Oil(1) bbl/d   2,103       1,208       2,202       1,396  
    Condensate NGLs bbl/d                     528  
    Oil and condensate NGLs bbl/d   2,103       1,208       2,202       1,924  
    Other NGLs bbl/d   422       258       329       525  
    Natural gas(2) mcf/d   5,172       3,612       4,677       10,769  
    Total Duvernay Energy boe/d   3,387       2,068       3,310       4,244  
    Total Thermal Oil bitumen bbl/d   33,849       31,059       33,505       30,246  
    Total Company production boe/d   37,236       33,127       36,815       34,490  

    (1)   Comprised of 99% or greater of tight oil, with the remaining being light and medium crude oil.
    (2)   Comprised of 99% or greater of shale gas, with the remaining being conventional natural gas.

    This News Release also makes reference to Athabasca’s forecasted average daily Thermal Oil production of 33,500 ‐ 35,500 bbl/d for 2025. Athabasca expects that 100% of that production will be comprised of bitumen. Duvernay Energy’s forecasted total average daily production of ~4,000 boe/d for 2025 is expected to be comprised of approximately 68% tight oil, 23% shale gas and 9% NGLs.

    Liquids is defined as bitumen, light crude oil, medium crude oil and natural gas liquids.

    Reserve Life Index is calculated as year-end reserves divided by Q4 2024 production.

    Break Even is an operating metric that calculates the US$WTI oil price required to fund operating costs (Operating Break-even), sustaining capital (Sustaining Break-even), or growth capital (Total Capital) within Adjusted Funds Flow.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Australian Traders Are Winning Big with UCFXMarkets High-Precision Trading AI

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)


    London, UK, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Next-Generation AI Trading Technology Helps Australian Investors Stay Ahead of the Market

    UCFXMarkets is transforming the way Australian traders approach the financial markets with its high-precision AI trading technology. Designed to optimize market predictions, enhance trade execution, and minimize risks, this next-generation AI-driven trading platform is helping investors achieve consistent success in today’s fast-moving financial landscape.

    With market volatility at an all-time high, traders can no longer afford to rely on outdated strategies. UCFXMarkets delivers real-time market intelligence, predictive analytics, and automated execution tools that give Australian investors the competitive advantage they need.

    Cutting-Edge AI Trading for Australian Investors

    The UCFXMarkets AI system continuously scans global financial markets, identifying high-probability opportunities across forex, equities, and commodities. By leveraging advanced machine learning models, the platform adapts to changing market conditions, ensuring traders maximize profitability while mitigating risk.

    What Makes UCFXMarkets AI Trading So Powerful?

    • Real-Time Market Scanning – AI-powered analysis detects profitable trends before price movements happen.
    • Precision Trade Execution – The AI system executes trades with exact timing, reducing slippage and improving entry points.
    • Advanced Risk Management – Built-in tools automatically adjust trading strategies to minimize potential losses.
    • Multi-Asset Trading – Compatible with forex, stocks, commodities, and indices, allowing for diversified investment opportunities.
    • AI-Powered Learning – Constantly adapts to market trends, refining its predictive models for increased accuracy over time.

    “Trading is no longer just about experience—it’s about having the right technology,” said a UCFXMarkets spokesperson. “Our AI system gives Australian traders an advanced edge, ensuring they capitalize on market trends before the competition.”

    Australian Traders Are Seeing Real Results

    The AI-powered trading system from UCFXMarkets is already delivering exceptional results for Australian investors. Traders report higher accuracy in trade predictions, increased profitability, and reduced emotional decision-making.

    Testimonials from UCFXMarkets Traders in Australia:

    Mark S. – Sydney, NSW
    “I’ve been trading for years, but nothing comes close to the accuracy of UCFXMarkets. The AI spots patterns instantly, and my win rate has never been higher.”

    Emma R. – Melbourne, VIC
    “This system is a game-changer! I used to stress over charts for hours—now the AI does it for me, and my results have improved dramatically.”

    Liam D. – Brisbane, QLD
    “What I love about UCFXMarkets is the built-in risk management. The AI adjusts my strategy in real-time, helping me avoid bad trades and protect my capital.”

    Sophie M. – Perth, WA
    “I’ve tried multiple trading tools, but nothing compares to this. The AI adapts to market shifts in real time, keeping me ahead of every move.”

    The Future of Trading in Australia Is Here

    With financial markets becoming increasingly unpredictable, UCFXMarkets is providing Australian traders with the tools they need to navigate volatility and maximize their returns. Whether you’re a seasoned investor or just starting out, AI-powered trading is the future—and it’s available now.

    Are You Ready to Trade Smarter?

    UCFXMarkets is now offering its high-precision AI trading system to Australian traders who want to gain a strategic edge in the financial markets. With real-time data analysis, automated trade execution, and dynamic risk management, traders can now win bigger, trade smarter, and stay ahead of the competition.

    Disclaimer:

    This press release is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice, investment recommendations, or an offer to buy or sell any financial instruments. Trading involves risk, and past performance is not indicative of future results. Investors should conduct their own research and consult with a licensed financial advisor before making any investment decisions.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Prairie Provident Announces Closing of Final Tranche of Equity Financing and Basal Quartz Operational Update

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRE SERVICES OR FOR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

    CALGARY, Alberta, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Prairie Provident Resources Inc. (“Prairie Provident” or the “Company“) (TSX:PPR) is pleased to announce the closing of the second and final tranche of its previously announced equity financing, for additional gross proceeds of $3.87 million. Together with the $4.8 million of gross proceeds from the first tranche closing completed on February 19, 2025, the Company raised $8.67 million in aggregate gross proceeds from the financing, through the issuance of, in aggregate:

    (i)   86,267,672 units (“Units“) at a price of $0.0425 per Unit, for gross proceeds of $3,666,376, in an offering made pursuant to the ‘listed issuer financing exemption’ (LIFE) under applicable Canadian securities laws (the “LIFE Offering“), with each Unit consisting of one common share (“Common Share“) and one Common Share purchase warrant (“Warrant“), and each Warrant exercisable for one Common Share at price of $0.05 per share until March 5, 2028; and
         
    (ii)   117,647,059 Common Shares at a price of $0.0425 per Common Share, for gross proceeds of $5,000,000, in a private placement pursuant to exemptions from the prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws (the “Private Placement” and, together with the LIFE Offering, the “Offerings“).
         

    The Offerings were led by Research Capital Corporation as the lead agent and sole bookrunner, on behalf of a syndicate of agents including Haywood Securities Inc. (collectively, the “Agents“).

    Prairie Provident intends to use the net proceeds from the Offerings to drill two additional Basal Quartz horizontal wells in the first quarter of 2025 and for working capital and general corporate purposes, including expenses related to the Offerings.

    The Common Shares issued under the Private Placement are subject to a restricted 4-month hold period under applicable Canadian securities laws, and cannot be traded before July 6, 2025 unless otherwise permitted under securities legislation. The Common Shares and Warrants comprising the Units sold under the LIFE Offering are not subject to the same hold period restriction.

    In connection with the Offerings, the Company paid to the Agents total cash compensation of $180,247 and issued to the Agents a total of 2,508,704 non-transferable broker warrants (the “Broker Warrants“). Each Broker Warrant entitles the holder thereof to acquire one Unit at a price of $0.0425 per Unit until March 5, 2028.

    Insider Participation

    The Company’s principal shareholder, PCEP Canadian Holdco, LLC (“PCEP“), and certain directors and officers of the Company, participated in the Offerings for a final aggregate investment of $7.32 million after converting USD-denominated commitments to Canadian dollars, of which $5.0 million was completed under the Private Placement (acquiring 117,647,029 Common Shares in total, for 100% of the Private Placement) and $2.32 million was completed under the LIFE Offering (acquiring 54,508,872 million Units in total, for 63.2% of the LIFE Offering) (collectively, the “Insider Participation“).

    Basal Quartz Operational Update

    The Company is pleased to announce rig release at the Basal Quartz horizontal well 100/14-32-29-18W4M on March 3, 2025. The drilling rig was moved to the Basal Quartz horizontal well 102/13-32-29-18W4M which was spud on March 4, 2025. Completion operations for both wells are expected to commence in the next two weeks.

    Multilateral Instrument 61-101 – Protection of Minority Security Holders in Special Transactions

    The Insider Participation constitutes ‘related party transactions’ for the Company within the meaning of Multilateral Instrument 61-101 – Protection of Minority Security Holders in Special Transactions (“MI 61-101”), which are exempt from the formal valuation and minority approval requirements of MI 61-101 pursuant to sections 5.5(a) and 5.7(a) thereof on the basis that neither the fair market value of the subject matter of the transactions, nor the fair market value of the consideration for the transactions, insofar as they involve interested parties, exceeds 25% of the Company’s market capitalization as calculated for purposes of MI 61-101. Prairie Provident did not file a material change report 21 days before completion of the initial closing under the Offering completed on February 19, 2025, which was less than 21 days from commencement and it was commercially impracticable to delay the process.

    This news release does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sale of, any securities in the United States or to or for the account or benefit of U.S. persons or persons in the United States, or in any other jurisdiction in which, or to or for the account or benefit of any other person to whom, any such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful. These securities have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), or the securities laws of any state of the United States, and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons or persons in the United States except in compliance with, or pursuant to an available exemption from, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable U.S. state securities laws. “United States” and “U.S. person” have the meanings ascribed to them in Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act.

    ABOUT PRAIRIE PROVIDENT

    Prairie Provident is a Calgary-based company engaged in the exploration and development of oil and natural gas properties in Alberta, including a position in the emerging Basal Quartz trend in the Michichi area of Central Alberta.

    For further information, please contact:

    Dale Miller, Executive Chairman
    Phone: (403) 292-8150
    Email:  info@ppr.ca

    Forward-Looking Information

    This news release contains certain statements (“forward-looking statements”) that constitute forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws. Forward-looking statements relate to future performance, events or circumstances, are based upon internal assumptions, plans, intentions, expectations and beliefs, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those indicated or suggested therein. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are typically, but not always, identified by words such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “intend”, “plan”, “budget”, “forecast”, “target”, “estimate”, “propose”, “potential”, “project”, “seek”, “continue”, “may”, “will”, “should” or similar words suggesting future outcomes or events or statements regarding an outlook.

    Without limiting the foregoing, this news release contains forward-looking statements pertaining to: the intended use of proceeds from the Offerings; the intended number of Basal Quartz wells that are anticipated to be drilled by the Company in the first quarter of 2025 and the intended timing of drilling and completion of the Basal Quartz wells.

    Forward-looking statements are based on a number of material factors, expectations or assumptions of Prairie Provident which have been used to develop such statements, but which may prove to be incorrect. Although the Company believes that the expectations and assumptions reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, undue reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements, which are inherently uncertain and depend upon the accuracy of such expectations and assumptions. Prairie Provident can give no assurance that the forward-looking statements contained herein will prove to be correct or that the expectations and assumptions upon which they are based will occur or be realized. Actual results or events will differ, and the differences may be material and adverse to the Company. In addition to other factors and assumptions which may be identified herein, assumptions have been made regarding, among other things: results from drilling and development activities; consistency with past operations; the quality of the reservoirs in which Prairie Provident operates and continued performance from existing wells (including with respect to production profile, decline rate and product type mix); the continued and timely development of infrastructure in areas of new production; the accuracy of the estimates of Prairie Provident’s reserves volumes; future commodity prices; future operating and other costs; future USD/CAD exchange rates; future interest rates; continued availability of external financing and internally generated cash flow to fund Prairie Provident’s current and future plans and expenditures, with external financing on acceptable terms; the impact of competition; the general stability of the economic and political environment in which Prairie Provident operates; the general continuance of current industry conditions; the timely receipt of any required regulatory approvals; the ability of Prairie Provident to obtain qualified staff, equipment and services in a timely and cost efficient manner; drilling results; the ability of the operator of the projects in which Prairie Provident has an interest in to operate the field in a safe, efficient and effective manner; field production rates and decline rates; the ability to replace and expand oil and natural gas reserves through acquisition, development and exploration; the timing and cost of pipeline, storage and facility construction and expansion and the ability of Prairie Provident to secure adequate product transportation; the regulatory framework regarding royalties, taxes and environmental matters in the jurisdictions in which Prairie Provident operates; and the ability of Prairie Provident to successfully market its oil and natural gas production.

    The forward-looking statements included in this news release are not guarantees of future performance or promises of future outcomes and should not be relied upon. Such statements, including the assumptions made in respect thereof, involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated in such forward- looking statements including, without limitation: reduced access to external debt financing; higher interest costs or other restrictive terms of debt financing; changes in realized commodity prices; changes in the demand for or supply of Prairie Provident’s products; the early stage of development of some of the evaluated areas and zones; the potential for variation in the quality of the geologic formations targeted by Prairie Provident’s operations; unanticipated operating results or production declines; changes in tax or environmental laws, royalty rates or other regulatory matters; the imposition of any tariffs or other restrictive trade measures or countermeasures affecting trade between Canada and the United States; changes in development plans of Prairie Provident or by third party operators; increased debt levels or debt service requirements; inaccurate estimation of Prairie Provident’s oil and reserves volumes; limited, unfavourable or a lack of access to capital markets; increased costs; a lack of adequate insurance coverage; the impact of competitors; and such other risks as may be detailed from time-to-time in Prairie Provident’s public disclosure documents (including, without limitation, those risks identified in this news release and Prairie Provident’s current Annual Information Form dated April 1, 2024 as filed with Canadian securities regulators and available from the SEDAR+ website (www.sedarplus.ca) under Prairie Provident’s issuer profile).

    The forward-looking statements contained in this news release speak only as of the date of this news release, and Prairie Provident assumes no obligation to publicly update or revise them to reflect new events or circumstances, or otherwise, except as may be required pursuant to applicable laws. All forward-looking statements contained in this news release are expressly qualified by this cautionary statement.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: South Bow Reports Fourth-quarter and Year-end 2024 Results, Provides 2025 Outlook, and Declares Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CALGARY, Alberta, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — South Bow Corp. (TSX & NYSE: SOBO) (South Bow or the Company) reports its fourth-quarter and year-end 2024 financial and operational results and provides its 2025 outlook. Unless otherwise noted, all financial figures in this news release are in U.S. dollars.

    Highlights

    Spinoff transaction

    • Launched as an independent company on Oct. 1, 2024, completing the planned separation (the Spinoff) from TC Energy Corp. (TC Energy).
    • Completed an initial notes offering on Aug. 28, 2024, raising approximately $5.8 billion, in aggregate, of U.S. and Canadian dollar-denominated senior unsecured notes and U.S. dollar-denominated junior subordinated notes. As part of the Spinoff, South Bow repaid the outstanding long-term debt owed to affiliates of TC Energy on Oct. 1, 2024.

    Safety and operational performance

    • Demonstrated safety excellence in 2024, achieving record occupational and process safety performance during a transformative period.
    • Delivered record system availability in 2024, with an annual System Operating Factor (SOF) of 95% for the Keystone Pipeline due to continued improvements in system reliability.
    • Recorded annual average throughput on the Keystone Pipeline of approximately 626,000 barrels per day (bbl/d) in 2024, an increase of 5% relative to 2023. Throughput on the U.S. Gulf Coast segment of the Keystone Pipeline System averaged approximately 795,000 bbl/d, increasing by 15% relative to 2023.
      • Fourth-quarter 2024 throughput on the Keystone Pipeline and the U.S. Gulf Coast segment of the Keystone Pipeline System averaged approximately 621,000 bbl/d and approximately 784,000 bbl/d, respectively.
    • Advanced the Blackrod Connection Project in Alberta, anticipated to be ready for in-service in early 2026. South Bow is in the final stages of completing construction of the project’s 25-km crude oil and natural gas pipeline segments, with welding complete and hydrostatic testing activities underway. Facility construction, including the tank terminal, is expected to be completed in late 2025.
    • Received approval from the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) in Jan. 2025 of South Bow’s remedial work plan, substantially completing the conditions in the Amended Corrective Action Order (ACAO) related to the Milepost 14 incident (MP-14). In early March 2025, South Bow received approval from PHMSA to lift the pressure restriction on the affected segment to 72% of the specified minimum yield strength of the pipeline. The affected segment includes the section of the pipeline where the MP-14 incident occurred.

    Financial performance

    • Delivered strong financial performance in 2024, underscored by the highly contracted nature of South Bow’s assets. Revenue and normalized earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization (normalized EBITDA) increased relative to 2023 due to significant demand for uncommitted capacity on the Keystone Pipeline in the first quarter of 2024, and strong demand for capacity on the U.S. Gulf Coast segment of the Keystone Pipeline System throughout the year.
      • Generated revenue of $488 million and $2,120 million for the three months and year ended Dec. 31, 2024, respectively.
      • Recognized net income of $55 million ($0.26/share) and $316 million ($1.52/share) during the three months and year ended Dec. 31, 2024, respectively.
      • Recorded normalized EBITDA1 of $290 million for the three months ended Dec. 31, 2024, an increase of 11% from the three months ended Sept. 30, 2024, primarily due to the timing of trade settlements within South Bow’s Marketing segment. Normalized EBITDA for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024 was $1,091 million, an increase of 2% from 2023.
      • Delivered distributable cash flow1 of $183 million and $608 million for the three months and year ended Dec. 31, 2024, respectively.
    • Exited 2024 with total long-term debt and net debt1 outstanding of $5.7 billion and $4.9 billion, respectively. South Bow’s net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio1 was 4.5 times at Dec. 31, 2024, supported by the Company’s starting working capital balances and strong normalized EBITDA generated in 2024.
      • South Bow expects that its net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio will increase modestly through the course of 2025 as the Company continues to invest in the Blackrod Connection Project and incur one-time costs of approximately $40 million to $50 million associated with the Spinoff. Consistent with the Company’s outlook on leverage, South Bow anticipates exiting 2025 with a net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio of approximately 4.8 times and that the Company will begin reducing its leverage once the Blackrod Connection Project starts generating cash flow in 2026.

    Returns to shareholders

    • Committed to paying a strong and sustainable dividend, declared South Bow’s inaugural quarterly dividend of $104 million ($0.50/share) on Nov. 7, 2024. The dividend was paid on Jan. 31, 2025 to shareholders of record on Dec. 31, 2024.
    • South Bow’s board of directors (the Board) has approved a quarterly dividend of $0.50/share, payable on April 15, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 31, 2025. The dividends will be designated as eligible dividends for Canadian income tax purposes.

    South Bow’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes (the financial statements), management’s discussion and analysis (MD&A), and annual information form (AIF) as at and for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024 are available on South Bow’s website at www.southbow.com, under South Bow’s SEDAR+ profile at www.sedarplus.ca, and in South Bow’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) at www.sec.gov. The disclosure under the section “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in South Bow’s MD&A as at and for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024 is incorporated by reference into this news release.

    South Bow’s standalone financial statements were prepared using information derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of TC Energy, including the historical cost basis of assets and liabilities comprising the Company, as well as the historical revenues, direct costs, and allocations of indirect costs attributable to the operations of the Company, using the historical accounting policies applied by TC Energy. The presentation of certain prior period comparatives have been updated for consistency with current year presentation.

     _________________________

    1 Non-GAAP financial measure or ratio that do not have standardized meanings under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and may not be comparable to measures presented by other entities. See “Non-GAAP financial measures” of this news release.

    Financial and operational results

    $ millions, unless otherwise noted Three Months Ended Year Ended
    Sept. 30, 2024 Dec. 31, 2024 Dec. 31, 2023 Dec. 31, 2024 Dec. 31, 2023
    FINANCIAL RESULTS          
    Revenue 534   488 540   2,120 2,005
    Income from equity investments 12   12 13   49 50
    Net income 61   55 103   316 442
    Per share1 0.29   0.26 0.50   1.52 2.13
    Normalized net income2 86   112 94   383 504
    Per share1 2 0.41   0.54 0.45   1.84 2.43
    Normalized EBITDA2 262   290 278   1,091 1,074
    Keystone Pipeline System 257   250 264   1,028 981
    Marketing (7 ) 24 (2 ) 12 42
    Intra-Alberta & Other 12   16 16   51 51
    Distributable cash flow2 163   183 161   608 785
    Dividends declared   104   104
    Per share1   0.50   0.50
    Capital expenditures3 61   28 11   122 37
    Total long-term debt 10,452   5,716 5,967   5,716 5,967
    Net debt2 4 4,827   4,901 5,715   4,901 5,715
    Net debt-to-normalized EBITDA (ratio)2 4.5   4.55 5.3   4.55 5.3
    Common shares outstanding, weighted average diluted (millions)6 207.6   208.4 207.6   208.2 207.6
    Common shares outstanding (millions)6 207.6   208.0 207.6   208.0 207.6
               
    OPERATIONAL RESULTS          
    Keystone Pipeline SOF (%) 95   96 92   95 93
    Keystone Pipeline throughput (Mbbl/d) 616   621 612   626 595
    U.S. Gulf Coast segment of Keystone Pipeline System throughput (Mbbl/d)7 815   784 783   795 694
    Marketlink throughput (Mbbl/d) 636   615 610   614 537
    1. Per share amounts, with the exception of dividends, are based on weighted average diluted common shares outstanding.
    2. Non-GAAP financial measure or non-GAAP ratio that do not have standardized meanings and may not be comparable to measures presented by other entities. See “Non-GAAP financial measures” of this news release.
    3. Capital expenditures per the investing activities of the consolidated statements of cash flows of the financial statements.
    4. Includes 50% equity treatment of South Bow’s junior subordinated notes.
    5. South Bow expects that its net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio will increase modestly through the course of 2025 as the Company continues to invest in the Blackrod Connection Project and incur one-time costs of approximately $40 million to $50 million associated with the Spinoff. Consistent with the Company’s outlook on leverage, South Bow anticipates exiting 2025 with a net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio of approximately 4.8 times and that the Company will begin reducing its leverage once the Blackrod Connection Project starts generating cash flow in 2026.
    6. The common shares issued on Oct. 1, 2024 have been used for comparative periods, as the Company had no common shares outstanding prior to the Spinoff. For periods prior to Oct. 1, 2024, it is assumed there were no dilutive equity instruments, as there were no equity awards of South Bow outstanding prior to the Spinoff.
    7. Comprises throughput originating in Hardisty, Alta. transported on the Keystone Pipeline, and throughput originating in Cushing, Okla. transported on Marketlink for destination in the U.S. Gulf Coast.

    Outlook

    Capital allocation priorities

    • South Bow takes a disciplined approach to capital allocation to preserve optionality and maximize total shareholder returns over the long term. The Company’s capital allocation priorities are built on a foundation of financial strength and supported by South Bow’s stable, predictable cash flows. South Bow’s capital allocation priorities include:
      • paying a sustainable base dividend;
      • strengthening the Company’s investment-grade financial position; and
      • leveraging existing infrastructure within South Bow’s strategic corridor to offer customers competitive connections and enhanced optionality.

    Market outlook

    • Every day, South Bow safely and reliably transports crude oil to key demand and refining markets in the U.S. Midwest and Gulf Coast. With substantially all of the crude oil imported into the U.S. Midwest originating from Canada, and refining facilities in the U.S. Gulf Coast set up to process heavy crude oil, these markets rely heavily on Canadian crude oil supplies to meet their energy needs.
    • While approximately 90% of South Bow’s normalized EBITDA is contracted through committed arrangements, which carry minimal commodity price or volumetric risk, demand for uncommitted capacity on the Keystone System is anticipated to remain subdued in 2025 as Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin (WCSB) crude oil pipeline capacity exceeds supply.
    • The potential for, and continuation of, tariffs on energy imposed by the U.S. government and counter-tariffs imposed by the Canadian government have created economic and geopolitical uncertainty, resulting in volatility in pricing differentials. Persistence of this uncertainty may create additional headwinds for uncommitted capacity on South Bow’s pipeline systems and impact South Bow’s Marketing segment results. Given the uncertainty, South Bow’s guidance for 2025 does not account for the future potential impact of sustained tariffs.

    2025 guidance

    • South Bow’s guidance aims to inform readers about Management’s expectations for financial and operational results in 2025. Readers are cautioned that these estimates may not be suitable for any other purpose. See “Forward-looking information and statements” of this news release for additional information regarding factors that could cause actual events to be significantly different from those expected.
    • The financial outlook for South Bow in 2025 is supported by the Company’s highly contracted cash flows and strong structural demand for services. Normalized EBITDA is projected to be approximately $1.01 billion, within a range of 3%, with approximately 90% secured through committed arrangements. South Bow reaffirms its long-term normalized EBITDA growth outlook of 2% to 3%.
    • South Bow has reduced its outlook for normalized EBITDA for its Marketing segment by approximately $30 million relative to 2024, due to continued impacts of WCSB crude oil pipeline capacity exceeding supply and South Bow’s response to market uncertainty caused by the potential for, and continuation of, tariffs, including the unwinding of certain positions to minimize South Bow’s exposure to further pricing volatility.
    • South Bow anticipates that its interest expense for 2025 will be approximately $325 million, within a range of 2%, and that the Company’s current tax rate will range from 23% to 24%.
    • Distributable cash flow is expected to be approximately $535 million, within a range of 3%, which South Bow will use to fund its expected annual dividend of $416 million ($2.00/share), subject to approval and declaration by the Board, and investments required to continue advancing the Blackrod Connection Project.
    • South Bow expects that its net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio will increase modestly through the course of 2025 as the Company continues to invest in the Blackrod Connection Project and incur one-time costs of approximately $40 million to $50 million associated with the Spinoff. Consistent with the Company’s outlook on leverage, South Bow anticipates exiting 2025 with a net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio of approximately 4.8 times and that the Company will begin reducing its leverage once the Blackrod Connection Project starts generating cash flow in 2026.
    • South Bow plans to invest approximately $110 million, within a range of 3%, in growth capital expenditures for the Blackrod Connection Project in 2025. The total expected capital cost of the project is estimated to be $180 million, targeted to be ready for in-service in early 2026. As of Dec. 31, 2024, South Bow has invested $62 million in the project.
    • Maintenance capital expenditures are estimated to be approximately $65 million, within a range of 3%, in 2025, as South Bow proactively completes maintenance activities while demand for uncommitted capacity is expected to be subdued, and invests in information services infrastructure. These expenditures are generally recoverable through South Bow’s tolling arrangements.

    South Bow’s 2025 annual guidance and a review of 2024 actual results are outlined below:

    $ millions, except percentages 1 2024 Actuals 2025 Guidance
    Normalized EBITDA 1,091 1,010 ± 3%
    Interest expense 388 325 ± 2%
    Current tax rate (%) 23% 23% – 24%
    Distributable cash flow 608 535 ± 3%
    Capital expenditures    
    Growth 73 110 ± 3%
    Maintenance 2 61 65 ± 3%
    1. Assumes average foreign exchange rate of C$/U.S.1.4286.
    2. Maintenance capital expenditures are generally recoverable through South Bow’s tolling arrangements.

    Refer to the section entitled “Guidance” in South Bow’s MD&A as at and for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024, available on South Bow’s website at www.southbow.com, under South Bow’s SEDAR+ profile at www.sedarplus.ca, and in South Bow’s filings with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

    Conference call and webcast details

    South Bow’s senior leadership will host a conference call and webcast to discuss the Company’s fourth-quarter and year-end 2024 results and 2025 outlook on March 6, 2025 at 8 a.m. MT (10 a.m. ET).

       
    Date March 6, 2025
    Time 8 a.m. MT (10 a.m. ET)
    Webcast link https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/fqe5oacv
    Conference call link https://register.vevent.com/register/BIbb6663202d26443895983db438ccaf6e

    Register ahead of time to receive a unique PIN to access the conference call via telephone. Once registered, participants can dial into the conference call from their telephone via the unique PIN or click on the “Call Me” option to receive an automated call directly on their telephone.

    Visit www.southbow.com/investors for the replay following the event.

    Non-GAAP financial measures

    In this news release, South Bow references certain non-GAAP financial measures and non-GAAP ratios that do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other entities. These non-GAAP measures include or exclude adjustments to the composition of the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Management considers these non-GAAP financial measures and non-GAAP ratios to be important in evaluating and understanding the operational performance and liquidity of South Bow. These non-GAAP measures and non-GAAP ratios should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP.

    South Bow’s non-GAAP financial measures and non-GAAP ratios include:

    • normalized EBITDA;
    • normalized net income;
    • normalized net income per share;
    • distributable cash flow;
    • net debt; and
    • net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio.

    These measures and ratios are further described below, with a reconciliation to their most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    Normalizing items

    Normalized measures are, or include, non-GAAP financial measures and ratios and include normalized EBITDA, normalized net income, normalized net income per share, distributable cash flow, and net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio. Management uses these normalized measures to assess the financial performance of South Bow’s operations and compare period-over-period results. During certain reporting periods, the Company may incur costs that are not indicative of core operations or results. These normalized measures represent income (losses), adjusted for specific normalizing items that are believed to be significant; however, they are not reflective of South Bow’s underlying operations in the period.

    These specific items include gains or losses on sales of assets or assets held for sale, unrealized fair value adjustments related to risk management activities, acquisition, integration, and restructuring costs, and other charges, including but not limited to, impairment, contractual costs, and settlements.

    South Bow excludes the unrealized fair value adjustments related to risk management activities, as these represent the changes in the fair value of derivatives, but do not accurately reflect the gains and losses that will be realized at settlement and impact income. Therefore, South Bow does not consider them reflective of the Company’s underlying operations, despite providing effective economic hedges. Realized gains and losses on grade financial contracts are adjusted to improve comparability, as they settle in a subsequent period to the underlying transaction they are hedged against.

    Separation costs relate to internal costs and external fees incurred specific to the Spinoff. These items have been excluded from normalized measures, as Management does not consider them reflective of ongoing operations and they are non-recurring in nature.

    Normalized EBITDA

    Normalized EBITDA is used as a measure of earnings from ongoing operations. Management uses this measure to monitor and evaluate the financial performance of the Company’s operations and to identify and evaluate trends. This measure is useful for investors as it allows for a more accurate comparison of financial performance of the Company across periods for ongoing operations. Normalized EBITDA represents income before income taxes, adjusted for the normalizing items, in addition to excluding charges for depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and interest income.

    The following table reconciles income (loss) before income taxes to normalized EBITDA for the indicated periods:

    $ millions Three Months Ended Year Ended
    Sept. 30, 2024   Dec. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Dec. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023  
    Income before income taxes 90   72   131   418   562  
    Adjusted for specific items:          
    Depreciation and amortization 61   62   61   246   244  
    Interest expense 115   84   105   388   220  
    Interest income and other (27 ) 28   (7 ) (12 ) (32 )
    Risk management instruments (23 ) 57   (15 ) 8   25  
    Keystone variable toll disputes 11   (3 )   8   42  
    MP-14 costs   4     4    
    Separation costs 20   (1 ) 3   29   3  
    Keystone XL costs and other 15   (13 )   2   10  
    Normalized EBITDA 262   290   278   1,091   1,074  

    The following table reconciles income (loss) before income taxes to normalized EBITDA by operating segment for the indicated periods:

    $ millions Three Months Ended Sept. 30, 2024
    Keystone
    Pipeline
    System
      Marketing   Intra-Alberta
    & Other
      Total  
    Income (loss) before income taxes 173   17   (100 ) 90  
    Adjusted for specific items:        
    Depreciation and amortization 59     2   61  
    Interest expense (1 )   116   115  
    Interest income and other   (1 ) (26 ) (27 )
    Risk management instruments   (23 )   (23 )
    Keystone variable toll disputes 11       11  
    MP-14 costs        
    Separation costs     20   20  
    Keystone XL costs and other 15       15  
    Normalized EBITDA 257   (7 ) 12   262  
    $ millions Three Months Ended Dec. 31, 2024
    Keystone
    Pipeline
    System
    Marketing Intra-Alberta
    & Other
    Total
    Income (loss) before income taxes 205   (32 ) (101 ) 72  
    Adjusted for specific items:        
    Depreciation and amortization 59     3   62  
    Interest expense (1 )   85   84  
    Interest income and other (1 ) (1 ) 30   28  
    Risk management instruments   57     57  
    Keystone variable toll disputes (3 )     (3 )
    MP-14 costs 4       4  
    Separation costs     (1 ) (1 )
    Keystone XL costs and other (13 )     (13 )
    Normalized EBITDA 250   24   16   290  
    $ millions Three Months Ended Dec. 31, 2023
    Keystone
    Pipeline
    System
      Marketing   Intra-Alberta
    & Other
      Total  
    Income (loss) before income taxes 203   14   (86 ) 131  
    Adjusted for specific items:        
    Depreciation and amortization 60     1   61  
    Interest expense 3   1   101   105  
    Interest income and other (2 ) (2 ) (3 ) (7 )
    Risk management instruments   (15 )   (15 )
    Keystone variable toll disputes        
    MP-14 costs        
    Separation costs     3   3  
    Keystone XL costs and other        
    Normalized EBITDA 264   (2 ) 16   278  
    $ millions Year Ended Dec. 31, 2024
    Keystone
    Pipeline
    System
      Marketing   Intra-Alberta
    & Other
      Total  
    Income (loss) before income taxes 778   6   (366 ) 418  
    Adjusted for specific items:        
    Depreciation and amortization 238     8   246  
    Interest expense 1   1   386   388  
    Interest income and other (3 ) (3 ) (6 ) (12 )
    Risk management instruments   8     8  
    Keystone variable toll disputes 8       8  
    MP-14 costs 4       4  
    Separation costs     29   29  
    Keystone XL costs and other 2       2  
    Normalized EBITDA 1,028   12   51   1,091  
    $ millions Year Ended Dec. 31, 2023
    Keystone
    Pipeline
    System
      Marketing   Intra-Alberta
    & Other
      Total  
    Income (loss) before income taxes 687   19   (144 ) 562  
    Adjusted for specific items:        
    Depreciation and amortization 239     5   244  
    Interest expense 7   2   211   220  
    Interest income and other (4 ) (4 ) (24 ) (32 )
    Risk management instruments   25     25  
    Keystone variable toll disputes 42       42  
    MP-14 costs        
    Separation costs     3   3  
    Keystone XL costs and other 10       10  
    Normalized EBITDA 981   42   51   1,074  


    Normalized net income and normalized net income per share

    Normalized net income represents net income adjusted for the normalizing items described above and is used by Management to assess the earnings that are representative of South Bow’s operations. By adjusting for non-recurring items and other factors that do not reflect the Company’s ongoing performance, normalized net income provides a clearer picture of the Company’s continuing operations. This measure is particularly useful for investors as it allows for a more accurate comparison of financial performance and trends across different periods. On a per share basis, normalized net income is derived by dividing the normalized net income by the weighted average common shares outstanding at the end of the period. This per share measure is valuable for investors as it provides insight into South Bow’s profitability on a per share basis, assisting in evaluating the Company’s performance.

    The following table reconciles net income to normalized net income for the indicated periods:

    $ millions, except common shares outstanding and per share amounts Three Months Ended Year Ended
    Sept. 30, 2024   Dec. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Dec. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023  
    Net income 61   55   103   316   442  
    Adjusted for specific items:          
    Risk management instruments (23 ) 57   (15 ) 8   25  
    Keystone variable toll disputes 11   (3 )   8   42  
    MP-14 settlement   4     4    
    Separation costs 20   27   3   67   3  
    Keystone XL costs and other 15   (13 ) 3   2   17  
    Tax effect of the above adjustments (8 ) (15 )   (22 ) (25 )
    Normalized net income 76   112   94   383   504  
    Common shares outstanding, weighted average diluted (millions) 207.6   208.4   207.6   208.2   207.6  
    Normalized net income per share 0.41   0.54   0.45   1.84   2.43  


    Distributable cash flow

    Distributable cash flow is used to assess the cash generated through business operations that can be used for South Bow’s capital allocation decisions, helping investors understand the Company’s cash-generating capabilities and its potential for returning value to shareholders. Distributable cash flow is based on income before income taxes, adjusted for depreciation and amortization, interest income and other, the normalizing items discussed above, and further adjusted for specific items, including income and distributions from the Company’s equity investments, maintenance capital expenditures, which are capitalized and generally recoverable through South Bow’s tolling arrangements, and current income taxes.

    The following table reconciles income before income taxes to distributable cash flow for the indicated periods:

    $ millions Three Months Ended Year Ended
    Sept. 30, 2024   Dec. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023   Dec. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023  
    Income before income taxes 90   72   131   418   562  
    Adjusted for specific items:          
    Depreciation and amortization 61   62   61   246   244  
    Interest income and other (27 ) 28   (7 ) (12 ) (32 )
    Normalizing items, net of tax1 18   34   (9 ) 39   62  
    Income from equity investments (12 ) (12 ) (13 ) (49 ) (50 )
    Distributions from equity investments 17   20   15   70   71  
    Maintenance capital expenditures2 (22 ) (15 ) (2 ) (61 ) (19 )
    Current income tax recovery (expense) 38   (6 ) (15 ) (43 ) (53 )
    Distributable cash flow 163   183   161   608   785  
    1. Normalizing items per normalized EBITDA reconciliation, net of tax.
    2. Maintenance capital expenditures are generally recoverable through South Bow’s tolling arrangements.

    Net debt and net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio

    Net debt is used as a key leverage measure to assess and monitor South Bow’s financing structure, providing an overview of the Company’s long-term debt obligations, net of cash and cash equivalents. This measure is useful for investors as it offers insights into the Company’s financial health and its ability to manage and service its debt obligations. Net debt is defined as the sum of total long-term debt with 50% treatment of the Company’s junior subordinated notes, operating lease liabilities, and dividends payable, less cash and cash equivalents, per the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

    Net debt-to-normalized EBITDA ratio is used to monitor the South Bow’s leverage position relative to its normalized EBITDA for the trailing four quarters. This ratio provides investors with insight into the Company’s ability to service its long-term debt obligations relative to its operational performance. A lower ratio indicates stronger financial health and greater capacity to meet its debt obligations.

    $ millions, except ratios Sept. 30, 2024   Dec. 31, 2024   Dec. 31, 2023  
    Current portion of long-term debt to affiliates of TC Energy 4,677      
    Senior unsecured notes 4,686   4,629   5,967  
    Junior subordinated notes 1,089   1,087    
    Total long-term debt 10,452   5,716   5,967  
    Adjusted for:      
    Hybrid treatment for junior subordinated notes1 (545 ) (544 )  
    Operating lease liabilities 22   22   10  
    Dividends payable   104    
    Cash and cash equivalents (622 ) (397 ) (262 )
    Restricted cash held in escrow2 (4,480 )    
    Net debt 4,827   4,901   5,715  
    Normalized EBITDA 1,079   1,091   1,074  
    Net debt-to-normalized EBITDA (ratio) 4.5   4.5   5.3  
    1. Includes 50% equity treatment of South Bow’s junior subordinated notes.
    2. Senior unsecured notes and junior subordinated notes were issued on Aug. 28, 2024, of which $1.25 billion was used to repay long-term debt to affiliates of TC Energy; the remaining proceeds were held in escrow until completion of the Spinoff on Oct. 1, 2024.

    Forward-looking information and statements

    This news release contains certain forward-looking statements and forward-looking information (collectively, forward-looking statements), including forward-looking statements within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of applicable securities legislation, that are based on South Bow’s current expectations, estimates, projections, and assumptions in light of its experience and its perception of historical trends. All statements other than statements of historical facts may constitute forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as, “anticipate”, “will”, “expect”, “estimate”, “potential”, “future”, “outlook”, “strategy”, “maintain”, “ongoing”, “intend”, and similar expressions suggesting future events or future performance.

    In particular, this news release contains forward-looking statements, including certain financial outlooks, pertaining to, without limitation, the following: South Bow’s corporate vision and strategy, including its strategic priorities and outlook; the Blackrod Connection Project, including completion of crude oil and natural gas pipeline segments, testing activities, in-service dates, and costs thereof; expected in-service dates and costs related to announced projects and projects under construction; PHMSA approvals and completion of the ACAO; expected interest expense and tax rate; expected capital expenditures; expected dividends; expected one-time costs relating to the Spinoff; expected shareholder returns and asset returns; demand for uncommitted capacity on the Keystone System; treatment under current and future regulatory regimes, including those relating to taxes, tariffs, and the environment; South Bow’s financial guidance for 2025 and beyond, including 2025 normalized EBITDA and long-term normalized EBITDA growth, 2025 interest expense, 2025 distributable cash flow, and 2025 capital expenditures; and South Bow’s financial strength and flexibility.

    The forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions that South Bow has made in respect thereof as of the date of this news release regarding, among other things: oil and gas industry development activity levels and the geographic region of such activity; that favourable market conditions exist and that South Bow has and will have available capital to fund its capital expenditures and other planned spending; prevailing commodity prices, interest rates, inflation levels, carbon prices, tax rates, and exchange rates; the ability of South Bow to maintain current credit ratings; the availability of capital to fund future capital requirements; future operating costs; asset integrity costs; that all required regulatory and environmental approvals can be obtained on the necessary terms in a timely manner; and prevailing regulatory, tax, and environmental laws and regulations.

    Although South Bow believes the assumptions and other factors reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date hereof, there can be no assurance that these assumptions and factors will prove to be correct and, as such, forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. Forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially, including, but not limited to: the regulatory environment and related decisions and requirements; the impact of competitive entities and pricing; reliance on third parties to successfully operate and maintain certain assets; the strength and operations of the energy industry; weakness or volatility in commodity prices; non-performance or default by counterparties; actions taken by governmental or regulatory authorities; the ability of South Bow to acquire or develop and maintain necessary infrastructure; fluctuations in operating results; adverse general economic and market conditions; the ability to access various sources of debt and equity capital on acceptable terms; and adverse changes in credit. The foregoing list of assumptions and risk factors should not be construed as exhaustive. For additional information on the assumptions made, and the risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ from the results implied by forward-looking statements, refer to South Bow’s AIF dated March 5, 2025, available under South Bow’s SEDAR+ profile at www.sedarplus.ca and, from time to time, in South Bow’s public disclosure documents, available on South Bow’s website at www.southbow.com, under South Bow’s SEDAR+ profile at www.sedarplus.ca, and in South Bow’s filings with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

    Management approved the financial outlooks contained in this news release, including 2025 normalized EBITDA and long-term normalized EBITDA growth, 2025 interest expense, 2025 distributable cash flow, and 2025 capital expenditures as of the date of this news release. The purpose of these financial outlooks is to inform readers about Management’s expectations for the Company’s financial and operational results in 2025, and such information may not be appropriate for other purposes.

    The forward-looking statements contained in this news release speak only as of the date hereof. South Bow does not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or information contained herein, except as required by applicable laws. All forward-looking statements contained in this news release are expressly qualified by this cautionary statement.

    About South Bow

    South Bow safely operates 4,900 kilometres (3,045 miles) of crude oil pipeline infrastructure, connecting Alberta crude oil supplies to U.S. refining markets in Illinois, Oklahoma, and the U.S. Gulf Coast through our unrivalled market position. We take pride in what we do – providing safe and reliable transportation of crude oil to North America’s highest demand markets. Based in Calgary, Alberta, South Bow is the spinoff company of TC Energy, with Oct. 1, 2024 marking South Bow’s first day as a standalone entity. To learn more, visit www.southbow.com.

    Contact information  
       
    Investor Relations Media Relations
    Martha Wilmot
    investor.relations@southbow.com
    Katie Stavinoha
    communications@southbow.com
       

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Hivello integrates Nosana to boost passive income yield and expand DePIN network

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Blockmate Ventures Inc (TSX.V: MATE) (OTCQB: MATEF) (FSE: 8MH1) (“Blockmate” or the “Company”) is pleased to announce that its investee, Hivello Holdings Ltd (“Hivello”) has integrated with the Nosana network to increase passive income yield for Hivello users.

    Nosana is one of the highest-yielding DePIN networks for GPU-based compute with significant demand from Artificial Intelligence (AI) and software developers.

    Justin Rosenberg, CEO of Blockmate Ventures, commented, “Generative AI has exploded into mainstream internet use over the past year and these apps require large amounts of computing power to compete by generating outputs at high speed. Helping to fill a supply void for decentralized GPU power, we’re delighted for Hivello to integrate with Nosana in a move that will see an increase in GPU node participation and earning opportunities for Hivello users seeking higher-yielding passive income.”

    Below is the press release from Hivello:

    Hivello Integrates Nosana to Boost GPU Earnings and Expand DePIN Opportunities

    LONDON and AMSTERDAM, March 04, 2025 — Hivello, an aggregator of decentralized physical infrastructure networks (DePINs), is excited to announce its latest integration with Nosana, a decentralized compute network designed to power AI and CI/CD workloads using GPU resources. This partnership marks a significant step in expanding earning opportunities for users with GPUs, as Nosana is one of the highest-yielding DePIN networks for GPU-based compute.

    GPU-powered DePIN networks are among the most in-demand and profitable, and Nosana’s integration allows Hivello users to maximize their earnings by contributing their GPUs to a decentralized AI and software development ecosystem. With Nosana now part of Hivello’s automated compute aggregation platform, users can seamlessly connect their idle GPU power and generate higher returns while supporting the infrastructure behind AI model training and continuous software integration.

    With Nosana now integrated, Hivello expects to see a surge in GPU node participation, giving more users the ability to earn rewards, stake $HVLO, and contribute to the next wave of DePIN-powered applications.

    “The future of infrastructure is decentralized, and DePIN is leading this transformation,” said Domenic Carosa, Co-Founder and Chairman of Hivello. “Nosana’s integration is another step toward making GPU-powered compute more accessible, rewarding, and scalable. Hivello is committed to supporting the growth of DePIN by enabling anyone, anywhere, to contribute to and benefit from a more open and distributed infrastructure.”

    (ENDS)

    About Hivello
    Hivello is an aggregator of DePIN projects that allows any user to participate in a variety of DePIN networks with just a few clicks. This eliminates the technical hurdles that many users face when trying to join these networks, and allows users to earn passive income by mobilizing their idle computers. We aim to create a simple app that allows users to contribute their computer resources and earn passive income, with no technical knowledge required. It’s as easy as downloading, installing, and running nodes, making complex technologies accessible and beneficial to all.

    For more information about Hivello and to stay updated on its developments, visit www.hivello.com

    Website | X | Discord | LinkedIn | Telegram

    About Nosana
    Nosana is a decentralized GPU-powered compute network, supporting AI and CI/CD workloads. By leveraging distributed GPU resources, Nosana enables scalable AI training, software testing, and DevOps processes while rewarding node operators for their contributions.

    About Blockmate Ventures Inc.

    Blockmate Ventures is a venture creator focussing on building fast-growing technology businesses relating to cutting-edge sectors such as blockchain, AI and renewable energy. Working with prospective founders, projects in incubation can benefit from the Blockmate ecosystem that offers tech, services, integrations and advice to accelerate the incubation of projects towards monetization. Recent projects include Hivello (download the free passive income app at www.hivello.com) and Sunified, digitising solar energy.

    The leadership team at Blockmate Ventures have successfully founded successful tech companies from the Dotcom era through to the social media era. Learn more about being a Blockmate at: www.blockmate.com.

    Blockmate welcomes investors to join the Company’s mailing list for the latest updates and industry research by subscribing at https://www.blockmate.com/subscribe.

    ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

    Justin Rosenberg, CEO
    Blockmate Ventures Inc
    justin@blockmate.com
    (+1-580-262-6130)

    Neither the TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release

    Forward-Looking Information
    This news release contains “forward-looking statements” or “forward-looking information” (collectively, “forward-looking statements”) within the meaning of applicable securities legislation. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements and are based on the assumptions, expectations, estimates and projections as of the date of this news release. Forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual events or results to differ from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements contained herein. There can be no assurance that such statements will prove to be accurate, as actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Raindrop disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether because of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required by applicable securities laws. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Wilmington Announces 2024 Fourth Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CALGARY, Alberta, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Wilmington Capital Management Inc. (TSX: WCM.A, WCM.B) (“Wilmington” or the “Corporation”) reported a net loss for the three months ended December 31, 2024, of $0.9 million or ($0.07) per share and net income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024 of $0.4 million or $0.03 per share, compared to net loss of $0.2 million or ($0.02) per share and $2.3 million and $0.18 per share for the same periods in 2023.

    Beginning in August 2023, the Corporation took steps to monetize a significant number of its investments in order to unlock the embedded value which had been substantially realized, simplify its business and return capital to its shareholders. The Corporation has been able to reward shareholders through the payment of a dividend and return of capital in May 2024 totaling $2.75 per share.

    Outlook
    As at December 31, 2024, the Corporation had substantially completed the monetization of its investments and had cash on hand of approximately $36 million. The Corporation is currently reviewing a range of alternatives aimed at providing liquidity to shareholders by scaling its public platform or alternatively by other means.

    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
     
    (audited) Three months ended
    December 31,
      Twelve months ended
    December 31,
     
    ($ thousands, except per share amounts) 2024   2023   2024   2023  
    Revenues        
    Management fee revenue 221   193   861   833  
    Distribution income   (18 ) 68   1,276  
    Interest and other income 474   427   1,807   1,793  
      695   602   2,736   3,902  
    Expenses        
    General and administrative (1,955 ) (789 ) (3,842 ) (2,120 )
    Amortization (7 ) (6 ) (28 ) (28 )
    Finance costs (1 ) (2 ) (5 ) (7 )
    Stock-based compensation   (23 ) (18 ) (117 )
      (1,963 ) (820 ) (3,893 ) (2,272 )
    Fair value adjustments and other activities        
    Fair value changes to investments   397   164   1,577  
    Gain (loss) from sale of investments   (52 ) 947   (52 )
    Share of equity accounted loss   (116 )   (122 )
        229   1,111   1,403  
    Income (loss) before income taxes (1,268 ) 11   (46 ) 3,033  
    Current income tax recovery (expense) 47   294   (434 ) (246 )
    Deferred income tax recovery (expense) 399   (531 ) 852   (493 )
    Provision for income taxes 446   (237 ) 418   (739 )
    Net income (loss) (822 ) (226 ) 372   2,294  
    Other comprehensive income        
    Items that will not be reclassified to net income (loss):  
    Fair value changes to investments (60 ) 1,471   (60 ) 783  
    Related income taxes 37   53   73   36  
    Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes (23 ) 1,524   13   819  
    Comprehensive income (loss) (845 ) 1,298   385   3,113  
             
             
    Net income (loss) per share – basic (0.07 ) (0.02 ) 0.03   0.18  
    Net income (loss) per share – diluted (0.07 ) (0.02 ) 0.03   0.18  
     
     
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
     
    (audited) December 31, December 31,
    ($ thousands) 2024 2023
         
    Assets    
    NON-CURRENT ASSETS    
    Investment in Maple Leaf Partnership 22,910
    Investment in Bay Moorings Partnership 850
    Investment in Sunchaser Partnership 4,700
    Investment in Energy Securities 7,584
    Land held for development 6,632
    Deferred income tax assets 240
    Right-of-use asset 36 64
      1,126 41,890
    CURRENT ASSETS    
    Cash 36,307 10,664
    Short term securities 17,000
    Amounts receivable and other 1,253 4,616
    Total assets 38,686 74,170
         
    Liabilities    
    NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES    
    Deferred income tax liabilities 1,773
    Lease liabilities 52 85
      52 1,858
    CURRENT LIABILITIES    
    Lease liabilities 38 38
    Income taxes payable 725 171
    Amounts payable and other 1,638 800
    Total liabilities 2,453 2,867
         
    Equity    
    Shareholders’ equity 35,619 51,324
    Contributed surplus 1,132
    Retained earnings 418 10,364
    Accumulated other comprehensive income 196 8,483
    Total equity 36,233 71,303
    Total liabilities and equity 38,686 74,170
     
     

    Executive Officers of the Corporation will be available at 403-705-8038 to answer any questions on the Corporation’s financial results.

    STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND OTHER MEASUREMENTS
    Certain statements included in this document may constitute forward-looking statements or information under applicable securities legislation. Forward-looking statements that are predictive in nature, depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, include statements regarding the operations, business, financial conditions, expected financial results, performance, opportunities, priorities, ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of the Corporation and its investee entities and contain words such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “plan”, “intend”, “estimate”, “propose”, or similar expressions and statements relating to matters that are not historical facts constitute “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities legislation.

    While the Corporation believes the anticipated future results, performance or achievements reflected or implied in those forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions and expectations, the reader should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements and information because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond the Corporation’s control, which may cause the actual results, performance and achievements of the Corporation to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievement expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements and information.

    Factors and risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated or implied by forward-looking statements include but are not limited to: the ability of management of Wilmington and its investee entities to execute its and their business plans; availability of equity and debt financing and refinancing within the equity and capital markets; strategic actions including dispositions; business competition; delays in business operations; the risk of carrying out operations with minimal environmental impact; industry conditions including changes in laws and regulations including the adoption of new environmental laws and regulations and changes in how they are interpreted and enforced; operational matters related to investee entities business; incorrect assessments of the value of acquisitions; fluctuations in interest rates; stock market volatility; general economic, market and business conditions; risks associated with existing and potential future law suits and regulatory actions against Wilmington and its investee entities; uncertainties associated with regulatory approvals; uncertainty of government policy changes; uncertainties associated with credit facilities; changes in income tax laws, tax laws; changes in accounting policies and methods used to report financial condition (including uncertainties associated with critical accounting assumptions and estimates); the effect of applying future accounting changes; and other risks, factors and uncertainties described elsewhere in this document or in Wilmington’s other filings with Canadian securities regulatory authorities.

    The foregoing list of important factors that may affect future results is not exhaustive. When relying on the forward-looking statements, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. Except as required by law, the Corporation undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or information, that may be as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. These forward-looking statements are effective only as of the date of this document.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Bread Financial Announces Pricing of Private Offering of $400 million of Subordinated Notes

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    COLUMBUS, Ohio, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Bread Financial® Holdings, Inc. (NYSE: BFH) (“Bread Financial” or the “Company”) announced today the pricing of its previously announced offering of $400 million in aggregate principal amount of its 8.375% fixed-rate reset subordinated notes due 2035 (the “Notes”), in a private offering that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Notes will be sold at a price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The closing of the issuance of the Notes is expected to occur on March 10, 2025, subject to customary closing conditions, and is expected to result in approximately $395 million in net proceeds to the Company, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discount but before the Company’s estimated offering expenses.

    The Company intends to lend no less than $250 million of the net proceeds of the Notes offering as subordinated debt to one of its subsidiary banks, Comenity Capital Bank, with the remaining proceeds intended to be used for general corporate purposes, which may include share repurchases.

    The Notes will not be registered under the Securities Act, or any state securities laws. The Notes may not be offered or sold in the United States absent an effective registration statement or an applicable exemption from registration requirements under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Accordingly, the Notes were offered only (A) to persons reasonably believed to be “qualified institutional buyers” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act or (B) outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

    This news release shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities, nor shall there be any sale of securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction.

    About Bread Financial®
    Bread Financial® (NYSE: BFH) is a tech-forward financial services company that provides simple, personalized payment, lending and saving solutions to millions of U.S. consumers. The Company’s payment solutions, including Bread Financial general purpose credit cards and savings products, empower its customers and their passions for a better life. Additionally, the Company delivers growth for some of the most recognized brands in travel & entertainment, health & beauty, jewelry and specialty apparel through their private label and co-brand credit cards and pay-over-time products providing choice and value to their shared customers.

    Forward-looking Statements
    This news release contains forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, statements related to the Notes offering described above. Forward-looking statements give the Company’s expectations or forecasts of future events and can generally be identified by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “project,” “plan,” “likely,” “may,” “should” or other words or phrases of similar import. Similarly, statements that describe the Company’s business strategy, outlook, objectives, plans, intentions or goals also are forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements made regarding, and the guidance given with respect to, the Company’s anticipated operating or financial results, future financial performance and outlook, future dividend declarations or stock repurchases and future economic conditions.

    The Company believes that its expectations are based on reasonable assumptions. Forward-looking statements, however, are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and, in many cases, beyond its control. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from the projections, anticipated results or other expectations expressed in this release, and no assurances can be given that the Company’s expectations will prove to have been correct. Factors that could cause the outcomes to differ materially include, but are not limited to, the following: macroeconomic conditions, including market conditions, inflation, interest rates, labor market conditions, recessionary pressures or concerns over a prolonged economic slowdown, and the related impact on consumer spending behavior, payments, debt levels, savings rates and other behaviors; global political, public health and social events or conditions, including ongoing wars and military conflicts, and natural disasters; future credit performance of the Company’s customers, including the level of future delinquency and write-off rates; loss of, or reduction in demand for services from, significant brand partners or customers in the highly competitive markets in which the Company competes; the concentration of the Company’s business in U.S. consumer credit; increases or volatility in the Allowance for credit losses that may result from the application of the current expected credit loss (CECL) model; inaccuracies in the models and estimates on which the Company rely, including the amount of the Company’s Allowance for credit losses and its credit risk management models; increases in fraudulent activity; failure to identify, complete or successfully integrate or disaggregate business acquisitions, divestitures and other strategic initiatives, including, with respect to divested businesses, any associated guarantees, indemnities or other liabilities; the extent to which the Company’s results are dependent upon brand partners, including brand partners’ financial performance and reputation, as well as the effective promotion and support of the Company’s products by brand partners; increases in the cost of doing business, including market interest rates; the Company’s level of indebtedness and inability to access financial or capital markets, including asset-backed securitization funding or deposits markets; restrictions that limit the ability of the Company’s subsidiary banks, Comenity Bank and Comenity Capital Bank (the “Banks”), to pay dividends to it; pending and future litigation; pending and future federal, state, local and foreign legislation, regulation, supervisory guidance and regulatory and legal actions including, but not limited to, those related to financial regulatory reform and consumer financial services practices, as well as any such actions with respect to late fees, interchange fees or other charges; increases in regulatory capital requirements or other support for the Banks; impacts arising from or relating to the transition of the Company’s credit card processing services to third party service providers that it completed in 2022; failures, or breaches in operational or security systems, including as a result of cyberattacks, unanticipated impacts from technology modernization projects, failure of information security controls or otherwise; loss of consumer information or other data due to compromised physical or cyber security, including disruptive attacks from financially motivated bad actors and third-party supply chain issues; any tax or other liability, or adverse impacts arising out of or related to the spinoff of the Company’s former LoyaltyOne segment or the bankruptcy filings of Loyalty Ventures Inc. (LVI) and certain of its subsidiaries, and subsequent litigation or other disputes. If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what we projected. In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) issued a final rule in 2024 that, absent a successful legal challenge or other invalidation of the rule, will place significant limits on credit card late fees, which would have a significant impact on the Company’s business and results of operations for at least the short term and, depending on the effectiveness of the mitigating actions that the Company has taken or may in the future take in anticipation of, or in response to, the final rule, may potentially adversely impact it over the long term; the Company cannot provide any assurance as to the effective date, if any, of the rule, the result of any pending or future challenges or other litigation relating to the rule, or its ability to mitigate or offset the impact of the rule on its business and results of operations. The foregoing factors, along with other risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking statements, are described in greater detail under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the most recently ended fiscal year, which may be updated in Item 1A of, or elsewhere in, the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed for periods subsequent to such Form 10-K. The Company’s forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made, and it undertakes no obligation, other than as required by applicable law, to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events, anticipated or unanticipated circumstances or otherwise.

    Contacts

    Brian Vereb — Investor Relations
    Brian.Vereb@breadfinancial.com

    Susan Haugen — Investor Relations
    Susan.Haugen@breadfinancial.com

    Rachel Stultz — Media
    Rachel.Stultz@breadfinancial.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Petrolympic Announces Closing of Private Placement

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Petrolympic Ltd. (the “Company“) (TSX.V: PCQ – OTCQB:PCQRF) is pleased to announce the closing of a non-brokered private placement (the “Offering“), consisting of 3,000,000 units (“Units“) at a price of $0.05 per Unit to raise aggregate gross proceeds of $150,000.

    Each Unit consists of one common share (“Common Share“) of the Company and one Common Share purchase warrant (“Warrant“). Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase a Common Share at $0.10 per share for a period of 24 months from closing, subject to acceleration in the event that the Common Shares trade at or above $0.20 for 20 consecutive trading days.

    All securities issued in connection with this Offering are subject to a four-month hold period from the date of issuance in accordance with applicable securities laws.

    About Petrolympic

    Petrolympic is a Junior Canadian gold and lithium mining company in North America. The Company is presently focused on its lithium exploration assets in the James Bay region, Basserode and Fournière in Abitibi region as well as its gold exploration assets at Vauquelin and Rayon d’Or in the Val d’Or region, all in the Province of Quebec, Canada.

    For further information please contact:

    Mendel Ekstein – President & CEO

    82 Richmond St East
    Toronto, ON M5C 1P1
    Tel. 845-656-0184 Fax 845-231-6665

    NEITHER THE TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE NOR ITS REGULATIONS SERVICES PROVIDER HAVE REVIEWED OR ACCEPT RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS RELEASE.

    CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

    Certain information contained or incorporated by reference in this press release, including any information regarding the proposed acquisition, constitutes “forward-looking statements”. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, are to be considered forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are necessarily based on a number of estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable by the Company, are inherently subject to significant business, economic, geological and competitive uncertainties and contingencies. Although the Company believes the expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, such statements are not guaranteeing of future performance. Known and unknown factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Such factors include but are not limited to: economic and global market impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, fluctuations in market prices, exploration and exploitation successes, continued availability of capital and financing, changes in national and local government legislation, taxation, controls, regulations, expropriation or nationalization of property and general political, economic, market or business conditions. Many of these uncertainties and contingencies can affect our actual results and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements made by, or on behalf of, us. Readers are cautioned that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and, therefore, readers are advised to rely on their own evaluation of such uncertainties. All of the forward-looking statements made in this press release, or incorporated by reference, are qualified by these cautionary statements. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Mount Logan Capital Inc. Schedules Release of 2024 Fiscal Year Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Mount Logan Capital Inc. (CBOE: MLC) (“Mount Logan” or the “Company”) will release its financial results for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 after market close on Thursday, March 13, 2025. The Company will host a conference call on Friday, March 14, 2025, at 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time to discuss these results. Shareholders, prospective shareholders, and analysts are welcome to listen to the conference call. To join the call, please use the dial-in information below. A recording of the conference call will be available on Mount Logan’s website www.mountlogancapital.ca in the Investor Relations section under “Events”.

    Canada Dial-in Toll Free: 1-833-950-0062
    US Dial-in Toll Free: 1-833-470-1428
    International Dial-in:
    Access Code: 601424

    About Mount Logan Capital Inc.

    Mount Logan Capital Inc. is an alternative asset management and insurance solutions company that is focused on public and private debt securities in the North American market and the reinsurance of annuity products, primarily through its wholly owned subsidiaries Mount Logan Management LLC (“ML Management”) and Ability Insurance Company (“Ability”), respectively. Mount Logan also actively sources, evaluates, underwrites, manages, monitors and primarily invests in loans, debt securities, and other credit-oriented instruments that present attractive risk-adjusted returns and present low risk of principal impairment through the credit cycle.

    ML Management was organized in 2020 as a Delaware limited liability company and is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The primary business of ML Management is to provide investment management services to (i) privately offered investment funds exempt from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) advised by ML Management, (ii) a non-diversified closed end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company, (iii) Ability, and (iv) non-diversified closed-end management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act that operate as interval funds. ML Management also acts as the collateral manager to collateralized loan obligations backed by debt obligations and similar assets.

    Ability is a Nebraska domiciled insurer and reinsurer of long-term care policies acquired by Mount Logan in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021.

    This press release is not, and under no circumstances is it to be construed as, a prospectus or an advertisement and the communication of this release is not, and under no circumstances is it to be construed as, an offer to sell or an offer to purchase any securities in the Company or in any fund or other investment vehicle. This press release is not intended for U.S. persons. The Company’s shares are not and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Company is not and will not be registered under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). U.S. persons are not permitted to purchase the Company’s shares absent an applicable exemption from registration under each of these Acts. In addition, the number of investors in the United States, or which are U.S. persons or purchasing for the account or benefit of U.S. persons, will be limited to such number as is required to comply with an available exemption from the registration requirements of the 1940 Act.

    Contacts:
    Mount Logan Capital Inc.

    365 Bay Street, Suite 800
    Toronto, ON M5H 2V1
    info@mountlogancapital.ca

    Nikita Klassen
    Chief Financial Officer
    Nikita.Klassen@mountlogancapital.ca

    Scott Chan
    Investor Relations
    Scott.Chan@mountlogan.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: ThreeD Capital Inc. Announces Private Placement Financing

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — ThreeD Capital Inc. (“ThreeD” or the “Company”) (CSE:IDK / OTCQX:IDKFF) a Canadian-based venture capital firm focused on opportunistic investments in companies in the junior resources and disruptive technologies sectors, is pleased to announce terms to a proposed private placement financing (the “Private Placement”).

    The Private Placement will consist of the sale of up to 7,000,000 units of the Company (“Units”) at a price of $0.10 per Unit, for total gross proceeds raised of $700,000. Each Unit is comprised of one common share and one common share purchase warrant (a “Warrant”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to acquire one common share of the Company at an exercise price of $0.20 per common share for a period of 60 months. No commission or finders’ fees are expected paid as part of the Private Placement.

    All securities issued and issuable in connection with the Private Placement will be subject to a four-month and a day hold period. Proceeds received from the Private Placement are intended to be used for general working capital purposes and purchase of investments.

    In connection with the Private Placement, certain directors of the Company (collectively the “Insiders”), intend to purchase a total of 2,000,000 Units. Insiders’ participation in the Private Placement constitutes a “related party transaction” pursuant to Multilateral Instrument 61-101 – Protection of Minority Security Holders in Special Transactions (“MI 61-101”). The Company is relying on the exemption from the valuation and minority shareholder approval requirements under MI 61-101, as the fair market value of the Insiders’ participation in the Private Placement does not exceed 25% of the market capitalization of the Company.

    The Private Placement remains subject to the approval of the Canadian Securities Exchange.

    About ThreeD Capital Inc.

    ThreeD is a publicly-traded Canadian-based venture capital firm focused on opportunistic investments in companies in the junior resources and disruptive technologies sectors.  ThreeD’s investment strategy is to invest in multiple private and public companies across a variety of sectors globally. ThreeD seeks to invest in early stage, promising companies where it may be the lead investor and can additionally provide investees with advisory services and access to the Company’s ecosystem.

    For further information:
    Matthew Davis, CPA
    Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary
    davis@threedcap.com
    Phone: 416-941-8900

    The Canadian Securities Exchange has neither approved nor disapproved the contents of this news release and accepts no responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy hereof.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This news release contains certain forward-looking statements and forward-looking information (collectively referred to herein as “forward-looking statements”) within the meaning of Canadian securities laws including, without limitation, statements with respect to the future investments by the Company. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. Undue reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements, which are inherently uncertain, are based on estimates and assumptions, and are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties (both general and specific) that contribute to the possibility that the future events or circumstances contemplated by the forward-looking statements will not occur. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in the forward looking statements contained in this press release, and the assumptions on which such forward-looking statements are made, are reasonable, there can be no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements included in this document, as there can be no assurance that the plans, intentions or expectations upon which the forward-looking statements are based will occur. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve numerous assumptions, known and unknown risks and uncertainties that contribute to the possibility that the predictions, forecasts, projections and other forward-looking statements will not occur, which may cause the Company’s actual performance and results in future periods to differ materially from any estimates or projections of future performance or results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained in this news release are made as of the date hereof and the Company does not undertake any obligation to update publicly or to revise any of the included forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable law. The forward-looking statements contained herein are expressly qualified by this cautionary statement.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Capstone Infrastructure Corporation Reports Fourth Quarter and Fiscal 2024 Results and Declares a Quarterly Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Toronto, Ontario, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Capstone Infrastructure Corporation (TSX: CSE.PR.A) (the “Corporation” or “Capstone”) today announced and filed its financial results for the fourth quarter and fiscal year ended December 31, 2024. The Corporation’s 2024 Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) and audited consolidated financial statements are available at www.capstoneinfrastructure.com and on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca. Capstone’s MD&A details the “Results of Operations” and provides a “Financial Position Review” for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. 

    Dividend Declarations

    Today, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend on the Corporation’s Cumulative Five-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series A (the “Preferred Shares”) of $0.2314 per Preferred Share to be paid on or about April 30, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business on April 15, 2025. The dividend on the Preferred Shares covers the period from January 31, 2025 to April 29, 2025.

    The dividends paid by the Corporation on its Preferred Shares are designated “eligible” dividends for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada). An enhanced dividend tax credit applies to eligible dividends paid to Canadian residents.

    About Capstone Infrastructure Corporation

    Capstone is generating our low-carbon future, driving the energy transition forward through creative thinking, strong partnerships, and a commitment to quality and integrity in how we do business. A developer, owner, and operator of clean and renewable energy projects across North America, Capstone’s portfolio includes approximately 885 MW gross installed capacity across 35 facilities, including wind, solar, hydro, biomass, and natural gas power plants. Please visit www.capstoneinfrastructure.com for more information.

    Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

    Certain of the statements contained within this document are forward-looking and reflect management’s expectations regarding the future growth, results of operations, performance and business of the Corporation based on information currently available to the Corporation. Forward-looking statements are provided for the purpose of presenting information about management’s current expectations and plans relating to the future and readers are cautioned that such statements may not be appropriate for other purposes. These statements use forward-looking words, such as “anticipate”, “continue”, “could”, “expect”, “may”, “will”, “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “believe” or other similar words. These statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements and, accordingly, should not be read as guarantees of future performance or results. The forward-looking statements within this document are based on information currently available and what the Corporation currently believes are reasonable assumptions, including the material assumptions set out in the management’s discussion and analysis of the results of operations and the financial condition of the Corporation (“MD&A”) for the year ended December 31, 2024, as updated in subsequently filed MD&A of the Corporation (such documents are available under the Corporation’s SEDAR+ profile at www.sedarplus.ca).

    Although the Corporation believes that it has a reasonable basis for the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements, actual results may differ from those suggested by the forward-looking statements due to inherent risks and uncertainties. For a comprehensive description of these risk factors, please refer to the “Risk Factors” section of the Corporation’s Annual Information Form dated March 21, 2024, as supplemented by disclosure of risk factors contained in any subsequent annual information form, material change reports (except confidential material change reports), business acquisition reports, interim financial statements, interim management’s discussion and analysis and information circulars filed by the Corporation with the securities commissions or similar authorities in Canada (which are available under the Corporation’s SEDAR+ profile at www.sedarplus.ca).

    The assumptions, risks and uncertainties described above are not exhaustive and other events and risk factors could cause actual results to differ materially from the results and events discussed in the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements within this document reflect current expectations of the Corporation as at the date of this document and speak only as at the date of this document. Except as may be required by applicable law, the Corporation does not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Tech Expert Warns: 2025 Will Be a Crossroads Year for America—A New Era of Disruption and Opportunity

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Tech expert James Altucher is issuing a stark warning: 2025 will be a defining crossroads for America—one that could either unlock historic new opportunities or leave millions struggling to catch up.

    Dubbed “The Great Gain”, Altucher believes that the U.S. is entering a rare moment in history where massive economic and technological shifts will converge at the same time, forcing industries, businesses, and individuals to either adapt or be left behind. “For the first time in US history… Two major Wealth Drivers are on a collision course.”

    According to Altucher, these two forces—a political and economic realignment combined with a peak in the nation’s financial cycle—are setting the stage for rapid, unpredictable change. “The first 365 days of Trump’s presidency will be remembered as… The best time to get rich in American history.”

    A Defining Moment in Economic History

    Altucher has made a career out of identifying major turning points before they happen. He predicted the rise of video streaming in the late 1990s, saw the social media explosion before Facebook’s IPO, and has been ahead of the curve on disruptive technologies and financial trends.

    Now, he sees 2025 as another major inflection point—one that could either create immense new opportunities or leave many behind. “Technology is evolving at an exponential rate, and industries are being reshaped overnight.”

    Altucher compares this shift to previous economic revolutions—those rare moments when industries and wealth were completely transformed: “The Industrial Revolution created unprecedented business empires. The dot-com boom built some of today’s biggest companies.”

    But, he argues, 2025 will be even bigger. “The Great Gain is the FINAL major wealth-building opportunity of our lifetimes.”

    What This Means for Everyday Americans

    Altucher is urging Americans to prepare now, as this shift will create both massive winners and losers. He believes that for those who take action early, this period could bring a rare second chance to reshape their future.

    “In our nation’s history… There have been only a few times… Where regular Americans could quickly gain enough wealth… To radically improve their standard of living.”

    About James Altucher

    James Altucher is a renowned entrepreneur, investor, and thought leader known for spotting emerging economic trends and breakthrough technologies long before they reach the mainstream.

    Over his career, Altucher has:

    • Built and sold multiple companies across finance, tech, and media
    • Advised Fortune 500 corporations on economic trends and disruptive innovation
    • Authored over 20 books, including Choose Yourself, Skip the Line, and The Rich Employee
    • Been featured in leading media outlets, including CNBC, Yahoo Finance, and The New York Times

    His podcast, The James Altucher Show, has been downloaded over 40 million times, featuring in-depth interviews with some of the world’s most influential entrepreneurs, investors, and visionaries.

    Media Contact:
    Derek Warren
    Public Relations Manager
    Paradigm Press Group
    Email: dwarren@paradigmpressgroup.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: James Altucher Declares 2025 as ‘The Great Gain’—A New Era of Opportunity for Americans

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Renowned entrepreneur, best-selling author, and economic visionary James Altucher has identified 2025 as a pivotal year for American prosperity, calling it “The Great Gain”—a moment in history where major economic and technological forces are converging to create new opportunities unlike anything seen before. “The first 365 days of Trump’s presidency will be remembered as… The best time to get rich in American history.”

    Altucher argues that two major economic forces are colliding for the first time in history to create an unprecedented wave of opportunity. “For the first time in US history… Two major Wealth Drivers are on a collision course.”

    A Once-in-a-Generation Moment

    Altucher, known for his ability to forecast major economic and technological shifts, believes that 2025 will be remembered as one of the most transformative years in modern history. He compares it to past eras of rapid progress, such as the Industrial Revolution, the rise of Silicon Valley, and the early internet boom of the 1990s.

    “The Industrial Revolution created unprecedented business empires. The dot-com boom built some of today’s biggest companies.”

    According to Altucher, this moment is different from previous cycles because of the convergence of two Wealth Drivers:

    1. A Political and Economic Shift – A radical move in the first 100 days of the new administration is set to open new doors for growth.
    2. A Historical Economic Cycle – A peak in the 4-year wealth cycle, which “last time… turned more than 80,000 people into new millionaires.”

    A Call to Action for Americans

    Altucher urges Americans to stay ahead of these changes by recognizing the emerging trends that could redefine the economy. From career opportunities and entrepreneurship to advancements in automation and artificial intelligence, the coming months will present once-in-a-lifetime chances to adapt, grow, and thrive. “In our nation’s history… There have been only a few times… Where regular Americans could quickly gain enough wealth… To radically improve their standard of living.”

    About James Altucher

    James Altucher is not only a tech expert, he’s a former hedge fund manager and best-selling author. Altucher has also launched and sold multiple businesses and advised Fortune 500 companies. His work has been featured on Fox Business, CNBC, Yahoo Finance, The New York Times, and Business Insider​.

    His podcast, The James Altucher Show, has been downloaded over 40 million times, featuring guests such as Mark Cuban, Richard Branson, and Peter Thiel.

    Media Contact:
    Derek Warren
    Public Relations Manager
    Paradigm Press Group
    Email: dwarren@paradigmpressgroup.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: James Altucher Declares 2025 as ‘America’s Defining Moment’—A Rare Economic Shift That Could Reshape the Future

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Tech expert, best-selling author, and market forecaster James Altucher is making a bold proclamation: 2025 will mark a turning point in the American economy—one that could redefine industries, technology, and personal opportunity.

    Calling it “The Great Gain”, Altucher believes that a rare collision of economic forces is underway, creating what could be one of the most significant windows for personal and financial transformation in modern history. “For the first time in US history… Two major Wealth Drivers are on a collision course.”

    These two forces—a major political and economic shift combined with a historic wealth cycle peak—are aligning in a way that hasn’t happened in decades. “The first 365 days of Trump’s presidency will be remembered as… The best time to get rich in American history.”

    A Historic Turning Point for Innovation and Growth

    Altucher, who has successfully predicted market-defining trends for decades, sees 2025 as the start of a technological and financial transformation similar to past economic revolutions. “The Industrial Revolution created unprecedented business empires. The dot-com boom built some of today’s biggest companies.”

    He believes this moment could be even bigger, with industries evolving faster than ever before. “Technology is evolving at an exponential rate, and industries are being reshaped overnight.”

    A Rare Chance for Everyday Americans

    Altucher emphasizes that this shift isn’t just for major corporations or Wall Street—it presents a rare second chance for everyday Americans to take advantage of changes before they become mainstream. “In our nation’s history… There have been only a few times… Where regular Americans could quickly gain enough wealth… To radically improve their standard of living.”

    About James Altucher

    James Altucher is not only a tech expert, he’s a former hedge fund manager and best-selling author. Altucher has also launched and sold multiple businesses and advised Fortune 500 companies. His work has been featured on Fox Business, CNBC, Yahoo Finance, The New York Times, and Business Insider​.

    His podcast, The James Altucher Show, has been downloaded over 40 million times, featuring guests such as Mark Cuban, Richard Branson, and Peter Thiel.

    Media Contact:
    Derek Warren
    Public Relations Manager
    Paradigm Press Group
    Email: dwarren@paradigmpressgroup.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Ring Energy Announces Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2024 Results, Year-End 2024 Proved Reserves, and 2025 Guidance

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    THE WOODLANDS, Texas, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ring Energy, Inc. (NYSE American: REI) (“Ring” or the “Company”) today reported operational and financial results for the fourth quarter and full year 2024, year-end 2024 proved reserves and provided 2025 operational and financial guidance.

    Fourth Quarter 2024 Highlights

    • Recorded net income of $5.7 million, or $0.03 per diluted share;
    • Reported Adjusted Net Income1 of $12.3 million, or $0.06 per diluted share;
    • Sold 19,658 barrels of oil equivalent per day (“Boe/d”), exceeding midpoint of guidance and 12,916 barrels of oil per day (“Bo/d”);
    • Held all-in cash operating costs1 (on a Boe basis) substantially flat with Q3 2024;
    • Reduced total capital expenditures by 12% to $37.6 million as compared to Q3 2024;
    • Recorded Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations1 of $42.2 million and delivered Adjusted Free Cash Flow1 of $4.7 million, remaining cash flow positive for 21 consecutive quarters; and
    • Strengthened balance sheet by an additional $7.0 million in debt reduction.

    Full Year 2024 Highlights

    • Recorded net income of $67.5 million, or $0.34 per diluted share;
    • Reported Adjusted Net Income1 of $69.5 million, or $0.35 per diluted share;
    • Grew sales volumes year-over-year (“Y-O-Y”) by 8% to a record 19,648 Boe/d and oil sales by 6% to a record 13,283 Bo/d;
    • Reduced Y-O-Y all-in cash operating costs1 (on a Boe basis) by 2%;
    • Generated Adjusted EBITDA1 of $233.3 million despite a 7% reduction in realized prices;
    • Maintained capital spending essentially flat at $151.9 million while improving capital efficiency on horizontal (“Hz”) wells by 11% to ~$492 per foot and vertical wells by ~3% on a per completed interval basis;
    • Generated a Cash Return on Capital Employed (“CROCE”)1 of 15.9% despite lower commodity pricing, which is the third consecutive year that Ring has achieved a CROCE in excess of 15%;
    • Recorded Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations1 of $195.3 million and delivered Adjusted Free Cash Flow1 of $43.6 million, remaining cash flow positive for over 5 years;
    • Divested non-core vertical wells with high operating cost for $5.5 million;
    • Paid down $40.0 million in debt and $70.0 million since closing the Founders acquisition in August 2023;
    • Reaffirmed the borrowing base at $600 million, exited 2024 with ~$217 million of liquidity, borrowings of $385 million, and a Leverage Ratio1 of 1.66x; and
    • Organically grew proved reserves by 4.4 MMBoe, or 3%, to 134.2 MMBoe.

    2025 Outlook2

    • Average annual sales midpoint of 21,000 Boe/d and 13,900 Bo/d, a 7% and 5% increase, respectively;
    • Annual capital spending midpoint of $154 million, essentially flat with the prior year;
    • Total wells drilled, completed and online (midpoint) of ~49 wells; and
    • Assumes nine months of Lime Rock asset operations without the benefit of anticipated synergies and cost reductions.

    Mr. Paul D. McKinney, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “We finished 2024 delivering on our promises during the fourth quarter, in a year in which the Ring Team enhanced nearly every controllable metric. We grew our sales by 8% over the prior year to a record 19,648 Boe/d and our oil sales by 6% to a record 13,283 Bo/d. We reduced our all-in cash operating costs per Boe by 2% and drilled 13 more wells for slightly less capital than the previous year representing a substantial increase in capital efficiency for both our horizontal and vertical wells. We paid down debt by $40 million and exited the year with $385 million borrowings and approximately $217 million of liquidity. During the fourth quarter of 2024, we reduced our capital expenditures in anticipation of seeking and completing a meaningful acquisition of producing properties, while achieving the midpoint of our guidance on a Boe basis. As we have previously stated, we intend to maintain or slightly grow our production through our organic drilling program and grow through accretive, balance sheet enhancing acquisitions of assets that meet specific criteria. Our strategy retains the flexibility to respond to changing conditions to ensure we continue to make progress profitably growing the Company, achieving the size and scale to earn more attractive market metrics, and build long term shareholder value. Looking forward to 2025, we intend to continue a reduced capital spending program in the first quarter to help us achieve a satisfactory leverage ratio upon closing the Lime Rock transaction. The rest of the year will be consistent with our past. We will continue our focus on maximizing cash flow generation and intend to allocate a portion of our cash flow from operations to maintain production and liquidity and allocate the balance to paying down debt. With the potential added benefit of the proposed Lime Rock production beginning in the second quarter and our historically successful capital spending program, we anticipate ending 2025 stronger than ever.”

    Mr. McKinney concluded, “I would like to thank the Ring Team for the hard work and dedication it took to deliver our 2024 results. I also want to express our gratitude for the continued support of our shareholders. Despite an environment of lower realized commodity prices, being a member of a market segment where investor interest has waned, and other market conditions beyond our control, our shareholders continued to support us as we pursue our value focused proven strategy to build long-term value.”

    Summary Results

      Quarter Year
      Q4 2024 Q3 2024 Q4 2024
    to Q3
    2024 %
    Change
    Q4 2023 Q4 2024
    to Q4
    2023 %
    Change
    FY 2024 FY 2023 FY % Change
    Average Daily Sales Volumes (Boe/d) 19,658 20,108 (2 )% 19,397 1 % 19,648 18,119 8 %
    Crude Oil (Bo/d) 12,916 13,204 (2 )% 13,637 (5 )% 13,283 12,548 6 %
    Net Sales (MBoe) 1,808.5 1,849.9 (2 )% 1,784.5 1 % 7,191.1 6,613.3 9 %
    Realized Price – All Products ($/Boe) $46.14 $48.24 (4 )% $56.01 (18 )% $50.94 $54.60 (7 )%
    Realized Price – Crude Oil ($/Bo) $68.98 $74.43 (7 )% $77.33 (11 )% $74.87 $76.21 (2 )%
    Revenues ($MM) $83.4 $89.2 (7 )% $99.9 (17 )% $366.3 $361.1 1 %
    Net Income/Loss ($MM) $5.7 $33.9 (83 )% $50.9 (89 )% $67.5 $104.9 (36 )%
    Adjusted Net Income1 ($MM) $12.3 $13.4 (8 )% $21.2 (42 )% $69.5 $100.5 (31 )%
    Adjusted EBITDA1 ($MM) $50.9 $54.0 (6 )% $65.4 (22 )% $233.3 $236.0 (1 )%
    Capital Expenditures ($MM) $37.6 $42.7 (12 )% $38.8 (3 )% $151.9 $152.0 %
    Adjusted Free Cash Flow1 ($MM) $4.7 $1.9 144 % $16.3 (71 )% $43.6 $45.3 (4 )%


    Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Free Cash Flow, Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations, Cash Return on Capital Employed and PV-10 are non-GAAP financial measures, which are described in more detail and reconciled to the most comparable GAAP measures, in the tables shown later in this release under “Non-GAAP Financial Information.”

    Sales Volumes, Prices and Revenues: Sales volumes for the fourth quarter of 2024 are shown in the table above.

    For the fourth quarter of 2024, realized average sales prices were $68.98 per barrel of crude oil, $(0.96) per Mcf of natural gas and $9.08 per barrel of NGLs. The realized natural gas and NGL prices are impacted by a fee reduction to the value received. For the fourth quarter of 2024, the weighted average natural gas price per Mcf was $0.87 offset by a weighted average fee value per Mcf of $(1.83), and the weighted average NGL price per barrel was $20.96 partially offset by a weighted average fee of $(11.88) per barrel. The combined average realized sales price for the period was $46.14 per Boe, down 4% versus $48.24 per Boe for the third quarter of 2024, and down 18% from $56.01 per Boe in the fourth quarter of 2023. The average oil price differential the Company experienced from WTI NYMEX futures pricing in the fourth quarter of 2024 was a negative $1.42 per barrel of crude oil, while the average natural gas price differential from NYMEX futures pricing was a negative $3.83 per Mcf.

    Revenues were $83.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 compared to $89.2 million for the third quarter of 2024 and $99.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2023. The 7% decrease in fourth quarter 2024 revenues from the third quarter was driven by a ($3.8MM) price variance and a ($2.0MM) volume variance.

    Lease Operating Expense (“LOE”): LOE, which includes expensed workovers and facilities maintenance, was $20.3 million, or $11.24 per Boe, in the fourth quarter of 2024 versus $20.3 million, or $10.98 per Boe, in the third quarter of 2024 and $18.7 million, or $10.50 per Boe, for the fourth quarter of 2023. Fourth quarter 2024 LOE per Boe was within the Company’s guidance range, and the Company remains focused on further improving the efficiencies of its operations.

    Gathering, Transportation and Processing (“GTP”) Costs: As previously disclosed, due to a contractual change effective May 1, 2022, the Company no longer maintains ownership and control of the majority of its natural gas through processing. As a result, GTP costs are now substantially reflected as a reduction to the natural gas sales price and not as an expense item. There remains only one contract in place with a natural gas processing entity where the point of control of gas dictates requiring the fees to be recorded as an expense.

    Ad Valorem Taxes: Ad valorem taxes, inclusive of an accrual for methane taxes of $527,687, were $1.34 per Boe for the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to $1.17 per Boe in the third quarter of 2024 and $0.92 per Boe for the fourth quarter of 2023.

    Production Taxes: Production taxes were $2.13 per Boe in the fourth quarter of 2024 compared to $2.27 per Boe in the third quarter of 2024 and $2.78 per Boe in fourth quarter of 2023. Production taxes ranged between 4.6% to 5.0% of revenue for all three periods.

    Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization (“DD&A”) and Asset Retirement Obligation Accretion: DD&A was $13.57 per Boe in the fourth quarter of 2024 versus $13.87 per Boe for the third quarter of 2024 and $13.76 per Boe in the fourth quarter of 2023. Asset retirement obligation accretion was $0.18 per Boe in the fourth quarter of 2024 compared to $0.19 per Boe for the third quarter of 2024 and $0.20 per Boe in the fourth quarter of 2023.

    General and Administrative Expenses (“G&A”): G&A was $8.0 million ($4.44 per Boe) for the fourth quarter of 2024 versus $6.4 million ($3.47 per Boe) for the third quarter of 2024 and $8.2 million ($4.58 per Boe) in the fourth quarter of 2023. G&A, excluding share-based compensation1, was $6.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 ($3.52 per Boe) versus $6.4 million for the third quarter of 2024 ($3.45 per Boe) and $5.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2023 ($3.20 per Boe). The fourth quarter of 2024 included $21,017 of Transaction Costs. Excluding these costs and share-based compensation, G&A was $3.51 per Boe for the period.

    Interest Expense: Interest expense was $10.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 versus $10.8 million for the third quarter of 2024 and $11.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2023.

    Derivative (Loss) Gain: In the fourth quarter of 2024, Ring recorded a net loss of $6.3 million on its commodity derivative contracts, including a realized $0.7 million cash commodity derivative gain and an unrealized $7.0 million non-cash commodity derivative loss. This compared to a net gain of $24.7 million in the third quarter of 2024, including a realized $1.9 million cash commodity derivative loss and an unrealized $26.6 million non-cash commodity derivative gain, and a net gain of $29.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2023, including a realized $3.3 million cash commodity derivative loss and an unrealized $32.5 million non-cash commodity derivative gain.

    A summary listing of the Company’s outstanding derivative positions at December 31, 2024 is included in the tables shown later in this release. A quarterly breakout is provided in the Company’s investor presentation.

    For full year 2025, the Company currently has approximately 2.4 million barrels of oil (48% of oil sales guidance midpoint) hedged and 2.4 billion cubic feet of natural gas (33% of natural gas sales guidance midpoint) hedged.

    Income Tax: The Company recorded a non-cash income tax provision of $1.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, $10.1 million in the third quarter of 2024, and $7.9 million for fourth quarter 2023.

    Balance Sheet and Liquidity: Total liquidity at December 31, 2024 was $216.8 million, a 4% increase from September 30, 2024 and a 24% increase from December 31, 2023. Liquidity at December 31, 2024 consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $1.9 million and $215.0 million of availability under Ring’s revolving credit facility, which includes a reduction of $35 thousand for letters of credit. On December 31, 2024, the Company had $385.0 million in borrowings outstanding on its revolving credit facility that has a current borrowing base of $600.0 million. Ring paid down $7 million of debt during the fourth quarter of 2024 and $70.0 million since the closing of the Founders Transaction in August 2023. The Company is targeting further debt pay down during 2025 dependent on market conditions, the timing of capital spending, and other considerations.

    During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company’s borrowing base of $600 million under its revolving credit facility was reaffirmed. The next regularly scheduled bank redetermination is scheduled to occur during May 2025. Ring is currently in compliance with all applicable covenants under its revolving credit facility.

    Capital Expenditures: During the fourth quarter of 2024, capital expenditures on an accrual basis were $37.6 million, which was near the midpoint of Ring’s guidance of $33 million to $41 million. The Company drilled five Hz and four vertical wells, and completed ten wells — with all drilling and completion activity occurring in the Central Basin Platform (“CBP”). Also included in fourth quarter 2024 capital spending were costs for capital workovers, infrastructure upgrades, recompletions, leasing costs, and ESG improvements.

    For the year ended December 31, 2024, capital expenditures on an accrual basis were $151.9 million — substantially flat with full year 2023 despite more than a 40% increase in drilling and completion activity in 2024. Capital spending in 2024 included costs to drill, complete and place on production 21 Hz wells (five in the NWS and 16 in the CBP) and 22 vertical wells in the CBP, as well as costs for capital workovers, infrastructure upgrades, recompletions, leasing costs, and ESG improvements.

    The table below sets forth Ring’s drilling and completions activities by quarter for 2024:

    Quarter   Area   Wells
    Drilled
      Wells
    Completed
      Drilled
    Uncompleted
    (“DUC”)
    (2)
                     
    1Q 2024   Northwest Shelf (Horizontal)   2   2  
        Central Basin Platform (Horizontal)   3   3  
        Central Basin Platform (Vertical)   6   6  
        Total (1)   11   11  
                     
    2Q 2024   Northwest Shelf (Horizontal)      
        Central Basin Platform (Horizontal)   5   5  
        Central Basin Platform (Vertical)   6   6  
        Total   11   11  
                     
    3Q 2024   Northwest Shelf (Horizontal)   3   3  
        Central Basin Platform (Horizontal)   4   2   2
        Central Basin Platform (Vertical)   6   6  
        Total   13   11   2
                     
    4Q 2024   Northwest Shelf (Horizontal)      
        Central Basin Platform (Horizontal)   5   6   1
        Central Basin Platform (Vertical)   4   4  
        Total   9   10   1
                     
    FY 2024   Northwest Shelf (Horizontal)   5   5  
        Central Basin Platform (Horizontal)   17   16   1
        Central Basin Platform (Vertical)   22   22  
        Total   44   43   1

    (1) First quarter total and full year total do not include one salt water disposal (“SWD”) well completed in the Central Basin Platform
    (2) Note that the DUC wells represent period-end counts rather than period-to-date totals.

    Full Year 2024 Summary Financial Review

    The Company reported net income for full year 2024 of $67.5 million, or $0.34 per diluted share, and Adjusted Net Income of $69.5 million, or $0.35 per diluted share. For full year 2023, Ring reported net income of $104.9 million, or $0.54 per diluted share, and Adjusted Net Income of $100.5 million, or $0.51 per diluted share.

    In full year 2024, the Company generated Adjusted EBITDA of $233.3 million, Adjusted Free Cash Flow of $43.6 million, and Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations of $195.3 million — representing a four percent or less decline in all three metrics from full year 2023, despite an almost seven percent decrease in overall realized commodity pricing.

    Revenues totaled $366.3 million for 2024 compared to $361.1 million in 2023, with the increase driven by higher sales volumes partially offset by lower overall realized commodity prices.

    Net sales for full year 2024 were a record 19,648 Boe/d, or 7,191,054 Boe, comprised of 4,861,628 Bbls of oil, 6,423,674 Mcf of natural gas, and 1,258,814 Bbls of NGLs. Full year 2023 net sales averaged 18,119 Boe/d, or 6,613,321 Boe, which included 4,579,942 Bbls of oil, 6,339,158 Mcf of natural gas, and 976,852 Bbls of NGLs. The increase in sales volumes was primarily associated with a full year of production from the Founders Acquisition that closed in August 2023, as well as strong organic growth from the Company’s targeted capital spending program.

    For full year 2024, the Company’s realized crude oil sales price was $74.87 per barrel, the natural gas sales price was $(1.44) per Mcf, and the NGLs sales price was $9.23 per barrel. The combined average sales price for full year 2024 was $50.94 per Boe compared to $54.60 per Boe for full year 2023.

    For the full year 2024, LOE was $78.3 million, or $10.89 per Boe (substantially at the midpoint of guidance of $10.70 to $11.00 per Boe). The increase in LOE on an absolute basis from full year 2023 was primarily due to the full year of expenses from the assets acquired with the Founders Acquisition (closed in August 2023) which contributed to the previously discussed 9% increase in production. Also affecting absolute LOE were higher activity levels, partially offset by the Company’s ongoing cost reduction and increased efficiency initiatives.

    For the full year 2024, G&A was $29.6 million, or $4.12 per Boe, compared to $29.2 million, or $4.41 per Boe for full year 2023. G&A, excluding share-based compensation, was $24.1 million, or $3.36 per Boe, compared to $20.4 million, or $3.08 per Boe for full year 2023. Excluding Transaction Costs, full year 2024 G&A, net of share-based compensation, was $3.35 per Boe. The increase from full year 2023 was primarily associated with higher total compensation levels driven by higher activity levels in 2024 and a non-recurring employee retention tax credit in 2023, with the overall net increase partially offset by a $3.3 million year-over-year reduction in share-based compensation.

    Recently Announced Proposed Accretive Bolt-On Acquisition

    On February 25, 2025, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire Lime Rock’s CBP assets for $90 million in cash with $80 million due at closing and $10 million due on the nine month anniversary of closing, and approximately 7.4 million shares of our common stock. The purchase price is subject to customary purchase price adjustments. The transaction has an effective date of October 1, 2024, and is expected to close by the end of the first quarter of 2025.

    Lime Rock’s CBP acreage is in Andrews County, Texas, where the majority of the acreage directly offsets Ring’s core Shafter Lake operations, and the remaining acreage is prospective for multiple horizontal targets and exposes the Company to new active plays. The transaction represents another opportunity for the Company to seamlessly integrate strategic, high-quality assets with Ring’s existing operations and create shareholder value through improved operations and synergy capture.

    The Lime Rock position has been a key target for Ring as the Company has historically sought to consolidate producing assets in core counties in the CBP defined by shallow declines, high margin production and undeveloped inventory that immediately competes for capital. Additionally, these assets add significant near-term opportunities for field level optimization and cost savings that are core competencies of Ring’s operating team.

    2025 Capital Investment, Sales Volumes, and Operating Expense Guidance

    In January, the Company commenced its 2025 development program with one rig drilling horizontal wells followed by another rig drilling vertical wells. During the first quarter, this disciplined capital program is intended to achieve a satisfactory leverage ratio upon the closing of the Lime Rock transaction. The Company intends to utilize a phased (versus continuous) capital drilling program to maximize free cash flow and retain the flexibility to respond to changes in commodity prices and other market conditions.

    For full year 2025, Ring expects total capital spending of $138 million to $170 million that includes a balanced and capital efficient combination of drilling, completing and placing on production 27 to 32 Hz and 15 to 22 vertical wells across the Company’s asset portfolio. Additionally, the full year capital spending program includes funds for the drilling of targeted well recompletions, capital workovers, infrastructure upgrades, reactivations, leasing costs, ESG improvements, and the drilling of approximately three SWD wells, in addition to the Company’s pro-rata capital spending for non-operated drilling, completion, and capital workover activities.

    All projects and estimates are based on assumed WTI oil prices of $65 to $75 per barrel and Henry Hub prices of $2.00 to $4.00 per Mcf.

    Based on the $154 million midpoint of spending guidance, the Company expects the following estimated allocation of capital investment:

    • 73% for drilling, completion, and related infrastructure;
    • 19% for recompletions and capital workovers;
    • 5% for environmental and emission reducing facility upgrades; and
    • 3% for land and non-operated capital.

    The Company remains focused on continuing to generate Adjusted Free Cash Flow. All 2025 planned capital expenditures will be fully funded by cash on hand and cash from operations, and excess Adjusted Free Cash Flow is currently targeted for further debt reduction.

    The Company currently forecasts full year 2025 oil sales volumes of 13,600 to 14,200 Bo/d compared with full year 2024 oil sales volumes of 13,283 Bo/d, with the midpoint of guidance reflecting almost a 5% increase from last year.

    The guidance in the table below represents the Company’s current good faith estimate of the range of likely future results for the first quarter and full year of 2025 and assumes the closing of the Lime Rock transaction at the end of the first quarter of 2025. Guidance could be affected by the factors discussed below in the “Safe Harbor Statement” section. LOE per Boe assumes the full operating costs of the Lime Rock assets before anticipated synergies and cost reductions after the assets are integrated.

        Q1 2025   Q2 2025   Q3 2025   Q4 2025   FY 2025
                         
    Sales Volumes:                    
    Total Oil (Bo/d)   11,700 – 12,000   13,700 – 14,700   14,000 – 15,000   14,400 – 15,400   13,600 – 14,200
    Midpoint (Bo/d)   11,850   14,200   14,500   14,900   13,900
    Total (Boe/d)   18,000-18,500   20,500 – 22,500   20,700 – 22,700   21,000 – 23,000   20,000 – 22,000
    Midpoint (Boe/d)   18,250   21,500   21,700   22,000   21,000
    Oil (%)   65%   66%   67%   68%   66%
    NGLs (%)   19%   18%   18%   18%   18%
    Gas (%)   16%   16%   15%   14%   16%
                         
    Capital Program:                    
    Capital spending(1) (millions)   $26 – $34   $34 – $42   $46 – $54   $32 – $40   $138 – $170
    Midpoint (millions)   $30   $38   $50   $36   $154
    New Hz wells drilled   4 – 5   8 – 9   11 – 13   4 – 5   27 – 32
    New Vertical wells drilled   3 – 4   3 – 5   4 – 6   5 – 7   15 – 22
    Completion of DUC wells   0   1   0   0   1
    Wells completed and online   7 – 9   12 – 15   15 – 19   9 – 12   43 – 55
                         
    Operating Expenses:                    
    LOE (per Boe)   $11.75 – $12.25   $11.50 – $12.50   $11.25 – $12.25   $11.00 – $12.00   $11.25 – $12.25
    Midpoint (per Boe)   $12.00   $12.00   $11.75   $11.50   $11.75

    (1) In addition to Company-directed drilling and completion activities, the capital spending outlook includes funds for targeted well recompletions, capital workovers, infrastructure upgrades and well reactivations. Also included is anticipated spending for leasing acreage and non-operated drilling, completion, capital workovers, and ESG improvements.

    Year-End 2024 Proved Reserves

    The Company’s year-end 2024 SEC proved reserves were 134.2 MMBoe, up 3% compared to 129.8 MMBoe at year-end 2023. During 2024, Ring recorded reserve additions of 16.0 MMBoe for extensions, discoveries and improved recovery. Offsetting these additions were 1.2 MMBoe related to the sale of non-core assets, 7.2 MMBoe of production, and 3.2 MMBoe of revisions related to changes in pricing and performance.

    The SEC twelve-month first day of the month average prices used for year-end 2024 were $71.96 per barrel of crude oil and $2.130 per MMBtu of natural gas, both before adjustment for quality, transportation, fees, energy content, and regional price differentials, while for year-end 2023 they were $74.70 per barrel of crude oil and $2.637 per MMBtu of natural gas — a decrease of four percent and two percent, respectively.

    Year-end 2024 SEC proved reserves were comprised of approximately 60% crude oil, 19% natural gas, and 21% natural gas liquids. At year end, approximately 69% of 2024 proved reserves were classified as proved developed and 31% as proved undeveloped. This is compared to year-end 2023 when approximately 68% of proved reserves were classified as proved developed and 32% were classified as proved undeveloped. The Company’s year-end 2024 proved reserves were prepared by Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc., and independent petroleum engineering firm.

    The PV-10 value at year-end 2024 was $1,462.8 million versus $1,647.0 million at the end of 2023.

        Oil (Bbl)   Gas (Mcf)   Natural
    Gas
    Liquids
    (Bbl)
      Net
    (Boe)
      PV-10(1)
                             
    Balance, December 31, 2023   82,141,277     146,396,322     23,218,564     129,759,229     $ 1,647,031,127  
                             
    Purchase of minerals in place                        
    Extensions, discoveries and improved recovery   11,495,236     10,630,769     2,738,451     16,005,482          
    Sales of minerals in place   (1,140,568 )   (56,020 )   (16,361 )   (1,166,266 )        
    Production   (4,861,628 )   (6,423,674 )   (1,258,814 )   (7,191,054 )        
    Revisions of previous quantity estimates   (6,730,246 )   (730,235 )   3,621,245     (3,230,707 )        
                             
    Balance, December 31, 2024   80,904,071     149,817,162     28,303,085     134,176,684     $ 1,462,827,136  

    (1) PV-10 is a non-GAAP financial measure and is derived from the Standardized Measure of Discounted Futures Net Cash Flows, which is the most directly comparable generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) measure.

    In accordance with guidelines established by the SEC, estimated proved reserves as of December 31, 2024 were determined to be economically producible under existing economic conditions, which requires the use of the 12-month average commodity price for each product, calculated as the unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for the year ended December 31, 2024. The SEC average prices used for year-end 2024 were $71.96 per barrel of crude oil (WTI) and $2.130 per MMBtu of natural gas (Henry Hub), both before adjustment for quality, transportation, fees, energy content, and regional price differentials. Such prices were held constant throughout the estimated lives of the reserves. Future production and development costs are based on year-end costs with no escalations.

    Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows

    Ring’s standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and natural gas reserves and changes in the standardized measure as described below were prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    As of December 31,     2024       2023  
             
    Future cash inflows   $ 6,165,487,616     $ 6,622,410,752  
    Future production costs     (2,432,555,200 )     (2,413,303,488 )
    Future development costs (1)     (536,825,664 )     (562,063,424 )
    Future income taxes     (465,768,645 )     (548,664,988 )
    Future net cash flows     2,730,338,107       3,098,378,852  
    10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows     (1,497,401,764 )     (1,699,193,661 )
             
    Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows   $ 1,232,936,343     $ 1,399,185,191  

    (1) Future development costs include not only development costs but also future asset retirement costs.

    Reconciliation of PV-10 to Standardized Measure

    PV-10 is derived from the Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows (“Standardized Measure”), which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure for proved reserves calculated using SEC pricing. PV-10 is a computation of the Standardized Measure on a pre-tax basis. PV-10 is equal to the Standardized Measure at the applicable date, before deducting future income taxes, discounted at 10 percent. We believe that the presentation of PV-10 is relevant and useful to investors because it presents the discounted future net cash flows attributable to our estimated net proved reserves prior to taking into account future corporate income taxes, and it is a useful measure for evaluating the relative monetary significance of our oil and natural gas properties. Further, investors may utilize the measure as a basis for comparison of the relative size and value of our reserves to other companies without regard to the specific tax characteristics of such entities. Moreover, GAAP does not provide a measure of estimated future net cash flows for reserves other than proved reserves or for reserves calculated using prices other than SEC prices. We use this measure when assessing the potential return on investment related to our oil and natural gas properties. PV-10, however, is not a substitute for the Standardized Measure. Our PV-10 measure and the Standardized Measure do not purport to represent the fair value of our oil and natural gas reserves.

    The following table reconciles the PV-10 value of the Company’s estimated proved reserves as of December 31, 2024 to the Standardized Measure:

    SEC Pricing Proved Reserves
    Standardized Measure Reconciliation    
    Present Value of Estimated Future Net Revenues (PV-10)   $ 1,462,827,136  
    Future Income Taxes, Discounted at 10%     229,890,793  
    Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows   $ 1,232,936,343  


    Conference Call Information

    Ring will hold a conference call on Thursday, March 6, 2025 at 11:00 a.m. ET (10:00 a.m. CT) to discuss its fourth quarter and full year 2024 operational and financial results. An updated investor presentation will be posted to the Company’s website prior to the conference call.

    To participate in the conference call, interested parties should dial 833-953-2433 at least five minutes before the call is to begin. Please reference the “Ring Energy 2024 Earnings Conference Call”. International callers may participate by dialing 412-317-5762. The call will also be webcast and available on Ring’s website at www.ringenergy.com under “Investors” on the “News & Events” page. An audio replay will also be available on the Company’s website following the call.

    About Ring Energy, Inc.

    Ring Energy, Inc. is an oil and gas exploration, development, and production company with current operations focused on the development of its Permian Basin assets. For additional information, please visit www.ringenergy.com.

    Safe Harbor Statement

    This release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this release, regarding our strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. Additionally, forward-looking statements include statements about the expected benefits to the Company and its shareholders from the proposed Lime Rock acquisition and the anticipated completion of the Lime Rock acquisition or the timing thereof. When used in this release, the words “could,” “may,” “will,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “guidance,” “project,” “goal,” “plan,” “target” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events and are based on currently available information as to the outcome and timing of future events. However, whether actual results and developments will conform to expectations is subject to a number of material risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to: declines in oil, natural gas liquids or natural gas prices; the level of success in exploration, development and production activities; adverse weather conditions that may negatively impact development or production activities; the timing of exploration and development expenditures; inaccuracies of reserve estimates or assumptions underlying them; revisions to reserve estimates as a result of changes in commodity prices; impacts to financial statements as a result of impairment write-downs; risks related to level of indebtedness and periodic redeterminations of the borrowing base and interest rates under the Company’s credit facility; Ring’s ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet the internally funded portion of its capital expenditures budget; the impacts of hedging on results of operations; and Ring’s ability to replace oil and natural gas reserves. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties which are disclosed in the Company’s reports filed with the SEC, including its Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, and its other filings with the SEC. Readers and investors are cautioned that the Company’s actual results may differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the Company’s ability to acquire productive oil and/or gas properties or to successfully drill and complete oil and/or gas wells on such properties, general economic conditions both domestically and abroad, and the conduct of business by the Company, and other factors that may be more fully described in additional documents set forth by the Company. Should one or more of the risks or uncertainties described in this release occur, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results and plans could differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this release are expressly qualified in their entirety by this safe harbor statement. This safe harbor statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that we or persons acting on our behalf may issue. Ring undertakes no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements except as required by law.

    Contact Information

    Al Petrie Advisors
    Al Petrie, Senior Partner
    Phone: 281-975-2146
    Email: apetrie@ringenergy.com

    RING ENERGY, INC.
    Condensed Statements of Operations
     
      (Unaudited)        
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
        2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
                       
    Oil, Natural Gas, and Natural Gas Liquids Revenues $ 83,440,546     $ 89,244,383     $ 99,942,718     $ 366,327,414     $ 361,056,001  
                       
    Costs and Operating Expenses                  
    Lease operating expenses   20,326,216       20,315,282       18,732,082       78,310,949       70,158,227  
    Gathering, transportation and processing costs   130,230       102,420       464,558       506,333       457,573  
    Ad valorem taxes   2,421,595       2,164,562       1,637,722       8,069,064       6,757,841  
    Oil and natural gas production taxes   3,857,147       4,203,851       4,961,768       16,116,565       18,135,336  
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization   24,548,849       25,662,123       24,556,654       98,702,843       88,610,291  
    Asset retirement obligation accretion   323,085       354,195       351,786       1,380,298       1,425,686  
    Operating lease expense   175,090       175,091       175,090       700,362       541,801  
    General and administrative expense   8,035,977       6,421,567       8,164,799       29,640,300       29,188,755  
                       
    Total Costs and Operating Expenses   59,818,189       59,399,091       59,044,459       233,426,714       215,275,510  
                       
    Income from Operations   23,622,357       29,845,292       40,898,259       132,900,700       145,780,491  
                       
    Other Income (Expense)                  
    Interest income   124,765       143,704       96,984       491,946       257,155  
    Interest (expense)   (10,112,496 )     (10,754,243 )     (11,603,892 )     (43,311,810 )     (43,926,732 )
    Gain (loss) on derivative contracts   (6,254,448 )     24,731,625       29,250,352       (2,365,917 )     2,767,162  
    Gain (loss) on disposal of assets               44,981       89,693       (87,128 )
    Other income   80,970             72,725       106,656       198,935  
    Net Other Income (Expense)   (16,161,209 )     14,121,086       17,861,150       (44,989,432 )     (40,790,608 )
                       
    Income Before Provision for Income Taxes   7,461,148       43,966,378       58,759,409       87,911,268       104,989,883  
                       
    Provision for Income Taxes   (1,803,629 )     (10,087,954 )     (7,862,930 )     (20,440,954 )     (125,242 )
                       
    Net Income $ 5,657,519     $ 33,878,424     $ 50,896,479     $ 67,470,314     $ 104,864,641  
                       
    Basic Earnings per Share $ 0.03     $ 0.17     $ 0.26     $ 0.34     $ 0.55  
    Diluted Earnings per Share $ 0.03     $ 0.17     $ 0.26     $ 0.34     $ 0.54  
                       
    Basic Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding   198,166,543       198,177,046       195,687,725       197,937,683       190,589,143  
    Diluted Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding   200,886,010       200,723,863       197,848,812       200,277,380       195,364,850  
    RING ENERGY, INC.
    Condensed Operating Data
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
      2024   2024   2023   2024   2023
                       
    Net sales volumes:                  
    Oil (Bbls) 1,188,272     1,214,788     1,254,619     4,861,628     4,579,942  
    Natural gas (Mcf) 1,683,793     1,705,027     1,613,102     6,423,674     6,339,158  
    Natural gas liquids (Bbls) 339,589     350,975     261,020     1,258,814     976,852  
    Total oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids (Boe)(1) 1,808,493     1,849,934     1,784,490     7,191,054     6,613,321  
                       
    % Oil 66 %   66 %   70 %   68 %   69 %
    % Natural gas 15 %   15 %   15 %   15 %   16 %
    % Natural gas liquids 19 %   19 %   15 %   17 %   15 %
                       
    Average daily sales volumes:                  
    Oil (Bbls/d) 12,916     13,204     13,637     13,283     12,548  
    Natural gas (Mcf/d) 18,302     18,533     17,534     17,551     17,368  
    Natural gas liquids (Bbls/d) 3,691     3,815     2,837     3,439     2,676  
    Average daily equivalent sales (Boe/d) 19,658     20,108     19,397     19,648     18,119  
                       
    Average realized sales prices:                  
    Oil ($/Bbl) 68.98     74.43     77.33     74.87     76.21  
    Natural gas ($/Mcf) (0.96 )   (2.26 )   (0.12 )   (1.44 )   0.05  
    Natural gas liquids ($/Bbls) 9.08     7.66     11.92     9.23     11.95  
    Barrel of oil equivalent ($/Boe) 46.14     48.24     56.01     50.94     54.60  
                       
    Average costs and expenses per Boe ($/Boe):                  
    Lease operating expenses 11.24     10.98     10.50     10.89     10.61  
    Gathering, transportation and processing costs 0.07     0.06     0.26     0.07     0.07  
    Ad valorem taxes 1.34     1.17     0.92     1.12     1.02  
    Oil and natural gas production taxes 2.13     2.27     2.78     2.24     2.74  
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization 13.57     13.87     13.76     13.73     13.40  
    Asset retirement obligation accretion 0.18     0.19     0.20     0.19     0.22  
    Operating lease expense 0.10     0.09     0.10     0.10     0.08  
    G&A (including share-based compensation) 4.44     3.47     4.58     4.12     4.41  
    G&A (excluding share-based compensation) 3.52     3.45     3.20     3.36     3.08  
    G&A (excluding share-based compensation and transaction costs) 3.51     3.45     3.00     3.35     3.01  

    (1) Boe is determined using the ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of oil (totals may not compute due to rounding.) The conversion ratio does not assume price equivalency and the price on an equivalent basis for oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids may differ significantly.

    RING ENERGY, INC.
    Condensed Balance Sheets
     
    As of December 31,     2024       2023  
    ASSETS        
    Current Assets        
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,866,395     $ 296,384  
    Accounts receivable     36,172,316       38,965,002  
    Joint interest billing receivables, net     1,083,164       2,422,274  
    Derivative assets     5,497,057       6,215,374  
    Inventory     4,047,819       6,136,935  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     1,781,341       1,874,850  
    Total Current Assets     50,448,092       55,910,819  
    Properties and Equipment        
    Oil and natural gas properties, full cost method     1,809,309,848       1,663,548,249  
    Financing lease asset subject to depreciation     4,634,556       3,896,316  
    Fixed assets subject to depreciation     3,389,907       3,228,793  
    Total Properties and Equipment     1,817,334,311       1,670,673,358  
    Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization     (475,212,325 )     (377,252,572 )
    Net Properties and Equipment     1,342,121,986       1,293,420,786  
    Operating lease asset     1,906,264       2,499,592  
    Derivative assets     5,473,375       11,634,714  
    Deferred financing costs     8,149,757       13,030,481  
    Total Assets   $ 1,408,099,474     $ 1,376,496,392  
             
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
    Current Liabilities        
    Accounts payable   $ 95,729,261     $ 104,064,124  
    Income tax liability     328,985        
    Financing lease liability     906,119       956,254  
    Operating lease liability     648,204       568,176  
    Derivative liabilities     6,410,547       7,520,336  
    Notes payable     496,397       533,734  
    Asset retirement obligations     517,674       165,642  
    Total Current Liabilities     105,037,187       113,808,266  
             
    Non-current Liabilities        
    Deferred income taxes     28,591,802       8,552,045  
    Revolving line of credit     385,000,000       425,000,000  
    Financing lease liability, less current portion     647,078       906,330  
    Operating lease liability, less current portion     1,405,837       2,054,041  
    Derivative liabilities     2,912,745       11,510,368  
    Asset retirement obligations     25,864,843       28,082,442  
    Total Liabilities     549,459,492       589,913,492  
    Commitments and contingencies        
    Stockholders’ Equity        
    Preferred stock – $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding            
    Common stock – $0.001 par value; 450,000,000 shares authorized; 198,561,378 shares and 196,837,001 shares issued and outstanding, respectively     198,561       196,837  
    Additional paid-in capital     800,419,719       795,834,675  
    Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)     58,021,702       (9,448,612 )
    Total Stockholders’ Equity     858,639,982       786,582,900  
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   $ 1,408,099,474     $ 1,376,496,392  
    RING ENERGY, INC.
    Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
     
        (Unaudited)        
        Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
        December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
          2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
    Cash Flows From Operating Activities                    
    Net income   $ 5,657,519     $ 33,878,424     $ 50,896,479     $ 67,470,314     $ 104,864,641  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization     24,548,849       25,662,123       24,556,654       98,702,843       88,610,291  
    Asset retirement obligation accretion     323,085       354,195       351,786       1,380,298       1,425,686  
    Amortization of deferred financing costs     1,299,078       1,226,881       1,221,479       4,969,174       4,920,714  
    Share-based compensation     1,672,320       32,087       2,458,682       5,506,017       8,833,425  
    Credit loss expense     (26,747 )     8,817       92,142       160,847       134,007  
    (Gain) loss on disposal of assets                       (89,693 )      
    Deferred income tax expense (benefit)     1,723,338       10,005,502       7,735,437       19,935,413       (425,275 )
    Excess tax expense (benefit) related to share-based compensation     9,011       7,553       319,541       104,344       478,304  
    (Gain) loss on derivative contracts     6,254,448       (24,731,625 )     (29,250,352 )     2,365,917       (2,767,162 )
    Cash received (paid) for derivative settlements, net     745,104       (1,882,765 )     (3,255,192 )     (5,193,673 )     (9,084,920 )
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                    
    Accounts receivable     349,474       5,529,542       6,825,601       3,594,504       1,154,085  
    Inventory     580,161       1,148,418       (588,100 )     2,089,116       3,113,782  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     295,555       545,529       158,163       93,509       226,688  
    Accounts payable     4,462,089       (225,196 )     (4,952,335 )     (5,076,738 )     (1,451,422 )
    Asset retirement obligation     (613,603 )     (222,553 )     (836,778 )     (1,588,480 )     (1,862,385 )
    Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities     47,279,681       51,336,932       55,733,207       194,423,712       198,170,459  
                         
    Cash Flows From Investing Activities                    
    Payments for the Stronghold Acquisition                             (18,511,170 )
    Payments for the Founders Acquisition                 (12,324,388 )           (62,227,145 )
    Payments to purchase oil and natural gas properties     (1,423,483 )     (164,481 )     (557,323 )     (2,210,826 )     (2,162,585 )
    Payments to develop oil and natural gas properties     (36,386,055 )     (42,099,874 )     (39,563,282 )     (153,945,456 )     (152,559,314 )
    Payments to acquire or improve fixed assets subject to depreciation           (33,938 )     (282,519 )     (185,524 )     (492,317 )
    Proceeds from sale of fixed assets subject to depreciation                 (1 )     10,605       332,229  
    Proceeds from divestiture of oil and natural gas properties     121,232             1,500,000       121,232       1,554,558  
    Proceeds from sale of Delaware properties                 (7,993 )           7,600,699  
    Proceeds from sale of New Mexico properties                 (420,745 )     (144,398 )     3,891,757  
    Proceeds from sale of CBP vertical wells           5,500,000             5,500,000        
    Net Cash Used in Investing Activities     (37,688,306 )     (36,798,293 )     (51,656,251 )     (150,854,367 )     (222,573,288 )
                         
    Cash Flows From Financing Activities                    
    Proceeds from revolving line of credit     22,000,000       27,000,000       46,000,000       130,000,000       225,000,000  
    Payments on revolving line of credit     (29,000,000 )     (42,000,000 )     (49,000,000 )     (170,000,000 )     (215,000,000 )
    Proceeds from issuance of common stock from warrant exercises                             12,301,596  
    Payments for taxes withheld on vested restricted shares, net           (17,273 )     (225,788 )     (919,249 )     (520,153 )
    Proceeds from notes payable     58,774             72,442       1,560,281       1,637,513  
    Payments on notes payable     (475,196 )     (442,976 )     (488,776 )     (1,597,618 )     (1,603,659 )
    Payment of deferred financing costs     (42,746 )           (52,222 )     (88,450 )     (52,222 )
    Reduction of financing lease liabilities     (265,812 )     (257,202 )     (224,809 )     (954,298 )     (776,388 )
    Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities     (7,724,980 )     (15,717,451 )     (3,919,153 )     (41,999,334 )     20,986,687  
                         
    Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash     1,866,395       (1,178,812 )     157,803       1,570,011       (3,416,142 )
    Cash at Beginning of Period           1,178,812       138,581       296,384       3,712,526  
    Cash at End of Period   $ 1,866,395     $     $ 296,384     $ 1,866,395     $ 296,384  

    RING ENERGY, INC.
    Financial Commodity Derivative Positions
    As of December 31, 2024

    The following tables reflect the details of current derivative contracts as of December 31, 2024 (quantities are in barrels (Bbl) for the oil derivative contracts and in million British thermal units (MMBtu) for the natural gas derivative contracts):

      Oil Hedges (WTI)
      Q1 2025   Q2 2025   Q3 2025   Q4 2025   Q1 2026   Q2 2026   Q3 2026   Q4 2026
                                   
    Swaps:                              
    Hedged volume (Bbl)   193,397       151,763       351,917       141,755       477,350       457,101       59,400       423,000  
    Weighted average swap price $ 68.68     $ 68.53     $ 71.41     $ 69.13     $ 70.16     $ 69.38     $ 66.70     $ 66.70  
                                   
    Two-way collars:                              
    Hedged volume (Bbl)   474,750       464,100       225,400       404,800                   379,685        
    Weighted average put price $ 57.06     $ 60.00     $ 65.00     $ 60.00     $     $     $ 60.00     $  
    Weighted average call price $ 75.82     $ 69.85     $ 78.91     $ 75.68     $     $     $ 72.50     $  
      Gas Hedges (Henry Hub)
      Q1 2025   Q2 2025   Q3 2025   Q4 2025   Q1 2026   Q2 2026   Q3 2026   Q4 2026
                                   
    NYMEX Swaps:                              
    Hedged volume (MMBtu)   451,884       647,200       330,250       11,400       26,600       555,300       17,400       513,300  
    Weighted average swap price $ 3.77     $ 3.46     $ 3.72     $ 3.74     $ 3.74     $ 3.39     $ 3.74     $ 3.74  
                                   
    Two-way collars:                              
    Hedged volume (MMBtu)   22,016       27,300       308,200       598,000       553,500             515,728        
    Weighted average put price $ 3.00     $ 3.00     $ 3.00     $ 3.00     $ 3.50     $     $ 3.00     $  
    Weighted average call price $ 4.40     $ 4.15     $ 4.75     $ 4.15     $ 5.03     $     $ 3.93     $  
      Oil Hedges (basis differential)
      Q1 2025   Q2 2025   Q3 2025   Q4 2025   Q1 2026   Q2 2026   Q3 2026   Q4 2026
                                   
    Argus basis swaps:                              
    Hedged volume (Bbl)   177,000       273,000       276,000       276,000                          
    Weighted average spread price (1) $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $     $     $     $  

    (1) The oil basis swap hedges are calculated as the fixed price (weighted average spread price above) less the difference between WTI Midland and WTI Cushing, in the issue of Argus Americas Crude.

    RING ENERGY, INC.
    Non-GAAP Financial Information

    Certain financial information included in this release are not measures of financial performance recognized by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). These non-GAAP financial measures are “Adjusted Net Income”, “Adjusted EBITDA”, “Adjusted Free Cash Flow” or “AFCF,” “Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations” or “ACFFO,” “G&A Excluding Share-Based Compensation,” “G&A Excluding Share-Based Compensation and Transaction Costs,” “Leverage Ratio,” “Current Ratio,” “Cash Return on Capital Employed” or “CROCE,” “All-In Cash Operating Costs,” and “Cash Operating Margin.” Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in its analysis of performance. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA is a key metric used to determine a portion of the Company’s incentive compensation awards. These disclosures may not be viewed as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP and are not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures which may be reported by other companies.

    Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted Net Income

    “Adjusted Net Income” is calculated as net income minus the estimated after-tax impact of share-based compensation, ceiling test impairment, unrealized gains and losses on changes in the fair value of derivatives, and transaction costs for executed acquisitions and divestitures (A&D). Adjusted Net Income is presented because the timing and amount of these items cannot be reasonably estimated and affect the comparability of operating results from period to period, and current period to prior periods. The Company believes that the presentation of Adjusted Net Income provides useful information to investors as it is one of the metrics management uses to assess the Company’s ongoing operating and financial performance, and also is a useful metric for investors to compare our results with our peers.

      (Unaudited for All Periods)
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
        2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
      Total   Per
    share –
    diluted
      Total   Per
    share –
    diluted
      Total   Per
    share –
    diluted
      Total   Per
    share –
    diluted
      Total   Per
    share –
    diluted
    Net Income $ 5,657,519     $ 0.03     $ 33,878,424     $ 0.17     $ 50,896,479     $ 0.26     $ 67,470,314     $ 0.34     $ 104,864,641     $ 0.54  
                                           
    Share-based compensation   1,672,320       0.01       32,087             2,458,682       0.01       5,506,017       0.03       8,833,425       0.05  
    Unrealized loss (gain) on change in fair value of derivatives   6,999,552       0.03       (26,614,390 )     (0.13 )     (32,505,544 )     (0.16 )     (2,827,756 )     (0.02 )     (11,852,082 )     (0.07 )
    Transaction costs – executed A&D   21,017                         354,616             24,556             417,166        
    Tax impact on adjusted items   (2,008,740 )     (0.01 )     6,132,537       0.03       (35,631 )           (628,405 )           (1,788,248 )     (0.01 )
                                           
    Adjusted Net Income $ 12,341,668     $ 0.06     $ 13,428,658     $ 0.07     $ 21,168,602     $ 0.11     $ 69,544,726     $ 0.35     $ 100,474,902     $ 0.51  
                                           
    Diluted Weighted-Average Shares Outstanding   200,886,010           200,723,863           197,848,812           200,277,380           195,364,850      
                                           
    Adjusted Net Income per Diluted Share $ 0.06         $ 0.07         $ 0.11         $ 0.35         $ 0.51      


    Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA

    The Company defines “Adjusted EBITDA” as net income plus net interest expense (including interest income and expense), unrealized loss (gain) on change in fair value of derivatives, ceiling test impairment, income tax (benefit) expense, depreciation, depletion and amortization, asset retirement obligation accretion, transaction costs for executed acquisitions and divestitures (A&D), share-based compensation, loss (gain) on disposal of assets, and backing out the effect of other income. Company management believes Adjusted EBITDA is relevant and useful because it helps investors understand Ring’s operating performance and makes it easier to compare its results with those of other companies that have different financing, capital and tax structures. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for net income, as an indication of operating performance or cash flows from operating activities or as a measure of liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA, as Ring calculates it, may not be comparable to Adjusted EBITDA measures reported by other companies. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA does not represent funds available for discretionary use.

      (Unaudited for All Periods)
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
        2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
                       
    Net Income $ 5,657,519     $ 33,878,424     $ 50,896,479     $ 67,470,314     $ 104,864,641  
                       
    Interest expense, net   9,987,731       10,610,539       11,506,908       42,819,864       43,669,577  
    Unrealized loss (gain) on change in fair value of derivatives   6,999,552       (26,614,390 )     (32,505,544 )     (2,827,756 )     (11,852,082 )
    Income tax (benefit) expense   1,803,629       10,087,954       7,862,930       20,440,954       125,242  
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization   24,548,849       25,662,123       24,556,654       98,702,843       88,610,291  
    Asset retirement obligation accretion   323,085       354,195       351,786       1,380,298       1,425,686  
    Transaction costs – executed A&D   21,017             354,616       24,556       417,166  
    Share-based compensation   1,672,320       32,087       2,458,682       5,506,017       8,833,425  
    Loss (gain) on disposal of assets               (44,981 )     (89,693 )     87,128  
    Other income   (80,970 )           (72,725 )     (106,656 )     (198,935 )
                       
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 50,932,732     $ 54,010,932     $ 65,364,805     $ 233,320,741     $ 235,982,139  
                       
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin   61 %     61 %     65 %     64 %     65 %


    Reconciliations of Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Adjusted Free Cash Flow and Adjusted EBITDA to Adjusted Free Cash Flow

    The Company defines “Adjusted Free Cash Flow” or “AFCF” as Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities less changes in operating assets and liabilities (as reflected on our Statements of Cash Flows), plus transaction costs for executed acquisitions and divestitures (A&D), current income tax expense (benefit), proceeds from divestitures of equipment for oil and natural gas properties, loss (gain) on disposal of assets, and less capital expenditures, credit loss expense, and other income. For this purpose, our definition of capital expenditures includes costs incurred related to oil and natural gas properties (such as drilling and infrastructure costs and lease maintenance costs) but excludes acquisition costs of oil and gas properties from third parties that are not included in our capital expenditures guidance provided to investors. Our management believes that Adjusted Free Cash Flow is an important financial performance measure for use in evaluating the performance and efficiency of our current operating activities after the impact of capital expenditures and net interest expense (including interest income and expense, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs) and without being impacted by items such as changes associated with working capital, which can vary substantially from one period to another. Other companies may use different definitions of Adjusted Free Cash Flow.

      (Unaudited for All Periods)
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
        2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
                       
    Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities $ 47,279,681     $ 51,336,932     $ 55,733,207     $ 194,423,712     $ 198,170,459  
    Adjustments – Statements of Cash Flows                  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities   (5,073,676 )     (6,775,740 )     (606,551 )     888,089       (1,180,748 )
    Transaction costs – executed A&D   21,017             354,616       24,556       417,166  
    Income tax expense (benefit) – current   71,280       74,899       (192,048 )     401,197       72,213  
    Capital expenditures   (37,633,168 )     (42,691,163 )     (38,817,080 )     (151,946,171 )     (151,969,735 )
    Proceeds from divestiture of equipment for oil and natural gas properties   121,232                   121,232       54,558  
    Credit loss expense   26,747       (8,817 )     (92,142 )     (160,847 )     (134,007 )
    Loss (gain) on disposal of assets               (44,981 )           87,128  
    Other income   (80,970 )           (72,725 )     (106,656 )     (198,935 )
                       
    Adjusted Free Cash Flow $ 4,732,143     $ 1,936,111     $ 16,262,296     $ 43,645,112     $ 45,318,099  
      (Unaudited for All Periods)
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
        2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
                       
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 50,932,732     $ 54,010,932     $ 65,364,805     $ 233,320,741     $ 235,982,139  
                       
    Net interest expense (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs)   (8,688,653 )     (9,383,658 )     (10,285,429 )     (37,850,690 )     (38,748,863 )
    Capital expenditures   (37,633,168 )     (42,691,163 )     (38,817,080 )     (151,946,171 )     (151,969,735 )
    Proceeds from divestiture of equipment for oil and natural gas properties   121,232                   121,232       54,558  
                       
    Adjusted Free Cash Flow $ 4,732,143     $ 1,936,111     $ 16,262,296     $ 43,645,112     $ 45,318,099  


    Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations

    The Company defines “Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations” or “ACFFO” as Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities, as reflected in our Statements of Cash Flows, less the changes in operating assets and liabilities, which includes accounts receivable, inventory, prepaid expenses and other assets, accounts payable, and settlement of asset retirement obligations, which are subject to variation due to the nature of the Company’s operations. Accordingly, the Company believes this non-GAAP measure is useful to investors because it is used often in its industry and allows investors to compare this metric to other companies in its peer group as well as the E&P sector.

      (Unaudited for All Periods)
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
        2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
                       
    Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities $ 47,279,681     $ 51,336,932     $ 55,733,207     $ 194,423,712     $ 198,170,459  
                       
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities   (5,073,676 )     (6,775,740 )     (606,551 )     888,089       (1,180,748 )
                       
    Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations $ 42,206,005     $ 44,561,192     $ 55,126,656     $ 195,311,801     $ 196,989,711  


    Reconciliation of General and Administrative Expense (G&A) to G&A Excluding Share-Based Compensation and Transaction Costs

    The following table presents a reconciliation of General and Administrative Expense (G&A), a GAAP measure, to G&A excluding share-based compensation, and G&A excluding share-based compensation and transaction costs for executed acquisitions and divestitures (A&D).

      (Unaudited for All Periods)
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
        2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
                       
    General and administrative expense (G&A) $ 8,035,977     $ 6,421,567     $ 8,164,799     $ 29,640,300     $ 29,188,755  
    Shared-based compensation   1,672,320       32,087       2,458,682       5,506,017       8,833,425  
    G&A excluding share-based compensation   6,363,657       6,389,480       5,706,117       24,134,283       20,355,330  
    Transaction costs – executed A&D   21,017             354,616       24,556       417,166  
    G&A excluding share-based compensation and transaction costs $ 6,342,640     $ 6,389,480     $ 5,351,501     $ 24,109,727     $ 19,938,164  


    Calculation of Leverage Ratio

    “Leverage” or the “Leverage Ratio” is calculated under our existing senior revolving credit facility and means as of any date, the ratio of (i) our consolidated total debt as of such date to (ii) our Consolidated EBITDAX for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date for which financial statements are required to have been delivered under our existing senior revolving credit facility.

    The Company defines “Consolidated EBITDAX” in accordance with our existing senior revolving credit facility that means for any period an amount equal to the sum of (i) consolidated net income (loss) for such period plus (ii) to the extent deducted in determining consolidated net income for such period, and without duplication, (A) consolidated interest expense, (B) income tax expense determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (C) depreciation, depletion and amortization determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (D) exploration expenses determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and (E) all other non-cash charges acceptable to our senior revolving credit facility administrative agent determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, in each case for such period minus (iii) all noncash income added to consolidated net income (loss) for such period; provided that, for purposes of calculating compliance with the financial covenants, to the extent that during such period we shall have consummated an acquisition permitted by the credit facility or any sale, transfer or other disposition of any property or assets permitted by the senior revolving credit facility, Consolidated EBITDAX will be calculated on a pro forma basis with respect to the property or assets so acquired or disposed of.

    Also set forth in our existing senior revolving credit facility is the maximum permitted Leverage Ratio of 3.00. The following table shows the leverage ratio calculation for the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter.

      (Unaudited)
      Three Months Ended    
      March 31,   June 30,   September 30,   December 31,   Last Four
    Quarters
        2024       2024       2024       2024    
    Consolidated EBITDAX Calculation:                  
    Net Income (Loss) $ 5,515,377     $ 22,418,994     $ 33,878,424     $ 5,657,519     $ 67,470,314  
    Plus: Consolidated interest expense   11,420,400       10,801,194       10,610,539       9,987,731       42,819,864  
    Plus: Income tax provision (benefit)   1,728,886       6,820,485       10,087,954       1,803,629       20,440,954  
    Plus: Depreciation, depletion and amortization   23,792,450       24,699,421       25,662,123       24,548,849       98,702,843  
    Plus: non-cash charges acceptable to Administrative Agent   19,627,646       1,664,064       (26,228,108 )     8,994,957       4,058,559  
    Consolidated EBITDAX $ 62,084,759     $ 66,404,158     $ 54,010,932     $ 50,992,685     $ 233,492,534  
    Plus: Pro Forma Acquired Consolidated EBITDAX $     $     $     $     $  
    Less: Pro Forma Divested Consolidated EBITDAX   (124,084 )     (469,376 )     (600,460 )     77,819       (1,116,101 )
    Pro Forma Consolidated EBITDAX $ 61,960,675     $ 65,934,782     $ 53,410,472     $ 51,070,504     $ 232,376,433  
                       
    Non-cash charges acceptable to Administrative Agent:                  
    Asset retirement obligation accretion $ 350,834     $ 352,184     $ 354,195     $ 323,085      
    Unrealized loss (gain) on derivative assets   17,552,980       (765,898 )     (26,614,390 )     6,999,552      
    Share-based compensation   1,723,832       2,077,778       32,087       1,672,320      
    Total non-cash charges acceptable to Administrative Agent $ 19,627,646     $ 1,664,064     $ (26,228,108 )   $ 8,994,957      
                       
      As of                
      December 31,                
        2024                  
    Leverage Ratio Covenant:                  
    Revolving line of credit $ 385,000,000                  
    Pro Forma Consolidated EBITDAX   232,376,433                  
    Leverage Ratio   1.66                  
    Maximum Allowed   ≤ 3.00 x                


    Calculation of Current Ratio

    The “Current Ratio” is calculated under our existing senior revolving credit facility and means as of any date, the ratio of (i) our Current Assets as of such date to (ii) our Current Liabilities as of such date. Based on its credit agreement, the Company defines Current Assets as all current assets, excluding non-cash assets under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815, plus the unused line of credit. The Company’s non-cash current assets include the derivative asset marked to market value. Based on its credit agreement, the Company defines Current Liabilities as all liabilities, in accordance with GAAP, which are classified as current liabilities, including all indebtedness payable on demand or within one year, all accruals for federal or other taxes payable within such year, but excluding current portion of long-term debt required to be paid within one year, the aggregate outstanding principal balance and non-cash obligations under ASC 815.

    Also set forth in our existing senior revolving credit facility is the minimum permitted Current Ratio of 1.00. The following table shows the current ratio calculation for the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter.

        As of  
        December 31,  
        2024  
    Current Assets   50,448,092  
    Less: Current derivative assets   5,497,057  
    Current Assets per Covenant   44,951,035  
    Revolver Availability (Facility less debt less LCs)   214,965,000  
    Current Assets per Covenant   259,916,035  
           
    Current Liabilities   105,037,187  
    Less: Current financing lease liability   906,119  
    Less: Current operating lease liability   648,204  
    Less: Current derivative liabilities   6,410,547  
    Current Liabilities per Covenant   97,072,317  
           
    Current Ratio   2.68  
    Minimum Allowed   > or = 1.00 x


    Calculation of Cash Return on Capital Employed

    The Company defines “Return on Capital Employed” or “CROCE” as Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations divided by average debt and shareholder equity for the period. Management believes that CROCE is useful to investors as a performance measure when comparing our profitability and the efficiency with which management has employed capital over time relative to other companies. CROCE is not considered to be an alternative to net income reported in accordance with GAAP.

    CROCE (Cash Return on Capital Employed): As of and for the
      twelve months ended
      December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
        2024       2023       2022  
               
    Total long term debt (i.e. revolving line of credit) $ 385,000,000     $ 425,000,000     $ 415,000,000  
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 858,639,982     $ 786,582,900     $ 661,103,391  
               
    Average debt $ 405,000,000     $ 420,000,000     $ 352,500,000  
    Average stockholders’ equity   822,611,441       723,843,146       480,863,799  
    Average debt and stockholders’ equity   1,227,611,441       1,143,843,146       833,363,799  
               
    Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities $ 194,423,712     $ 198,170,459     $ 196,976,729  
    Less change in WC (Working Capital)   (888,089 )     1,180,748       24,091,577  
    Adjusted Cash Flows From Operations (ACFFO) $ 195,311,801     $ 196,989,711     $ 172,885,152  
               
    CROCE (ACFFO)/(Average D+E)   15.9 %     17.2 %     20.7 %


    All-In Cash Operating Costs

    The Company defines All-In Cash Operating Costs, a non-GAAP financial measure, as “all in cash” costs which includes lease operating expenses, G&A costs excluding share-based compensation, net interest expense (including interest income and expense, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs), workovers and other operating expenses, production taxes, ad valorem taxes, and gathering/transportation costs. Management believes that this metric provides useful additional information to investors to assess the Company’s operating costs in comparison to its peers, which may vary from company to company.

      (Unaudited for All Periods)
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
        2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
    All-In Cash Operating Costs:                  
    Lease operating expenses (including workovers)   20,326,216       20,315,282       18,732,082       78,310,949       70,158,227  
    G&A excluding share-based compensation   6,363,657       6,389,480       5,706,117       24,134,283       20,355,330  
    Net interest expense (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs)   8,688,653       9,383,658       10,285,429       37,850,690       38,748,863  
    Operating lease expense   175,090       175,091       175,090       700,362       541,801  
    Oil and natural gas production taxes   3,857,147       4,203,851       4,961,768       16,116,565       18,135,336  
    Ad valorem taxes   2,421,595       2,164,562       1,637,722       8,069,064       6,757,841  
    Gathering, transportation and processing costs   130,230       102,420       464,558       506,333       457,573  
    All-in cash operating costs   41,962,588       42,734,344       41,962,766       165,688,246       155,154,971  
                       
    Boe   1,808,493       1,849,934       1,784,490       7,191,054       6,613,321  
                       
    All-in cash operating costs per Boe $ 23.20     $ 23.10     $ 23.52     $ 23.04     $ 23.46  


    Cash Operating Margin

    The Company defines Cash Operating Margin, a non-GAAP financial measure, as realized revenues per Boe less “all-in cash” operating costs per Boe. Management believes that this metric provides useful additional information to investors to assess the Company’s operating margins in comparison to its peers, which may vary from company to company.

      (Unaudited for All Periods)
      Three Months Ended   Twelve Months Ended
      December 31,   September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   December 31,
        2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
    Cash Operating Margin                  
    Realized revenues per Boe $ 46.14     $ 48.24     $ 56.01     $ 50.94     $ 54.60  
    All-in cash operating costs per Boe $ 23.20     $ 23.10     $ 23.52     $ 23.04     $ 23.46  
    Cash Operating Margin per Boe $ 22.94     $ 25.14     $ 32.49     $ 27.90     $ 31.14  

    1 Non-GAAP financial measure. Please see “Non-GAAP Information” at the end of this release for details and reconciliations of GAAP to Non-GAAP.
    2 2025 outlook includes the assets to be acquired in the Lime Rock Acquisition, with an anticipated closing date before the end of Q1 2025.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Arq Reports Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Delivered 10% YoY growth in FY 2024 revenue driven by PAC business turnaround and 7thstraight quarter of double-digit YoY ASP growth

    Grew FY 2024 gross margins by approximately 410 bps YoY to 36.2% and achieved 3rdconsecutive quarter of positive Adjusted EBITDA, highlighting sustained foundational PAC business improvement

    Exited 2024 with a stronger financial position, successfully completing a $30 million ABL facility which lowers financing costs, increases capacity, and enhances liquidity

    Development of transformational GAC facility continues; first production anticipated prior to quarter end in line with ramp up to 25 million pounds nameplate capacity in H2 2025

    GREENWOOD VILLAGE, Colo., March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Arq, Inc. (NASDAQ: ARQ) (the “Company” or “Arq”), a producer of activated carbon and other environmentally efficient carbon products for use in purification and sustainable materials, today announced its financial and operating results for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2024.

    Financial Highlights

    • Generated revenue of $109.0 million in FY 2024 ($27.0 million in Q4 2024), up 10% over the prior year, driven largely by higher Average Sales Price (“ASP”), and positive changes in product mix
    • Increased ASP in Q4 2024 by approximately 14% over the prior year period, reflecting the 7th consecutive quarter of double-digit YoY percentage growth in ASP
    • All powder activated carbon (“PAC”) contracts are now net cash producers following the successful resolution of all negative margin agreements as of December 31, 2024
    • Improved FY 2024 gross margin to 36.2% in FY 2024, up approximately 410 basis points vs. FY 2023, driven by higher revenue, continued focus on profitability over volume, and ongoing operational cost management
    • Gross margin in Q4 2024 of 36.3% vs. 49.8% in Q4 2023 – prior quarter included a $4.7 million take-or-pay benefit and other non-recurring items vs. $1.6 million in Q4 2024. Q4 2024 was otherwise largely in-line with last year’s performance despite two brief but unplanned outages at the Red River plant
    • Reported Net loss of ($5.1) million in FY 2024, reflecting a significant improvement over the prior year period Net loss of ($12.2) million; Q4 2024 Net loss of ($1.3) million vs. Net income of $3.3 million in Q4 2023
    • Adjusted EBITDA of $7.7 million in FY 2024 vs. Adjusted EBITDA loss of ($2.6) million in the prior year(1); Adjusted EBITDA of $3.3 million in Q4 2024 vs. $7.2 million in the prior year period(1)
    • Announced successful closing of a $30 million asset backed lending (“ABL”) facility, enhancing financial flexibility and reducing our cost of capital
    • Exited 2024 with cash and restricted cash of $22.2 million, including $8.7 million restricted cash
    • Capital expenditures for FY 2024 totaled $85.2 million, including $80.0 million growth capital expenditures associated with Red River Phase I development

    (1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the paragraph titled “Non-GAAP Measures” for the definitions of non-GAAP financial measures and reconciliations to GAAP measures included in this press release.

    Recent Business Highlights

    • Construction at Red River facility complete with commissioning ongoing and first production of granular activated carbon (“GAC”) at Red River expected by end of Q1 2025; on target to achieve first deliveries in Q1 2025
    • Ramp up of Red River GAC production anticipated to run into H2 2025; expect to achieve full run rate capacity of 25 million pounds in H2 2025
    • Approximately 16 million pounds of our 25 million pound per year nameplate capacity contracted
    • In negotiations to contract remaining capacity at Red River. Multiple in-situ pilot tests are underway with customers, a required step before finalizing contracts, and in-line with the expected ramp-up schedule
    • Potential to increase Red River’s 25 million pound per year nameplate capacity by 10-20% still targeted; timing of upside production run-rate expected to be defined once nameplate capacity is achieved

    Management Commentary

    “These results reinforce the durability of our transformation within the foundational PAC business,” said Bob Rasmus, CEO of Arq. “Our 2024 results show a business which has been successfully turned around into a cash flow contributor. The annualized performance of the business has materially improved and is more profitable. With our third consecutive quarter of positive Adjusted EBITDA, the direction of travel is extremely positive. I also believe this is a business which can still be enhanced further.”

    Mr. Rasmus continued, “The capex overrun we experienced in Q4 was extremely frustrating, and while we actively look for ways to mitigate this increase, we remain confident that its impact on our long-term profitability and returns profile should be negligible.”

    “The imminent start of GAC production is of course a major milestone for us and will represent a huge achievement for the whole team,” added Mr. Rasmus. “While we want to remain cautious on the duration of our ramp-up to nameplate capacity, there should be no doubt we will be trying to get there as quickly as possible. By H2 2025 we believe we will have a solid, sustainably profitable PAC business being complimented by a high growth GAC business, representing our springboard to future growth.”

    Full Year 2024 Results

    Revenues totaled $109.0 million for full year 2024, compared to $99.2 million in the prior year. The revenue increase was primarily driven by improved ASP and product diversification into higher value end-markets.

    Cost of revenues totaled $69.5 million for full year 2024, compared to $67.3 million in the prior year. While total costs increased year over year, costs as a percentage of total revenue were down. This decrease in costs as a percentage of revenue was related to a decrease in the cost to manufacture our products, which primarily resulted from decreased variable production costs on lower production volumes during 2024.

    Gross margin was 36.2% for full year 2024, compared to 32.1% in the prior year. The increase was driven by higher revenue as detailed above, as well as cost reductions.

    Other operating expenses were $41.4 million for full year 2024, compared to $45.2 million in the prior year. The reduction was mainly driven by expenses incurred during 2023 relating to the acquisition of Arq Limited (“Legacy Arq”) (the “Arq Acquisition”) that did not occur in 2024.

    Operating loss totaled ($2.0) million for full year 2024, compared to an operating loss of ($13.3) million in the prior year. The reduction in loss was mainly driven by the factors referenced above.

    Interest expense was $3.3 million for full year 2024, compared to $3.0 million in the prior year. The increase was primarily driven by interest expenses related to the $10 million term loan with CF Global (the “CFG Loan”) of $2.3 million and $2.0 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively. The CFG Loan had a higher principal balance from the accrual of interest payable (PIK) upon the termination date of the CFG Loan, which was paid in December 2024.

    Income tax benefit was $0.2 million for full year 2024, compared to an income tax expense of $0.2 million in the prior year.

    Net loss was ($5.1) million, or ($0.14) per diluted share for full year 2024, compared to Net loss of ($12.2) million, or ($0.42) per diluted share in the prior year. The reduction in net loss was driven by higher revenues and a reduction in costs.

    Adjusted EBITDA was $7.7 million for full year 2024, compared to an Adjusted EBITDA loss of ($2.6) million in the prior year. The increase was mainly driven by our continued focus on increasing revenues while driving costs down. Additionally, an addback of Adjusted EBITDA during 2024 related to Loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.4 million, related to our repayment of the CFG Loan in December 2024 led to the increase. See the note below regarding the use of the non-GAAP financial measure Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Fourth Quarter 2024 Results

    Revenue totaled $27.0 million for Q4 2024, reflecting a decrease of 4% compared to $28.1 million in the prior year period. The reduction was driven predominantly by the one-off benefits delivered in Q4 2023 as a result of take-or-pay enforcement totaling $4.7 million vs. $1.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. Excluding these one-off items, revenue was up YoY. ASP for the fourth quarter of 2024 were up approximately 14% compared to prior year period, marking the 7th consecutive quarter of double-digit year-over-year percentage growth in ASP.

    Costs of revenue totaled $17.2 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, an increase of approximately 22% compared to $14.1 million in the prior year period.

    Gross margin reduced to 36.3% for the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to 49.8% in the prior year period. The reduction in gross margin was driven by higher non-recurring revenues in Q4 2023 driven primarily by $3.1 million of additional take or pay enforcement in Q4 2023. Excluding this, Q4 2024 was largely in-line despite two brief but unplanned outages at our Red River plant.

    Selling, general and administrative expenses totaled $6.0 million in Q4 2024, compared to $6.5 million in the prior year period. The reduction of approximately $0.5 million or 8% was primarily driven by a reduction in payroll and benefits as well as legal and consulting fees as the Company incurred incremental fees related to the Arq Acquisition in 2023.

    Research and development costs totaled $0.7 million in Q4 2024, compared to $1.2 million in the prior year period. This reduction was primarily due to the Company performing product qualification testing in the prior year period with potential lead-adopters as part of its ongoing GAC contracting process in 2023.

    Operating income was $0.4 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to an operating income of $3.1 million in the prior year period. The reduction was mainly driven by the factors referenced above.

    Net loss was ($1.3) million in the fourth quarter of 2024, or ($0.03) per diluted share, compared to a net income of $3.3 million, or $0.10 per diluted share, in the prior year period.

    Adjusted EBITDA was $3.3 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $7.2 million in the prior year period. The reduction was primarily driven by the significant one-off items discussed above. See note below regarding the use of the non-GAAP financial measure Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measure.

    Capex and Balance Sheet

    Capital expenditures totaled $85.2 million for full year 2024, compared to $27.5 million in the prior year. The increase vs. the prior year was driven by the ongoing expansion of our Red River and Corbin facilities. The increase in total 2024 capex from previous guidance of $60 – $70 million was primarily driven by several factors, including $4 – $5 million related to contractor errors associated with small-bore piping needs, roughly $3 – $4 million related to maintaining a timely completion, and approximately $2 million related to the need for additional external professional services.

    The Company raised approximately $26.7 million of net equity proceeds in its September 2024 underwritten public offering of common stock, which, combined with approximately $15 million raised in a private placement of common stock in May 2024, resulted in year-to-date net equity proceeds raised through Q4 2024 of approximately $41.6 million.

    In December 2024, the Company closed a $30 million ABL credit facility (the “ABL Facility”) with MidCap Financial, a leading commercial finance company focused on middle market transactions. Total available borrowing capacity for the ABL Facility is determined by a borrowing base calculation based on a certain percentage of eligible accounts receivable and inventory.

    Initial drawdown from the ABL Facility ($13.8 million as of December 31, 2024) was utilized to refinance Arq’s outstanding CFG Loan. Going forward, the Company expects that proceeds from the ABL Facility will be used to finance ongoing working capital requirements and potential capital expenditures related to the Company’s strategic growth investment at its Red River plant, as well as to support general corporate purposes.

    Cash as of December 31, 2024, including $8.7 million of restricted cash, totaled $22.2 million, compared to $54.2 million as of December 31, 2023. The reduction was largely driven by increased expenditures relating to the Red River GAC expansion.

    Total debt, inclusive of financing leases, as of December 31, 2024, totaled $24.8 million compared to $20.9 million as of December 31, 2023. The increase was driven by closing the ABL Facility.

    Conference Call and Webcast Information

    Arq will host its Q4 2024 earnings conference call on March 6, 2025, at 8:30 a.m. ET. The live webcast can be accessed through the Investor Resources section of Arq’s website at www.arq.com. Interested parties may participate in the conference call by registering at https://www.webcast-eqs.com/arq20250306. Alternatively, the live conference call may be accessed by dialing (877) 407-0890 or (201) 389-0918 and referencing Arq. An investor presentation will also be available in the Investor Resources section before the call begins.

    A replay of the event will be made available shortly after the event and accessible via the same webcast link referenced above. Alternatively, the replay may be accessed by dialing (877) 660-6853 or (201) 612-7415 and entering Access ID 13751420. The dial-in replay will expire after March 13, 2025.

    About Arq

    Arq (NASDAQ: ARQ) is a diversified, environmental technology company with products that enable a cleaner and safer planet while actively reducing our environmental impact. As the only vertically integrated producer of activated carbon products in North America, we deliver a reliable domestic supply of innovative, hard-to-source, high-demand products. We apply our extensive expertise to develop groundbreaking solutions to remove harmful chemicals and pollutants from water, land and air. Learn more at: www.arq.com.

    Caution on Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which provides a “safe harbor” for such statements in certain circumstances. When used in this press release, the words “can,” “will,” “may,” “intends,” “expects,” “continuing,” “believes,” similar expressions and any other statements that are not historical facts are intended to identify those assertions as forward-looking statements. All statements that address activities, events or developments that the Company intends, expects or believes may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements or expectations regarding: the anticipating timing of the completion of commissioning of the GAC Facility, ramp-up to full nameplate capacity at our Red River facility, and commercial production of our GAC products; the anticipated effects from fluctuations in the pricing of our AC products; expected supply and demand for our AC products and services, including our GAC products; the seasonal impact on our customers and their demand for our products; the ability to continue to successfully integrate Legacy Arq’s business and recognize the benefits and synergies from the Arq Acquisition; the ability to continue to develop and utilize Legacy Arq’s products and technology and the anticipated timing for bringing such products to market; our ability to access new markets for our GAC and other products; any future plant capacity expansions or site development projects and our ability to finance any such projects; the effectiveness of our technologies and the benefits they provide; the timing of awards of, and work and related testing under, our contracts and agreements and their value; probability of any loss occurring with respect to certain guarantees made by Tinuum Group; the timing and amounts of or changes in future revenue, funding for our business and projects, margins, expenses, earnings, tax rates, cash flows, royalty payment obligations, working capital, liquidity and other financial and accounting measures; the performance of obligations secured by our surety bonds; the amount and timing of future capital expenditures needed to fund our business plan; the impact of capital expenditure overruns on our business; awards of patents designed to protect our proprietary technologies both in the U.S. and other countries; the adoption and scope of regulations to control certain chemicals in drinking water and other environmental concerns and the impact of such regulations on our customers’ and our businesses, including any increase or decrease in sales of our AC products resulting from such regulations; the impact of adverse global macroeconomic conditions, including rising interest rates, recession fears and inflationary pressures, and geopolitical events or conflicts; opportunities to effectively provide solutions to our current and future customers to comply with regulations, improve efficiency, lower costs and maintain reliability; and the impact of prices of competing power generation sources such as natural gas and renewable energy on demand for our products. These forward-looking statements included in this press release involve risks and uncertainties. Actual events or results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors including, but not limited to, the timing and scope of new and pending regulations and any legal challenges to or extensions of compliance dates of them; the U.S. government’s failure to promulgate new regulations or enforce existing regulations that benefit our business; changes in laws and regulations, accounting rules, prices, economic conditions and market demand; availability, cost of and demand for alternative energy sources and other technologies and their impact on coal-fired power generation in the U.S.; technical, start up and operational difficulties; competition within the industries in which the Company operates; risks associated with our debt financing; our inability to effectively and efficiently commercialize new products, including our GAC products; our inability to effectively manage commissioning and startup of the GAC facility at our Red River plant; disruptions at any of our facilities, including by natural disasters or extreme weather; risks related to our information technology systems, including the risk of cyberattacks on our networks; failure to protect our intellectual property from infringement or claims that we have infringed on the intellectual property of others; our inability to obtain future financing or financing on terms that are favorable to us; our inability to ramp up our operations to effectively address recent and expected growth in our business; loss of key personnel; ongoing effects of the inflation and macroeconomic uncertainty, including from the new U.S. presidential administration, increased domestic and international tariffs, lingering effects of the pandemic and armed conflicts around the world, and such uncertainty’s effect on market demand and input costs; availability of materials and equipment for our business; intellectual property infringement claims from third parties; pending litigation; factors relating to our business strategy, goals and expectations concerning the Arq Acquisition; our ability to maintain relationships with customers, suppliers and others with whom the Company does business and meet supply requirements; our results of operations and business generally; risks related to diverting management’s attention from our ongoing business operations; costs related to the ongoing manufacturing of our products, including our GAC products; opportunities for additional sales of our AC products and end-market diversification; the timing and scope of new and pending regulations, executive orders and any legal challenges to or extensions of compliance dates of them; the rate of coal-fired power generation in the U.S.; the timing and cost of any future capital expenditures and the resultant impact to our liquidity and cash flows; and the other risk factors described in our filings with the SEC, including our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements and to consult filings we have made and will make with the SEC for additional discussion concerning risks and uncertainties that may apply to our business and the ownership of our securities. In addition to causing our actual results to differ, the factors listed above may cause our intentions to change from those statements of intention set forth in this press release. Such changes in our intentions may also cause our results to differ. We may change our intentions, at any time and without notice, based upon changes in such factors, our assumptions, or otherwise. The forward-looking statements speak only as to the date of this press release, and we disclaim any duty to update such statements unless required by law.

    Source: Arq, Inc.

    Investor Contact:
    Anthony Nathan, Arq
    Marc Silverberg, ICR
    investors@arq.com

     
    Arq, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
     
        As of December 31,
    (in thousands, except share data)     2024       2023  
    ASSETS        
    Current assets:        
    Cash   $ 13,516     $ 45,361  
    Receivables, net     14,876       16,192  
    Inventories, net     19,314       19,693  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     4,650       5,215  
    Total current assets     52,356       86,461  
    Restricted cash, long-term     8,719       8,792  
    Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $26,619 and $19,293, respectively     178,564       94,649  
    Other long-term assets, net     44,729       45,600  
    Total Assets   $ 284,368     $ 235,502  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
    Current liabilities:        
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 21,017     $ 14,603  
    Revolving credit facility     13,828        
    Current portion of long-term debt obligations     1,624       2,653  
    Other current liabilities     8,184       5,792  
    Total current liabilities     44,653       23,048  
    Long-term debt obligations, net of current portion     9,370       18,274  
    Other long-term liabilities     13,069       15,780  
    Total Liabilities     67,092       57,102  
    Commitments and contingencies        
    Stockholders’ equity:        
    Preferred stock: par value of $0.001 per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding            
    Common stock: par value of $0.001 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 46,639,930 and 37,791,084 shares issued and 42,021,784 and 33,172,938 shares outstanding at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively     47       38  
    Treasury stock, at cost: 4,618,146 and 4,618,146 shares as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively     (47,692 )     (47,692 )
    Additional paid-in capital     198,487       154,511  
    Retained earnings     66,434       71,543  
    Total Stockholders’ Equity     217,276       178,400  
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   $ 284,368     $ 235,502  
     
    Arq, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
     
        Three Months Ended December 31,   Years Ended December 31,
    (in thousands, except per share data)     2024       2023       2024       2023  
        (unaudited)        
    Revenue   $ 27,040     $ 28,104     $ 108,959     $ 99,183  
                     
    Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization     17,236       14,105       69,515       67,323  
                     
    Operating expenses:                
    Selling, general and administrative     5,960       6,495       28,695       34,069  
    Research and development     709       1,169       4,050       3,314  
    Depreciation, amortization, depletion and accretion     2,504       3,267       8,594       10,543  
    Loss (gain) on sale of assets     218       (36 )     64       (2,731 )
    Total operating expenses     9,391       10,895       41,403       45,195  
    Operating income (loss)     413       3,104       (1,959 )     (13,335 )
    Other (expense) income:                
    Earnings from equity method investments           111       127       1,623  
    Interest expense     (831 )     (859 )     (3,257 )     (3,014 )
    Loss on extinguishment of debt     (1,422 )           (1,422 )      
    Other     307       1,120       1,238       2,630  
    Total other (expense) income     (1,946 )     372       (3,314 )     1,239  
    (Loss) income before income taxes     (1,533 )     3,476       (5,273 )     (12,096 )
    Income tax (benefit) expense     (194 )     186       (164 )     153  
    Net (loss) income   $ (1,339 )   $ 3,290     $ (5,109 )   $ (12,249 )
    (Loss) income per common share:                
    Basic   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.10     $ (0.14 )   $ (0.42 )
    Diluted   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.10     $ (0.14 )   $ (0.42 )
    Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:                
    Basic     41,275       32,367       36,051       29,104  
    Diluted     41,275       32,952       36,051       29,104  
     
    Arq, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
     
        Years Ended December 31,
    (in thousands)     2024       2023  
    Cash flows from operating activities        
    Net loss   $ (5,109 )   $ (12,249 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:        
    Depreciation, amortization, depletion and accretion     8,594       10,543  
    Stock-based compensation expense     2,715       2,648  
    Operating lease expense     2,004       2,757  
    Loss from extinguishment of debt     1,422        
    Amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs     601       546  
    Loss (gain) on sale of assets     64       (2,731 )
    Earnings from equity method investments     (127 )     (1,623 )
    Other non-cash items, net     37       (75 )
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
    Receivables and related party receivables     1,316       (2,264 )
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     1,166       4,777  
    Inventories, net     1,636       (2,571 )
    Other long-term assets, net     (2,166 )     (4,762 )
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses     216       (12,061 )
    Other current liabilities     1,144       (184 )
    Operating lease liabilities     (1,272 )     (168 )
    Other long-term liabilities     (1,764 )     764  
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     10,477       (16,653 )
    Cash flows from investing activities        
    Acquisition of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets, net     (85,170 )     (27,516 )
    Acquisition of mine development costs     (181 )     (2,690 )
    Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     150        
    Distributions from equity method investees in excess of cumulative earnings     127       1,623  
    Cash and restricted cash acquired in business acquisition           2,225  
    Payment for disposal of Marshall Mine, LLC           (2,177 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   $ (85,074 )   $ (28,535 )
    Cash flows from financing activities        
    Net proceeds from common stock issued in public offering   $ 26,654     $  
    Net proceeds from common stock issued in private placement transactions     14,951       15,220  
    Borrowings on revolving credit facility     13,828        
    Net proceeds from common stock issued to related party     800       1,000  
    Principal payments on notes payable     (10,544 )     (473 )
    Repurchase of common stock to satisfy tax withholdings     (1,135 )     (230 )
    Principal payments on finance lease obligations     (1,022 )     (1,130 )
    Payment of debt issuance costs     (633 )      
    Payment of debt extinguishment costs     (220 )      
    Net proceeds from CFG Loan, related party, net of discount and issuance costs           8,522  
    Net cash provided by financing activities     42,679       22,909  
    Decrease in Cash and Restricted Cash     (31,918 )     (22,279 )
    Cash and Restricted Cash, beginning of year     54,153       76,432  
    Cash and Restricted Cash, end of year   $ 22,235     $ 54,153  
             
    Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:        
    Cash paid for interest   $ 2,017     $ 1,727  
    Cash received for income taxes   $ (452 )   $ (1,697 )
    Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:        
    Change in accrued purchases for property and equipment   $ 6,198     $ 914  
    Purchase of property and equipment through note payable   $ 1,004     $  
    Equity issued as consideration for acquisition of business   $     $ 31,206  
    Paid-in-kind dividend on Series A Preferred Stock   $     $ 157  


    Note on Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), we provide certain supplemental financial measures, including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are measurements that are not calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA reduced by the non-cash impact of equity earnings from equity method investments and other non-cash gains, increased by cash distributions from equity method investments, other non-cash losses and non-recurring costs and fees. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, net income (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP as a measure of performance. See below for a reconciliation from net income (loss), the nearest U.S. GAAP financial measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.

    We believe that the EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA measures are less susceptible to variances that affect our operating performance. We include these non-GAAP measures because management uses them in the evaluation of our operating performance, and believe they help to facilitate comparison of operating results between periods. We believe the non-GAAP measures provide useful information to both management and users of the financial statements by excluding certain expenses, gains, and losses which can vary widely across different industries or among companies within the same industry and may not be indicative of core operating results and business outlook.

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

    The following table reconciles net income (loss), our most directly comparable as-reported financial measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (Adjusted EBITDA loss).

     
    Arq, Inc. and Subsidiaries
    Reconciliation of Net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (Adjusted EBITDA loss)
    (Unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended   Years Ended
        September 30,   December 31,   December 31,
    (in thousands)     2024       2024       2023       2024       2023  
    Net income (loss)   $ 1,617     $ (1,339 )   $ 3,290     $ (5,109 )   $ (12,249 )
    Depreciation, amortization, depletion and accretion     2,716       2,504       3,267       8,594       10,543  
    Amortization of Upfront Customer Consideration     127       127       127       508       508  
    Interest expense, net     600       516       346       2,154       1,168  
    Income tax (benefit) expense           (194 )     186       (164 )     153  
    EBITDA     5,060       1,614       7,216       5,983       123  
    Cash distributions from equity method investees     127             111       127       1,623  
    Equity earnings     (127 )           (111 )     (127 )     (1,623 )
    Loss on extinguishment of debt           1,422             1,422        
    (Gain) loss on sale of assets     (154 )     218             64       (2,695 )
    Gain on change in estimate, asset retirement obligation                 (37 )           (37 )
    Financing costs     228       47             275        
    Adjusted EBITDA (Adjusted EBITDA loss)   $ 5,134     $ 3,301     $ 7,179     $ 7,744     $ (2,609 )

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: ArrowMark Financial Corp. Announces Special Distribution of $0.10 and Regular Cash Distribution of $0.45 per Share for the First Quarter 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DENVER, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — ArrowMark Financial Corp. (Nasdaq: BANX) (“ArrowMark Financial” or the “Company”), an SEC registered closed-end management investment company, today announced that its Board of Directors has declared a special cash distribution of $0.10 per share generated from excess income, and a regular cash distribution of $0.45 per share for the first quarter 2025. The total distribution of $0.55 per share will be payable on March 27, 2025 to shareholders of record on March 20, 2025.

    “We are very pleased to announce a special distribution for Q1 2025 along with the regular quarterly distribution of $0.45. We believe this distribution reflects the Fund’s ability to consistently over-earn its declared quarterly distribution rate. ArrowMark Financial is committed to providing consistent risk-adjusted returns while maintaining focus on capital preservation and income generation for our shareholders,” said Chairman & CEO Sanjai Bhonsle.

    About ArrowMark Financial Corp.

    ArrowMark Financial Corp. is an SEC registered non-diversified, closed-end fund listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BANX.” Its investment objective is to provide shareholders with current income. The Fund pursues its objective by investing primarily in regulatory capital securities of financial institutions. ArrowMark Financial is managed by ArrowMark Asset Management, LLC. To learn more, visit ir.arrowmarkfinancialcorp.com or contact the Fund’s secondary market service agent at 877-855-3434.

    Disclaimer and Risk Factors:

    There is no assurance that ArrowMark Financial will achieve its investment objective. ArrowMark Financial is subject to numerous risks, including investment and market risks, management risk, income and interest rate risks, banking industry risks, preferred stock risk, convertible securities risk, debt securities risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk, leverage risk, non-diversification risk, credit and counterparty risks, market at a discount from net asset value risk and market disruption risk. Shares of closed-end investment companies may trade above (a premium) or below (a discount) their net asset value. Shares of ArrowMark Financial may not be appropriate for all investors. Investors should review and consider carefully ArrowMark Financial’s investment objective, risks, charges and expenses. Past performance does not guarantee future results.

    The Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report and other regulatory filings of the Fund with the SEC are accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on the Fund’s website at ir.arrowmarkfinancialcorp.com.

    Contact:

    BANX@destracapital.com 

    Destra Capital Advisors LLC (877) 855-3434
    Destra Capital Advisors LLC provides secondary market services for the Fund by agreement.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Descartes Announces Fiscal 2025 Fourth Quarter and Annual Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Record Income from Operations

    WATERLOO, Ontario and ATLANTA, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — The Descartes Systems Group Inc. (TSX:DSG) (Nasdaq:DSGX) announced its financial results for its fiscal 2025 fourth quarter (Q4FY25) and year (FY25) ended January 31, 2025. All financial results referenced are in United States (US) currency and, unless otherwise indicated, are determined in accordance with US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP).

    “Fiscal 2025 was another year of growth for Descartes, highlighted by the addition of numerous complementary services to the Global Logistics Network,” said Edward J. Ryan, Descartes’ CEO. “We believe these investments can help shippers, carriers, and logistics services providers manage the increased uncertainty and complexity that’s recently been introduced to the global trade environment. Our customers benefit from our diversity in international and domestic supply chains, our expertise with tariffs, sanctions and other global trade issues, and our expansive roster of connected trading partners as they navigate a quickly evolving trade landscape.”

    FY25 Financial Results
    As described in more detail below, key financial highlights for Descartes’ FY25 included:

    • Revenues of $651.0 million, up 14% from $572.9 million in the same period a year ago (FY24);
    • Revenues were comprised of services revenues of $590.2 million (91% of total revenues), professional services and other revenues of $55.1 million (8% of total revenues) and license revenues of $5.7 million (1% of total revenues). Services revenues were up 13% from $520.9 million in FY24;
    • Cash provided by operating activities of $219.3 million, up 6% from $207.7 million in FY24. Cash provided by operating activities was negatively impacted in FY25 by the payment of $25.0 million in contingent acquisition consideration for previously completed deals, which was not accrued for at the time of acquisition;
    • Income from operations of $181.1 million, up 27% from $142.8 million in FY24;
    • Net income of $143.3 million, up 24% from $115.9 million in FY24. Net income as a percentage of revenues was 22%, compared to 20% in FY24;
    • Earnings per share on a diluted basis of $1.64, up 22% from $1.34 in FY24; and
    • Adjusted EBITDA of $284.7 million, up 15% from $247.5 million in FY24. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues was 44%, compared to 43% in FY24.

    Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues are non-GAAP financial measures provided as a complement to financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation (for which we include related fees and taxes) and other charges (for which we include restructuring charges, acquisition-related expenses, and contingent consideration incurred due to better-than-expected performance from acquisitions). These items are considered by management to be outside Descartes’ ongoing operational results. We define Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues as the quotient, expressed as a percentage, from dividing Adjusted EBITDA for a period by revenues for the corresponding period. A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues to net income determined in accordance with GAAP is provided later in this release.

    The following table summarizes Descartes’ results in the categories specified below over FY25 and FY24 (dollar amounts in millions):

      FY25
      FY24  
    Revenues 651.0   572.9  
    Services revenues 590.2   520.9  
    Gross margin 76 % 76 %
    Cash provided by operating activities* 219.3   207.7  
    Income from operations 181.1   142.8  
    Net income 143.3   115.9  
    Net income as a % of revenues 22 % 20 %
    Earnings per diluted share 1.64   1.34  
    Adjusted EBITDA 284.7   247.5  
    Adjusted EBITDA as a % of revenues 44 % 43 %
             

    (*) FY25 cash provided by operating activities was negatively impacted by the payment of $25.0 million in contingent acquisition consideration for previously completed deals, which was not accrued for at the time of acquisition but was paid due to post-acquisition performance exceeding expectations at the time of acquisition

    Q4FY25 Financial Results
    As described in more detail below, key financial highlights for Q4FY25 included:

    • Revenues of $167.5 million, up 13% from $148.2 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 (Q4FY24) and down from $168.8 million in the previous quarter (Q3FY25);
    • Revenues were comprised of services revenues of $156.5 million (93% of total revenues), professional services and other revenues of $10.7 million (6% of total revenues) and license revenues of $0.3 million (1% of total revenues). Services revenues were up 15% from $135.7 million in Q4FY24 and up 5% from $149.7 million in Q3FY25;
    • Cash provided by operating activities of $60.7 million, up 19% from $50.8 million in Q4FY24 and up 1% from $60.1 million in Q3FY25;
    • Income from operations of $47.1 million, up 27% from $37.0 million in Q4FY24 and up 3% from $45.8 million in Q3FY25;
    • Net income of $37.4 million, up 18% from $31.8 million in Q4FY24 and up 2% from $36.6 million in Q3FY25. Net income as a percentage of revenues was 22%, compared to 21% in Q4FY24 and 22% in Q3FY25;
    • Earnings per share on a diluted basis of $0.43, up 16% from $0.37 in Q4FY24 and up 2% from $0.42 in Q3FY25; and
    • Adjusted EBITDA of $75.0 million, up 14% from $65.7 million in Q4FY24 and up 4% from $72.1 million in Q3FY25. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues was 45%, compared to 44% in Q4FY24 and 43% in Q3FY25, respectively.

    The following table summarizes Descartes’ results in the categories specified below over the past 5 fiscal quarters (unaudited; dollar amounts, other than per share amounts, in millions):

      Q4
    FY25
      Q3
    FY25
      Q2
    FY25
      Q1
    FY25
      Q4
    FY24
     
    Revenues 167.5   168.8   163.4   151.3   148.2  
    Services revenues 156.5   149.7   146.2   137.8   135.7  
    Gross margin 76 % 74 % 75 % 77 % 76 %
    Cash provided by operating activities* 60.7   60.1   34.7   63.7   50.8  
    Income from operations 47.1   45.8   45.9   42.4   37.0  
    Net income 37.4   36.6   34.7   34.7   31.8  
    Net income as a % of revenues 22 % 22 % 21 % 23 % 21 %
    Earnings per diluted share 0.43   0.42   0.40   0.40   0.37  
    Adjusted EBITDA 75.0   72.1   70.6   67.0   65.7  
    Adjusted EBITDA as a % of revenues 45 % 43 % 43 % 44 % 44 %
                         

    (*) Q2FY25 cash provided by operating activities was negatively impacted by the payment of $25.0 million in contingent acquisition consideration for previously completed deals, which was not accrued for at the time of acquisition but was paid due to post-acquisition performance exceeding expectations at the time of acquisition

    Cash Position
    At January 31, 2025, Descartes had $236.1 million in cash. Cash increased by $54.8 million in Q4FY25 and decreased by $84.9 million in FY25. The table set forth below provides a summary of cash flows for Q4FY25 and FY25 in millions of dollars:

      Q4FY25   FY25  
    Cash provided by operating activities 60.7   219.3  
    Additions to property and equipment (2.1 ) (6.8 )
    Acquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired (3.7 ) (290.2 )
    Payment of debt issuance costs   (0.1 )
    Issuances of common shares, net of issuance costs 2.5   12.4  
    Payment of withholding taxes on net share settlements   (6.7 )
    Payment of contingent consideration   (9.2 )
    Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash (2.6 ) (3.6 )
    Net change in cash 54.8   (84.9 )
    Cash, beginning of period 181.3   321.0  
    Cash, end of period 236.1   236.1  
             

    Conference Call
    Descartes’ executive management team will hold a conference call to discuss the company’s financial results at 5:30 PM ET on Wednesday, March 5. Designated numbers are +1 289 514 5100 or +1 800 717 1738 for North America Toll-Free, using Passcode 45440#.

    The company will simultaneously conduct an audio webcast on the Descartes website at https://www.descartes.com/who-we-are/investor-relations/financial-information. Phone conference dial-in or webcast login is required approximately 10 minutes beforehand.

    Replays of the conference call will be available until March 12, 2025, by dialing +1 289 819 1325 or Toll-Free for North America using +1 888 660 6264 with Playback Passcode: 45440#. An archived replay of the webcast will be available at https://www.descartes.com/who-we-are/investor-relations/financial-information.

    About Descartes

    Descartes (Nasdaq:DSGX) (TSX:DSG) is the global leader in providing on-demand, software-as-a-service solutions focused on improving the productivity, security and sustainability of logistics-intensive businesses. Customers use our modular, software-as-a-service solutions to route, track and help improve the safety, performance and compliance of delivery resources; plan, allocate and execute shipments; rate, audit and pay transportation invoices; access global trade data; file customs and security documents for imports and exports; and complete numerous other logistics processes by participating in the world’s largest, collaborative multimodal logistics community. Our headquarters are in Waterloo, Ontario, Canada and we have offices and partners around the world. Learn more at www.descartes.com, and connect with us on LinkedIn and X (Twitter).

    Descartes Investor Contact
    Laurie McCauley
    (519) 746-2969
    investor@descartes.com

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This release may contain forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities laws (“forward-looking statements”) that relates to Descartes’ expectations concerning future revenues and earnings, and our projections for any future reductions in expenses or growth in margins and generation of cash; our assessment of the potential impact of geopolitical events, such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine (the “Russia-Ukraine Conflict”), and between Israel and Hamas (“Israel-Hamas Conflict”), or other potentially catastrophic events, on our business, results of operations and financial condition; continued growth and acquisitions including our assessment of any increased opportunity for our products and services as a result of trends in the logistics and supply chain industries; rate of profitable growth and Adjusted EBITDA margin operating range; demand for Descartes’ solutions; growth of Descartes’ Global Logistics Network (“GLN”); customer buying patterns; customer expectations of Descartes; development of the GLN and the benefits thereof to customers; and other matters. These forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions including the following: global shipment volumes continuing at levels generally consistent with those experienced historically; the Russia-Ukraine Conflict and Israel-Hamas Conflict not having a material negative impact on shipment volumes or on the demand for the products and services of Descartes by its customers and the ability of those customers to continue to pay for those products and services; countries continuing to implement and enforce existing and additional customs and security regulations relating to the provision of electronic information for imports and exports; countries continuing to implement and enforce existing and additional trade restrictions and sanctioned party lists with respect to doing business with certain countries, organizations, entities and individuals; Descartes’ continued operation of a secure and reliable business network; the stability of general economic and market conditions, currency exchange rates, and interest rates; equity and debt markets continuing to provide Descartes with access to capital; Descartes’ continued ability to identify and source attractive and executable business combination opportunities; Descartes’ ability to develop solutions that keep pace with the continuing changes in technology, and our continued compliance with third party intellectual property rights. These assumptions may prove to be inaccurate. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of Descartes, or developments in Descartes’ business or industry, to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance or achievements or developments expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, but are not limited to, Descartes’ ability to successfully identify and execute on acquisitions and to integrate acquired businesses and assets, and to predict expenses associated with and revenues from acquisitions; the impact of network failures, information security breaches or other cyber-security threats; disruptions in the movement of freight and a decline in shipment volumes including as a result of contagious illness outbreaks; a deterioration of general economic conditions or instability in the financial markets accompanied by a decrease in spending by our customers; the ability to attract and retain key personnel and the ability to manage the departure of key personnel and the transition of our executive management team; changes in trade or transportation regulations that currently require customers to use services such as those offered by Descartes; changes in customer behaviour and expectations; Descartes’ ability to successfully design and develop enhancements to our products and solutions; departures of key customers; the impact of foreign currency exchange rates; Descartes’ ability to retain or obtain sufficient capital in addition to its debt facility to execute on its business strategy, including its acquisition strategy; disruptions in the movement of freight; the potential for future goodwill or intangible asset impairment as a result of other-than-temporary decreases in Descartes’ market capitalization; and other factors and assumptions discussed in the section entitled, “Certain Factors That May Affect Future Results” in documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Ontario Securities Commission and other securities commissions across Canada, including Descartes’ most recently filed Management’s Discussion and Analysis. If any such risks actually occur, they could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In that case, the trading price of our common shares could decline, perhaps materially. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Forward-looking statements are provided for the purpose of providing information about management’s current expectations and plans relating to the future. Readers are cautioned that such information may not be appropriate for other purposes. We do not undertake or accept any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements to reflect any change in our expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based, except as required by law.

    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues

    We prepare and release quarterly unaudited and annual audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. We also disclose and discuss certain non-GAAP financial information, used to evaluate our performance, in this and other earnings releases and investor conference calls as a complement to results provided in accordance with GAAP. We believe that current shareholders and potential investors in our company use non-GAAP financial measures, such as Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues, in making investment decisions about our company and measuring our operational results.

    The term “Adjusted EBITDA” refers to a financial measure that we define as earnings before certain charges that management considers to be non-operating expenses and which consist of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation (for which we include related fees and taxes) and other charges (for which we include restructuring charges, acquisition-related expenses, and contingent consideration incurred due to better-than-expected performance from acquisitions). Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues divides Adjusted EBITDA for a period by the revenues for the corresponding period and expresses the quotient as a percentage.

    Management considers these non-operating expenses to be outside the scope of Descartes’ ongoing operations and the related expenses are not used by management to measure operations. Accordingly, these expenses are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA, which we reference to both measure our operations and as a basis of comparison of our operations from period-to-period. Management believes that investors and financial analysts measure our business on the same basis, and we are providing the Adjusted EBITDA financial metric to assist in this evaluation and to provide a higher level of transparency into how we measure our own business. However, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues are non-GAAP financial measures and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues should not be construed as a substitute for net income determined in accordance with GAAP or other non-GAAP measures that may be used by other companies, such as EBITDA. The use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues does have limitations. In particular, we have completed seven acquisitions since the beginning of fiscal 2024 and may complete additional acquisitions in the future that will result in acquisition-related expenses and restructuring charges. As these acquisition-related expenses and restructuring charges may continue as we pursue our consolidation strategy, some investors may consider these charges and expenses as a recurring part of operations rather than expenses that are not part of operations.

    The table below reconciles Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues to net income reported in our audited Consolidated Statements of Operations for FY25 and FY24, which we believe is the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    (US dollars in millions) FY25   FY24  
    Net income, as reported on Consolidated Statements of Operations 143.3   115.9  
    Adjustments to reconcile to Adjusted EBITDA:    
    Interest expense 1.0   1.4  
    Investment income (11.5 ) (9.7 )
    Income tax expense 48.3   35.2  
    Depreciation expense 5.6   5.5  
    Amortization of intangible assets 69.4   60.5  
    Stock-based compensation and related taxes 21.1   17.1  
    Other charges 7.5   21.6  
    Adjusted EBITDA 284.7   247.5  
         
    Revenues 651.0   572.9  
    Net income as % of revenues 22 % 20 %
    Adjusted EBITDA as % of revenues 44 % 43 %
             

    The table below reconciles Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues to net income reported in our unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for Q4FY25, Q3FY25, Q2FY25, Q1FY25, and Q4FY24, which we believe is the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

    (US dollars in millions) Q4FY25   Q3FY25   Q2FY25   Q1FY25   Q4FY24  
    Net income, as reported on Consolidated Statements of Operations 37.4   36.6   34.7   34.7   31.8  
    Adjustments to reconcile to Adjusted EBITDA:          
    Interest expense 0.2   0.2   0.2   0.3   0.3  
    Investment income (1.9 ) (2.9 ) (2.7 ) (4.1 ) (3.4 )
    Income tax expense 11.4   11.9   13.6   11.5   8.3  
    Depreciation expense 1.5   1.4   1.4   1.4   1.4  
    Amortization of intangible assets 19.4   17.5   17.4   15.0   15.1  
    Stock-based compensation and related taxes 5.4   5.6   5.8   4.3   4.7  
    Other charges 1.6   1.8   0.2   3.9   7.5  
    Adjusted EBITDA 75.0   72.1   70.6   67.0   65.7  
               
    Revenues 167.5   168.8   163.4   151.3   148.2  
    Net income as % of revenues 22 % 22 % 21 % 23 % 21 %
    Adjusted EBITDA as % of revenues 45 % 43 % 43 % 44 % 44 %
               

    The Descartes Systems Group Inc.
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (US dollars in thousands; US GAAP)

      January 31,   January 31,  
      2025   2024  
    ASSETS    
    CURRENT ASSETS    
    Cash 236,138   320,952  
    Accounts receivable (net)    
    Trade 53,953   51,569  
    Other 16,931   12,193  
    Prepaid expenses and other 45,544   33,468  
      352,566   418,182  
    OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS 24,887   24,737  
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET 12,481   11,552  
    RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS 7,623   6,257  
    DEFERRED INCOME TAXES 3,802   2,097  
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET 321,270   251,047  
    GOODWILL 924,755   760,413  
      1,647,384   1,474,285  
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
    CURRENT LIABILITIES    
    Accounts payable 20,650   17,484  
    Accrued liabilities 79,656   91,824  
    Lease obligations 3,178   3,075  
    Income taxes payable 9,313   6,734  
    Deferred revenue 104,230   84,513  
      217,027   203,630  
    LEASE OBLIGATIONS 4,718   3,903  
    DEFERRED REVENUE 978   1,464  
    INCOME TAXES PAYABLE 5,531   6,153  
    DEFERRED INCOME TAXES 34,127   21,101  
      262,381   236,251  
         
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
    Common shares – unlimited shares authorized; Shares issued and outstanding totaled 85,605,969 at January 31, 2025 (January 31, 2024 – 85,183,455) 568,339   551,164  
    Additional paid-in capital 503,133   494,701  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss (50,497 ) (28,586 )
    Retained earnings 364,028   220,755  
      1,385,003   1,238,034  
      1,647,384   1,474,285  
             

    The Descartes Systems Group Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (US dollars in thousands, except per share and weighted average share amounts; US GAAP)

      January 31,   January 31,   January 31,  
    Year Ended 2025   2024   2023  
           
    REVENUES 651,000   572,931   486,014  
    COST OF REVENUES 158,574   138,295   113,326  
    GROSS MARGIN 492,426   434,636   372,688  
    EXPENSES      
    Sales and marketing 73,692   68,161   56,573  
    Research and development 95,497   84,103   70,353  
    General and administrative 65,248   57,373   49,710  
    Other charges 7,466   21,649   5,441  
    Amortization of intangible assets 69,399   60,501   60,177  
      311,302   291,787   242,254  
    INCOME FROM OPERATIONS 181,124   142,849   130,434  
    INTEREST EXPENSE (1,004 ) (1,363 ) (1,167 )
    INVESTMENT INCOME 11,513   9,666   4,461  
    INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES 191,633   151,152   133,728  
    INCOME TAX EXPENSE (RECOVERY)      
    Current 53,402   41,223   28,248  
    Deferred (5,042 ) (5,978 ) 3,244  
      48,360   35,245   31,492  
    NET INCOME 143,273   115,907   102,236  
    EARNINGS PER SHARE      
    Basic 1.68   1.36   1.21  
    Diluted 1.64   1.34   1.18  
    WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING (thousands)      
    Basic 85,443   85,068   84,791  
    Diluted 87,323   86,818   86,451  
                 

    The Descartes Systems Group Inc.
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (US dollars in thousands; US GAAP)

    Year Ended January 31,   January 31,   January 31,  
      2025   2024   2023  
    OPERATING ACTIVITIES            
    Net income 143,273   115,907   102,236  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation 5,589   5,474   5,225  
    Amortization of intangible assets 69,399   60,501   60,177  
    Stock-based compensation expense 19,962   16,480   13,667  
    Other non-cash operating activities 23   114   53  
    Deferred tax expense (recovery) (5,042 ) (5,978 ) 3,244  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities (13,932 ) 15,182   7,793  
    Cash provided by operating activities 219,272   207,680   192,395  
    INVESTING ACTIVITIES      
    Additions to property and equipment (6,743 ) (5,563 ) (6,071 )
    Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired (290,204 ) (142,700 ) (115,561 )
    Cash used in investing activities (296,947 ) (148,263 ) (121,632 )
    FINANCING ACTIVITIES      
    Payment of debt issuance costs (53 ) (43 ) (1,118 )
    Issuance of common shares for cash, net of issuance costs 12,391   9,272   1,730  
    Payment of withholding taxes on net share settlements (6,745 ) (4,886 )  
    Payment of contingent consideration (9,223 ) (19,084 ) (5,215 )
    Cash used in financing activities (3,630 ) (14,741 ) (4,603 )
    Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash (3,509 ) (109 ) (3,212 )
    Increase (decrease) in cash (84,814 ) 44,567   62,948  
    Cash, beginning of year 320,952   276,385   213,437  
    Cash, end of year 236,138   320,952   276,385  
                 

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Clairvest Announces New Normal Course Issuer Bid

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Clairvest Group Inc. (TSX: CVG) today announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange has accepted a notice filed by Clairvest of its intention to make a new normal course issuer bid (“NCIB”). Clairvest’s current NCIB expires on March 7, 2025. The notice provides that the Corporation may, during the 12-month period commencing March 10, 2025 and ending March 9, 2026, purchase on The Toronto Stock Exchange, or other alternative Canadian trading systems, up to 718,192 common shares in total, being approximately 5% of the outstanding common shares. The average daily trading volume for the six months ending January 31, 2025 was 419 common shares. Daily purchases will be limited to 1,000 common shares, other than block purchase exceptions. Any shares purchased will be cancelled. The price which the Corporation will pay for any such shares will be the market price at the time of acquisition. The actual number of common shares which may be purchased and the timing of any such purchases will be determined by the Corporation. In total 3,806,532 common shares at a cost of approximately $56 million have been purchased under previous normal course issuer bids. The Corporation purchased 82,500 common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange, out of an approved maximum repurchase amount of 742,620 under its current bid within the last twelve months at a weighted average price of $70.17 per share. There were 14,363,842 common shares of the Corporation outstanding on February 28, 2025.

    The Corporation believes, depending upon future price movements and other factors, that its outstanding common shares may represent an attractive investment and a desirable use of a portion of its available funds.

    Clairvest also announced today that, in connection with its NCIB, Clairvest has renewed its automatic share purchase plan (the “ASPP”) with a designated broker to allow for the purchase of its common shares under the NCIB, once effective, at times when Clairvest normally would not be active in the market due to applicable regulatory restrictions or internal trading black-out periods. Before the commencement of any internal trading black-out period, Clairvest may, but is not required to, instruct its designated broker to make purchases of Clairvest’s common shares under the NCIB during the ensuing black-out period in accordance with the terms of the ASPP. Such purchases will be determined by the broker in its sole discretion based on parameters established by Clairvest prior to commencement of the applicable black-out period in accordance with the terms of the ASPP and applicable TSX rules. Outside of these black-out periods, common shares will be purchasable by Clairvest at its discretion under its NCIB, once effective.

    The ASPP will commence on the effective date of the NCIB and will terminate on the earliest of the date on which: (a) the maximum annual purchase limit under the NCIB has been reached; (b) the NCIB expires; or (c) Clairvest terminates the ASPP in accordance with its terms. The ASPP constitutes an “automatic securities purchase plan” under applicable Canadian securities laws.

    About Clairvest

    Clairvest’s mission is to partner with entrepreneurs to help them build strategically significant businesses. Founded in 1987 by a group of successful Canadian entrepreneurs, Clairvest is a top performing private equity management firm with over CAD $4.6 billion of capital under management. Clairvest invests its own capital and that of third parties through the Clairvest Equity Partners limited partnerships in owner-led businesses. Under the current management team, Clairvest has initiated investments in 67 different platform companies and generated top quartile performance over an extended period.

    For further information, please contact:

    Stephanie Lo
    Director of Investor Relations and Marketing
    Clairvest Group Inc.        
    Tel: (416) 925-9270
    stephaniel@clairvest.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: AGF Reports February 2025 Assets Under Management and Fee-Earning Assets

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, March 05, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — AGF Management Limited reported total assets under management (AUM) and fee-earning assets1 of $53.8 billion as at February 28, 2025.

    AUM

    ($ billions)

    February 28,
    2025
    January 31,
    2025
    % Change
    Month-Over-Month
    February 29,
    2024
    % Change
    Year-Over-Year
    Total Mutual Fund $31.1 $31.4   $26.1  
    Exchange-traded funds + Separately managed accounts $2.9 $2.7   $1.7  
    Segregated accounts and Sub-advisory $6.6 $6.8   $7.3  
    AGF Private Wealth $8.6 $8.6   $7.8  
    Subtotal (before AGF Capital Partners AUM and fee-earning assets1) $49.2 $49.5   $42.9  
    AGF Capital Partners $2.5 $2.8   $0.1  
    Total AUM $51.7 $52.3 -1.1% $43.0 20.2%
    AGF Capital Partners fee-earning assets1 $2.1 $2.1   $2.0  
    Total AUM and fee-earning assets1 $53.8 $54.4 -1.1% $45.0 19.6%
               
    Average Daily Mutual Fund AUM $31.2 $30.8   $25.8  
    1 Fee-earning assets represent assets in which AGF has carried interest ownership and earns recurring fees but does not have ownership interest in the managers.
    Mutual Fund AUM by Category

    ($ billions)

    February 28,
    2025
    January 31,
    2025
    February 29,
    2024
    Domestic Equity Funds $4.5 $4.5 $4.2
    U.S. and International Equity Funds $19.3 $19.7 $15.2
    Domestic Balanced Funds $0.1 $0.1 $0.1
    U.S. and International Balanced Funds $1.7 $1.7 $1.6
    Domestic Fixed Income Funds $2.0 $1.9 $1.7
    U.S. and International Fixed Income Funds $3.2 $3.2 $3.1
    Domestic Money Market $0.3 $0.3 $0.2
    Total Mutual Fund AUM $31.1 $31.4 $26.1
    AGF Capital Partners AUM and fee-earning assets

    ($ billions)

    February 28,
    2025
    January 31,
     2025
    February 29,
    2024
    AGF Capital Partners AUM $2.5 $2.8 $0.1
    AGF Capital Partners fee-earning assets $2.1 $2.1 $2.0
    Total AGF Capital Partners AUM and fee-earning assets $4.6 $4.9 $2.1


    About AGF Management Limited

    Founded in 1957, AGF Management Limited (AGF) is an independent and globally diverse asset management firm. Our companies deliver excellence in investing in the public and private markets through three business lines: AGF Investments, AGF Capital Partners and AGF Private Wealth.

    AGF brings a disciplined approach, focused on incorporating sound, responsible and sustainable corporate practices. The firm’s collective investment expertise, driven by its fundamental, quantitative and private investing capabilities, extends globally to a wide range of clients, from financial advisors and their clients to high-net worth and institutional investors including pension plans, corporate plans, sovereign wealth funds, endowments and foundations.

    Headquartered in Toronto, Canada, AGF has investment operations and client servicing teams on the ground in North America and Europe. With nearly $54 billion in total assets under management and fee-earning assets, AGF serves more than 815,000 investors. AGF trades on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol AGF.B.

    AGF Management Limited shareholders, analysts and media, please contact:

    Nick Smerek
    VP, Financial Planning & Analysis
    416-865-4337, InvestorRelations@agf.com

    The MIL Network